WhatsUpGold v15.0 User Guide Overview WhatsUp Gold Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 17 Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold ...................................................................................................... 17 WhatsUp Gold editions ................................................................................................................................ 19 New in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold................................................................................................................. 23 Sending feedback .......................................................................................................................................... 23 Finding more information and updates................................................................................................. 24 Getting Familar with WhatsUp Gold ....................................................................................................... 25 Devices Discovery Console ...................................................................................................................................................... 47 Learning about the Discovery Console .................................................................................................. 47 Discovering network devices ..................................................................................................................... 48 Using Device Roles......................................................................................................................................... 62 Managing device roles ................................................................................................................................. 70 Using Devices ............................................................................................................................................................... 73 Viewing devices in WhatsUp Gold ........................................................................................................... 73 About device icons ........................................................................................................................................ 75 Using Credentials ........................................................................................................................................... 75 Searching for devices .................................................................................................................................... 76 Understanding group access and user rights for Find Device ....................................................... 77 Searching for devices with interface traffic .......................................................................................... 77 Using Device Groups ................................................................................................................................................. 79 Using device groups...................................................................................................................................... 79 Creating device groups ................................................................................................................................ 80 Configuring Dynamic Groups .................................................................................................................... 81 Dynamic Group examples ........................................................................................................................... 83 Using the Dynamic Group builder ........................................................................................................... 91 Using Maps.................................................................................................................................................................... 93 Using the Map View....................................................................................................................................... 93 About Map View device limitations ......................................................................................................... 95 Managing devices ...................................................................................................................................................... 97 Learning about devices ................................................................................................................................ 97 Using Device Properties ........................................................................................................................................ 118 Working with Device Properties ............................................................................................................ 119 Using Device Properties - Summary ..................................................................................................... 120 Using Device Properties - General........................................................................................................ 121 i Device Properties - Performance Monitors ........................................................................................ 121 Using Device Properties - Active Monitors......................................................................................... 123 Using Device Properties - Passive Monitors....................................................................................... 123 Using Device Properties - Actions ......................................................................................................... 123 Using Device Properties - Credentials ................................................................................................. 124 Using Device Properties - Polling .......................................................................................................... 125 Using Device Properties - Virtualization.............................................................................................. 126 Using Device Properties - Notes ............................................................................................................ 127 Using Device Properties - Custom Links ............................................................................................. 127 Using Device Properties - Attributes .................................................................................................... 128 Using the DeviceIdentifier attribute ..................................................................................................... 128 Using Device Property - Menus .............................................................................................................. 129 Using WhatsConfigured Device Properties - Tasks ......................................................................... 130 Using Network Tools .............................................................................................................................................. 131 Using the Ping tool ..................................................................................................................................... 132 Using the Traceroute tool ........................................................................................................................ 133 Using the Lookup tool ............................................................................................................................... 133 Using the Telnet tool.................................................................................................................................. 134 Using the SNMP MIB Walker .................................................................................................................... 135 Using the SNMP MIB Explorer ................................................................................................................. 138 Using the MAC Address Tool................................................................................................................... 139 Using the Web Performance Monitor .................................................................................................. 141 Using the Web Task Manager ................................................................................................................. 144 Monitoring Devices .................................................................................................................................... 154 Scenario: ......................................................................................................................................................... 269 Using Actions ................................................................................................................................................ 271 Required for SMS Direct Actions ............................................................................................................ 282 Select a Device ............................................................................................................................................. 307 Dynamic Groups - Delete Devices ......................................................................................................... 307 Configure Data Collection Advanced Settings ................................................................................. 307 Using Network Tools to view real-time data ..................................................................................... 308 Network Interfaces...................................................................................................................................... 308 Add/Edit Network Interface ..................................................................................................................... 308 Ping Advanced Settings ............................................................................................................................ 309 Passive Monitor: Select Event Type ...................................................................................................... 309 Monitor Properties - Select Monitor Type .......................................................................................... 309 Monitor Properties - Set Polling Interval and Dependencies ...................................................... 309 ii Passive Monitor: Actions ........................................................................................................................... 310 Monitor Properties - Setup Actions for Device State Changes ................................................... 310 Active Monitor Advanced Properties ................................................................................................... 310 APC UPS Performance Monitor .............................................................................................................. 311 Select Action and State ............................................................................................................................. 311 Select Credentials........................................................................................................................................ 311 Device Dependencies ................................................................................................................................ 312 About Dynamic Group Properties ......................................................................................................... 313 Using the Dynamic Group Rule Editor ................................................................................................. 315 MIB Walker Advanced Parameters ........................................................................................................ 317 Add/Edit WMI Performance Counter ................................................................................................... 321 Select WMI Performance Counter for WMI monitor ....................................................................... 321 Selecting a Performance Counter ......................................................................................................... 322 Add/Edit SNMP Performance Counter ................................................................................................ 322 APC UPS Active Monitor ........................................................................................................................... 323 Diagnostic Tool ............................................................................................................................................ 326 Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler ........................................................................................... 326 Selecting a Performance Monitor Type ............................................................................................... 326 Add Custom Link ......................................................................................................................................... 327 Add a Device Attribute .............................................................................................................................. 327 Bulk Field Change - Action Policy .......................................................................................................... 327 Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor ...................................................................................................... 327 Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor Properties................................................................................. 328 Bulk Field Change - Attribute .................................................................................................................. 328 Bulk Field Change - Credentials ............................................................................................................. 329 Bulk Field Change - Device Type ........................................................................................................... 329 Bulk Field Change - Down Dependency ............................................................................................. 329 Bulk Field Change - Maintenance Mode ............................................................................................. 329 Bulk Field Change - Notes ........................................................................................................................ 330 Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor .................................................................................................... 330 Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor Properties............................................................................... 331 Bulk Field Change - Performance Monitor ......................................................................................... 331 Bulk Field Change - Polling Interval ...................................................................................................... 331 Bulk Field Change - Up Dependency ................................................................................................... 332 Hub Transport Server Role thresholds ................................................................................................. 332 Outlook Web Access Server Role thresholds..................................................................................... 333 Mailbox Server Role thresholds.............................................................................................................. 334 iii Selecting or Creating an Action ............................................................................................................. 335 Setting Advanced Properties for a HTTP Content Monitor .......................................................... 335 Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor ........................................................... 336 Configure CPU Threshold ......................................................................................................................... 337 Home Understanding and using dashboards ............................................................................................................ 339 Learning about dashboards .................................................................................................................... 339 Overview of dashboard report categories ......................................................................................... 340 Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view ............................................................................. 342 Searching for dashboard reports ........................................................................................................... 345 Working with dashboard views.............................................................................................................. 346 Changing dashboard content ................................................................................................................ 348 Using the dashboard report menu ....................................................................................................... 348 Configuring a dashboard report ............................................................................................................ 349 Moving dashboard reports within a dashboard view .................................................................... 350 Navigating dashboard views .................................................................................................................. 351 Types of dashboards............................................................................................................................................... 352 About types of dashboards ..................................................................................................................... 352 Home Dashboard ........................................................................................................................................ 353 Device Status dashboard .......................................................................................................................... 354 Top 10 Dashboard....................................................................................................................................... 356 Using Favorites ......................................................................................................................................................... 358 Using the Favorites toolbar ..................................................................................................................... 358 Adding Favorites ......................................................................................................................................... 358 Editing Favorites .......................................................................................................................................... 360 Dashboard reports .................................................................................................................................................. 362 CPU Utilization reports .............................................................................................................................. 363 Custom Performance Monitor reports ................................................................................................ 369 Disk Utilization reports .............................................................................................................................. 374 Flow Monitor reports ................................................................................................................................. 382 General reports ............................................................................................................................................ 407 Interface Errors and Discards reports ................................................................................................... 423 Interface Utilization reports ..................................................................................................................... 431 Inventory reports ......................................................................................................................................... 441 Memory Utilization reports ...................................................................................................................... 445 Performance-Historic reports ................................................................................................................. 451 iv Performance-Last Poll reports ................................................................................................................ 469 Ping Availability and Response Time reports .................................................................................... 481 Problem Areas reports ............................................................................................................................... 489 Problem Areas Specific Device ............................................................................................................... 501 Remote/Central reports ............................................................................................................................ 507 Split Second Graph reports...................................................................................................................... 536 Threshold reports ........................................................................................................................................ 552 Top 10 reports .............................................................................................................................................. 561 Virtualization reports ................................................................................................................................. 570 Wireless reports ........................................................................................................................................... 577 ELM reports.................................................................................................................................................... 585 Dashboard Report - Remote Site ........................................................................................................... 587 Creating and modifying user accounts ............................................................................................... 587 Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports ................................................................................. 589 Monitoring Working with monitor reports ............................................................................................................................ 592 Viewing device reports.............................................................................................................................. 592 Viewing group reports .............................................................................................................................. 594 Changing the report date range ............................................................................................................ 597 Using Business Hours settings in monitor reports .......................................................................... 598 Viewing real-time data in monitor reports......................................................................................... 600 About report refresh intervals ................................................................................................................ 601 Changing the date range ......................................................................................................................... 602 Using the Zoom tool .................................................................................................................................. 603 Using paging options ................................................................................................................................ 604 Changing preferences ............................................................................................................................... 604 Using the WhatsUp Gold toolbar buttons.......................................................................................... 606 Configuring monitor report charts ....................................................................................................... 606 Resizing and sorting report columns ................................................................................................... 607 Disabling Instant Info popups ................................................................................................................ 608 Understanding the Graph Types ........................................................................................................... 610 Using Favorites ......................................................................................................................................................... 612 Using the Favorites toolbar ..................................................................................................................... 612 Adding Favorites ......................................................................................................................................... 612 Editing Favorites .......................................................................................................................................... 614 v Using WhatsUp Gold monitor reports.............................................................................................................. 616 List of reports and logs .............................................................................................................................. 616 Learning about monitor reports ............................................................................................................ 619 Device Properties - Performance Monitors ........................................................................................ 622 Using the Performance Monitor Library ............................................................................................. 624 Scheduling reports ..................................................................................................................................... 625 Exporting reports and logs ...................................................................................................................... 626 Emailing reports and logs ........................................................................................................................ 627 Printing reports and logs .......................................................................................................................... 628 Viewing scheduled reports ...................................................................................................................... 628 Performance monitor reports ............................................................................................................................. 630 Learning about performance monitors............................................................................................... 630 CPU Utilization.............................................................................................................................................. 631 Disk Utilization ............................................................................................................................................. 633 Memory Utilization ..................................................................................................................................... 636 Custom ............................................................................................................................................................ 639 Network monitor reports ...................................................................................................................................... 641 Learning about network monitors ........................................................................................................ 641 Interface Utilization .................................................................................................................................... 642 Interface Traffic ............................................................................................................................................ 644 Ping Response Time ................................................................................................................................... 647 Ping Availability ........................................................................................................................................... 650 Interface Discards ........................................................................................................................................ 654 Interface Errors ............................................................................................................................................. 656 Using Device monitor reports ............................................................................................................................. 659 Learning about Device monitors ........................................................................................................... 659 Active Monitor Availability....................................................................................................................... 659 Active Monitor Outages ............................................................................................................................ 662 Device Uptime .............................................................................................................................................. 663 Device Health................................................................................................................................................ 665 State Change Acknowledgment............................................................................................................ 666 State Change Timeline .............................................................................................................................. 667 Top 10 Dashboard....................................................................................................................................... 669 Remote Site Log........................................................................................................................................... 670 Report body................................................................................................................................................... 670 Remote Site Status ...................................................................................................................................... 670 Report Body ................................................................................................................................................... 671 vi Diagnostic Report ....................................................................................................................................... 671 Maximum report records.......................................................................................................................... 671 Business Hours report settings ............................................................................................................... 672 WhatsConnected Device Info ................................................................................................................. 672 Device State Legend .................................................................................................................................. 674 Logs Working with logs.................................................................................................................................................... 676 Learning about Logs .................................................................................................................................. 676 Selecting a device to view logs .............................................................................................................. 677 Changing the report or log date range ............................................................................................... 678 Changing the date range ......................................................................................................................... 678 Using paging options ................................................................................................................................ 679 Navigating between logs ......................................................................................................................... 680 Printing reports and logs .......................................................................................................................... 680 Using the WhatsUp Gold toolbar buttons.......................................................................................... 680 Using Manage Web Server ....................................................................................................................... 681 Managing Action Policies ......................................................................................................................... 682 Viewing payload details ............................................................................................................................ 683 Changing preferences ............................................................................................................................... 684 Using WhatsUp Gold System Logs .................................................................................................................... 686 Action Log ...................................................................................................................................................... 687 Error Logs ....................................................................................................................................................... 688 SNMP Trap Log ............................................................................................................................................. 692 Syslog............................................................................................................................................................... 694 Windows Event Log .................................................................................................................................... 696 Activity Log .................................................................................................................................................... 698 Scheduled Report Log ............................................................................................................................... 699 Recurring Action Log ................................................................................................................................. 700 Web User Activity Log ............................................................................................................................... 701 WhatsVirtual Event Log ............................................................................................................................. 702 Using WhatsUp Gold Group / Device Logs..................................................................................................... 704 Actions Applied............................................................................................................................................ 704 Blackout Summary Log ............................................................................................................................. 705 Monitors Applied......................................................................................................................................... 707 Quarterly Availability Summary ............................................................................................................. 708 State Summary ............................................................................................................................................. 710 vii Alert Center Working with Alert Center reports .................................................................................................................... 713 Using Alert Center reports ....................................................................................................................... 713 Filtering the Items Report ........................................................................................................................ 713 Using the Item History report ................................................................................................................. 714 Updating Alert Center items ................................................................................................................... 715 A note about notifications ....................................................................................................................... 717 Understanding resolving items - examples ....................................................................................... 717 Filtering the Log Report ............................................................................................................................ 718 Configuring Alert Center records to expire ....................................................................................... 719 Using the Alerts Home reports ........................................................................................................................... 720 Using the Performance CPU threshold report .................................................................................. 721 Using the Performance Custom threshold report ........................................................................... 721 Using the Performance Disk threshold report .................................................................................. 721 Using the Performance Interface threshold report ......................................................................... 722 Using the Interface Errors and Discards threshold report ............................................................ 722 Using the Performance Memory threshold report.......................................................................... 723 Using the Performance Ping Availability threshold report .......................................................... 723 Using the Ping Response Time threshold report ............................................................................. 724 Using the SNMP Trap threshold report ............................................................................................... 724 Using the Syslog threshold report ........................................................................................................ 725 Using the Windows Event Log threshold report.............................................................................. 725 Using the Flow Monitor Conversation Partners threshold report ............................................. 726 Using the Flow Monitor Custom threshold report .......................................................................... 726 Using the Flow Monitor Failed Connections threshold report ................................................... 727 Flow Monitor Interface Traffic threshold report............................................................................... 727 Using the Flow Monitor Top Sender/Receiver threshold report ................................................ 728 Using the Blackout Summary threshold report................................................................................ 728 Using the WhatsUp Health threshold report..................................................................................... 729 Failover threshold report .......................................................................................................................... 729 Using the WhatsConfigured Threshold report ................................................................................. 729 WhatsVirtual events threshold report.................................................................................................. 730 Configuring notifications ...................................................................................................................................... 731 Using Alert Center and actions............................................................................................................... 731 Alert Center Percent Variables................................................................................................................ 732 Using Alert Center Notification Policy options ................................................................................. 733 Configuring a notification policy ........................................................................................................... 734 viii Configuring an Alert Center email notification ................................................................................ 736 Configuring an Alert Center SMS Direct notification ..................................................................... 738 Configuring an Alert Center SMS Action notification .................................................................... 741 Configuring email notification message settings............................................................................ 743 Stopping a running notification policy ............................................................................................... 744 Using the Email Action .............................................................................................................................. 745 Using the SMS Direct Action ................................................................................................................... 745 Using the SMS Action ................................................................................................................................ 746 Configuring thresholds.......................................................................................................................................... 747 Configuring Alert Center thresholds .................................................................................................... 748 Selecting threshold devices .................................................................................................................... 749 Configuring performance thresholds .................................................................................................. 753 Configuring passive thresholds ............................................................................................................. 770 Configuring Flow Monitor thresholds ................................................................................................. 777 Configuring system thresholds .............................................................................................................. 790 Notification Policy Graph View ............................................................................................................... 799 Threshold Devices ....................................................................................................................................... 800 Alert Center Item Details .......................................................................................................................... 801 Netflow database record types .............................................................................................................. 802 Reducing the WhatsUp database size ................................................................................................. 802 Reducing the number of raw, hourly, or daily data records ........................................................ 803 Reducing the number of host records ................................................................................................. 803 Restarting the Flow Collector service................................................................................................... 803 Reducing performance monitors .......................................................................................................... 804 WhatsUp discovery service is down ..................................................................................................... 804 WhatsUp web service SQL queries exceed threshold .................................................................... 804 WhatsUp web service is down ................................................................................................................ 806 WhatsUp web service HTTP responses exceed threshold ............................................................ 806 WhatsUp polling service SQL queries exceed threshold .............................................................. 808 WhatsUp polling service is down .......................................................................................................... 809 Troubleshooting the WhatsUp Health Threshold ........................................................................... 810 Changing how long report data is stored .......................................................................................... 811 Reducing passive monitor records ....................................................................................................... 811 Reducing expired records ........................................................................................................................ 814 Database Tools Table Maintenance...................................................................................................... 814 Program Options - Report Data.............................................................................................................. 815 Configure CPU Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 816 ix Configure Disk Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 816 Configure Memory Utilization ................................................................................................................ 817 Configure Ping Latency and Availability ............................................................................................. 817 Configure Data Collection Advanced Settings ................................................................................. 817 Creating global custom performance monitors .............................................................................. 818 Creating device-specific custom performance monitors ............................................................. 818 Reducing ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog ......................................................................................... 818 Reducing StatisticalInterface .................................................................................................................. 819 Bulk Field Change - Performance Monitor ......................................................................................... 820 Configure Interface Data Collection ..................................................................................................... 823 Monitored devices exceeds license limit ............................................................................................ 824 Flow Threshold Hosts ................................................................................................................................ 825 Select Notification Type ............................................................................................................................ 826 Reducing performance monitor records ............................................................................................ 826 Reducing PassiveMonitorActivityLog .................................................................................................. 827 Configure VMware event listener .......................................................................................................... 829 Admin Using WhatsUp Gold Admin features .............................................................................................................. 832 Using Admin features ................................................................................................................................ 832 Home ............................................................................................................................................................................ 834 Using Admin Console ................................................................................................................................ 834 Opening NM Console from the Web interface ................................................................................. 834 Libraries ....................................................................................................................................................................... 835 Using the Monitor Library ........................................................................................................................ 835 Using the Credentials Library .................................................................................................................. 836 Scheduled................................................................................................................................................................... 842 Adding and editing a Recurring Action .............................................................................................. 842 Using Admin Scheduled features .......................................................................................................... 843 System Administration .......................................................................................................................................... 845 Managing WhatsUp Gold server options ........................................................................................... 845 Using the SNMP MIB Manager ................................................................................................................ 845 Setting LDAP credentials .......................................................................................................................... 848 Translation Groups ..................................................................................................................................... 851 Managing users and groups .................................................................................................................... 852 x Options ........................................................................................................................................................................ 865 Configuring Email settings....................................................................................................................... 866 Changing preferences ............................................................................................................................... 867 Managing dashboard views .................................................................................................................... 868 Using the Program Options ..................................................................................................................... 871 Setting Advanced Options ....................................................................................................................... 881 Types of SNMP Trap Monitors................................................................................................................. 882 Common SNMP Traps ................................................................................................................................ 882 Select computer........................................................................................................................................... 883 FTP server user permissions .................................................................................................................... 883 WMI .................................................................................................................................................................. 884 Event Viewer ................................................................................................................................................. 884 Payload Definition....................................................................................................................................... 884 SMS Providers ............................................................................................................................................... 884 Setting Modem Connection Preferences ........................................................................................... 884 Configure Memory Threshold................................................................................................................. 885 Configure Disk Performance - Exchange ............................................................................................ 885 Configure System Thresholds ................................................................................................................. 886 Configure Links Thresholds ..................................................................................................................... 886 Configure Queues Thresholds ................................................................................................................ 887 Adding Custom Thresholds ..................................................................................................................... 887 FTP server user permissions .................................................................................................................... 887 Configure Disk Performance ................................................................................................................... 888 Configure Disk space Threshold ............................................................................................................ 888 Configure System Threshold ................................................................................................................... 888 Configure Buffers Threshold ................................................................................................................... 888 Configure Locks Threshold ...................................................................................................................... 888 Configure Cache Threshold ..................................................................................................................... 889 Configure Transactions Threshold ........................................................................................................ 889 Configure Users Threshold ...................................................................................................................... 889 Configure Alerts Threshold ...................................................................................................................... 889 SQL Server Services..................................................................................................................................... 890 Selecting a Device ....................................................................................................................................... 891 Selecting computers .................................................................................................................................. 891 Configuring CPU Threshold ..................................................................................................................... 892 Setting Advanced Properties for a HTTP Content Monitor .......................................................... 892 Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor ........................................................... 892 xi Selecting a blackout period ..................................................................................................................... 894 Importing a MIB file .................................................................................................................................... 894 Hub Transport Server Role Thresholds ................................................................................................ 894 Select Action Type ...................................................................................................................................... 896 WinEvent Condition ................................................................................................................................... 896 Using SNMP Features SNMP overview......................................................................................................................................................... 898 Enabling SNMP on Windows devices ............................................................................................................... 899 Monitoring an SNMP Service ............................................................................................................................... 899 About the SNMP Agent or Manager ................................................................................................................. 900 About the SNMP Management Information Base ....................................................................................... 900 About SNMP Object Names and Identifiers ................................................................................................... 901 Using the SNMP MIB Manager ............................................................................................................................ 901 Using the SNMP MIB Manager to troubleshoot MIB files .......................................................................... 902 About the SNMP operations ................................................................................................................................ 904 Using a custom name for SNMP device interfaces ...................................................................................... 905 Configuring a custom name (ifAlias) for an SNMP device interface ......................................... 905 About SNMP Security ............................................................................................................................................. 908 Using the Trap Definition Import Tool ............................................................................................................. 908 Extending WhatsUp Gold with custom scripting Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting ......................................................................................................... 909 Scripting Active Monitors ..................................................................................................................................... 910 Using the Context object with Active Monitors ............................................................................... 911 Example Active Script Active Monitors ............................................................................................... 913 Scripting Performance Monitors ........................................................................................................................ 926 Using the Context object with Performance Monitors .................................................................. 928 Example Active Script Performance Monitors .................................................................................. 931 Scripting Actions ...................................................................................................................................................... 936 Using the Context object with Actions ............................................................................................... 937 Example Active Script Actions ................................................................................................................ 939 xii Using the SNMP API CoreAsp.SnmpRqst ..................................................................................................................................... 942 CoreAsp.ComResult.................................................................................................................................... 945 CoreAsp.ComSnmpResponse ................................................................................................................. 945 Example scripts using the SNMP API .................................................................................................... 946 Troubleshooting the SNMP API.............................................................................................................. 949 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Troubleshooting your network .......................................................................................................................... 951 Maintaining the Database .................................................................................................................................... 952 About the database tools ......................................................................................................................... 952 Recovering from a "Version Mismatch" error ................................................................................................ 955 Task Tray Application fails on Windows Vista................................................................................................ 955 Co-located SQL Server and WhatsUp Gold server clocks must be synchronized............................. 956 Connecting to a Remote Desktop ..................................................................................................................... 956 WhatsUp Gold engine message ......................................................................................................................... 956 Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections ............................................................................................. 957 Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler........................................................................................................ 958 Passive Monitor payload limitation................................................................................................................... 958 Receiving entries in the SNMP Trap Log ......................................................................................................... 959 Recommended SMS modems and troubleshooting tips .......................................................................... 959 Uninstalling Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold ................................................................................................................ 961 Troubleshooting the WhatsUp Health Threshold ........................................................................................ 962 Using WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor Flow Monitor Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 964 Welcome to WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor ......................................................................................... 964 What is Flow Monitor? ............................................................................................................................... 965 How does Flow Monitor work?............................................................................................................... 965 System requirements ................................................................................................................................. 967 Flow Monitor Home ................................................................................................................................... 968 Preparing network devices .................................................................................................................................. 972 Determining which network devices to monitor ............................................................................ 972 Manually configuring devices to export flow data to Flow Monitor ........................................ 973 Configuring sFlow enabled devices to export flow data to Flow Monitor ............................. 975 About Flexible NetFlow ............................................................................................................................ 979 xiii About Network Based Application Recognition (NBAR) ............................................................... 983 About CBQoS ................................................................................................................................................ 984 Viewing potential Flow Monitor sources ............................................................................................ 988 Using Flow Monitor to Configure Cisco NetFlow Devices ............................................................ 989 Managing Flow Sources ........................................................................................................................................ 992 About Flow Sources ................................................................................................................................... 992 Configuring Flow Monitor to listen for NetFlow data .................................................................... 993 Viewing Flow Sources ................................................................................................................................ 994 Configuring a Flow Source....................................................................................................................... 996 Creating flow sources .............................................................................................................................. 1004 Managing Flow Monitor Settings .................................................................................................................... 1006 Flow Monitor Settings ............................................................................................................................. 1006 Configure Flow Monitor to listen for NetFlow data ...................................................................... 1011 Setting the logging level ........................................................................................................................ 1011 Data retention strategy and tuning.................................................................................................... 1012 Configuring data retention settings ................................................................................................... 1014 Configuring Applications .................................................................................................................................... 1018 Monitoring traffic on non-standard ports ........................................................................................ 1018 Configure Applications ........................................................................................................................... 1019 Map Ports to Application ........................................................................................................................ 1021 Configuring Flow Groups.................................................................................................................................... 1022 Using Flow Groups.................................................................................................................................... 1022 Flow Groups ................................................................................................................................................ 1023 Flow Group .................................................................................................................................................. 1023 Configuring Type of Service............................................................................................................................... 1025 Flow Types of Service............................................................................................................................... 1025 Edit Flow Type of Service........................................................................................................................ 1026 Managing unclassified traffic ............................................................................................................................ 1027 Classifying traffic that is considered unclassified .......................................................................... 1027 Flow Unclassified Traffic ......................................................................................................................... 1028 Configuring Data Export Settings .................................................................................................................... 1030 Flow Export Settings ................................................................................................................................ 1030 xiv Maintaining Flow Databases ............................................................................................................................. 1032 Flow Database Table Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 1032 Stopping or restarting the collector ................................................................................................... 1034 Backing up and restoring the Flow Monitor databases .............................................................. 1035 Using the database backup and restore backup utility for Flow Monitor ............................ 1035 Managing users and user rights ....................................................................................................................... 1036 Using Flow Monitor reports ............................................................................................................................... 1038 About the Flow Monitor Reports group ........................................................................................... 1038 About the Interface Details report ...................................................................................................... 1039 Flow Monitor Interface Overview report .......................................................................................... 1048 Flow Log ....................................................................................................................................................... 1052 Flow Bandwidth Usage report .............................................................................................................. 1056 Flow Interface Usage Report ................................................................................................................. 1059 About the NBAR and CBQoS Reports ................................................................................................. 1061 Using Scheduled Reports: printing, exporting, and emailing reports ................................... 1064 Using Flow Monitor dashboard reports ........................................................................................................ 1066 Understanding Flow Monitor dashboard reports ......................................................................... 1066 Navigating dashboard reports ............................................................................................................. 1068 Configuring dashboard reports ........................................................................................................... 1073 Exporting dashboard report data........................................................................................................ 1075 Linking to Flow Monitor reports from WhatsUp Gold workspace reports ........................... 1076 Using WhatsVirtual Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsVirtual ................................................................................................................. 1080 Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsVirtual ..................................................................................................... 1080 Using WhatsVirtual ................................................................................................................................................ 1081 STEP 1: Purchase and enable the WhatsVirtual license ............................................................... 1081 STEP 2: Create Credentials and Perform Discovery ....................................................................... 1081 STEP 3: Manage and monitor virtual devices .................................................................................. 1087 STEP 4: View the WhatsVirtual maps .................................................................................................. 1097 STEP 5: View the WhatsVirtual reports............................................................................................... 1099 xv Other Plugins Using WhatsConfigured ...................................................................................................................................... 1102 Welcome to WhatsConfigured ............................................................................................................. 1103 Accessing WhatsConfigured Features in WhatsUp Gold ............................................................ 1104 Using WhatsConfigured reports .......................................................................................................... 1105 Using Task Scripts...................................................................................................................................... 1108 Using Tasks .................................................................................................................................................. 1111 Using Policies .............................................................................................................................................. 1123 Using Archive Search ............................................................................................................................... 1127 About Device Properties - Tasks .......................................................................................................... 1129 Using Alert Center with WhatsConfigured ...................................................................................... 1132 Managing WhatsConfigured and TFTP services ............................................................................ 1134 The WhatsConfigured Custom Script Language ........................................................................... 1135 Using WhatsConfigured Comments................................................................................................... 1137 Using WhatsConfigured Variables ...................................................................................................... 1138 Using WhatsConfigured Commands.................................................................................................. 1141 Script Examples .......................................................................................................................................... 1153 About the WhatsConfigured Custom Script Language............................................................... 1154 Task Status ................................................................................................................................................... 1154 About the WhatsConfigured Diff Viewer .......................................................................................... 1155 Using WhatsConnected ....................................................................................................................................... 1157 WhatsConnected Task Log .................................................................................................................... 1157 WUG Device Viewer .................................................................................................................................. 1159 Using ELM Reports ................................................................................................................................................ 1165 Using Event Log Management (ELM) Reports in WhatsUp Gold ............................................. 1166 About the Dashboard Screen Manager Ipswitch Dashboard Screen Manager overview ......................................................................................... 1173 How does the Dashboard Screen Manager work? .................................................................................... 1174 What is a Dashboard playlist? ............................................................................................................... 1174 Installing the Dashboard Screen Manager ................................................................................................... 1175 Opening the Dashboard Screen Manager ....................................................................................... 1176 Configuring a Dashboard Screen Manager playlist................................................................................... 1176 Copyright notice xvi WhatsUp Gold Overview In This Chapter Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold........................................................... 17 WhatsUp Gold editions .................................................................................... 19 New in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold ..................................................................... 23 Sending feedback............................................................................................... 23 Finding more information and updates ..................................................... 23 Getting Familar with WhatsUp Gold............................................................ 25 Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold Welcome to Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold, the powerful network monitoring solution designed to help you protect your changing business infrastructure. WhatsUp Gold provides standardsbased monitoring of any network device, service, or application on TCP/IP and Windows networks. WhatsUp Gold lets you discover devices on your network, initiate monitoring of those devices, and execute actions based on device state changes, so you can identify network failures before they become catastrophic. Discovery and Mapping The WhatsUp Gold roles-based discovery process searches for devices on your network and helps determine the type of device based on the device attributes. Device roles do two things: Specify the criteria that a device must match to be identified as the device role. Specify the monitoring configuration that is applied to the device when it is added to WhatsUp Gold. After devices are discovered, you can add them to the WhatsUp Gold database and view monitored devices as a list of devices or as a graphical map. Polling/Listening WhatsUp Gold actively polls devices to determine their status. You can use active monitors to poll services on a device and passively listen for messages sent across the network. Performance monitors track device performance by checking and reporting on device resources, such as disk, CPU, and interfaces. 17 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Actions/Alerts Depending on the responses received from polling, WhatsUp Gold fires actions to notify you of changes on your network. Actions aid in problem resolution through assorted options such as email and cell phone alerts, or service restarts. In addition to actions, WhatsUp Gold Alert Center notifies you of issues on passive and performance monitors, the WhatsUp Gold system, and WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor through user-configured thresholds and notification policies. Logs and Dashboards Logs ensure 360-degree visibility into network status and performance, and historical data for devices and monitors. Dashboard reports let you focus on segments of the network and create your own views of report data. These views position crucial network data in one location, which allows for quick and easy access. WhatsUp Gold Interfaces WhatsUp Gold offers two user interfaces, the Windows console interface and the web interface, which offer similar functionality. You can accomplish discovery and mapping—on the console or web interface, then setup of monitors and dashboard views, users and permissions, and do day-to-day monitoring on the web interface. Windows console interface. The console is a Windows application, through which you can configure and manage WhatsUp Gold and its database. Web interface. The web interface provides access to WhatsUp Gold functionality (via HTTP or HTTPS) from a web browser. Mobile interface. You can now conveniently view your network's status from a mobile device at any time through WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access. 18 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide WhatsUp Gold editions WhatsUp Gold is available in four editions. Each edition tailors WhatsUp Gold's features to meet the diverse needs of WhatsUp users, from small networks to those spanning multiple geographic locations. WhatsUp Gold Standard Edition provides core network management features. WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition provides all of the network management capabilities of WhatsUp Gold Standard Edition, plus advanced management for Microsoft® Exchange™, Microsoft® SQL Server™, and SMTP email servers. Premium Edition also includes several features that let you monitor performance data in real time, as well as support for application monitoring using Microsoft's WMI™. WhatsUp Gold MSP Edition gives managed solution providers the ability to use all of the features of WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition to monitor their customers' remote networks from a central location in the managed solution provider's network operations center. Managing multiple company networks at once has never been easier. WhatsUp Gold Distributed Edition extends the features of WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition to companies whose networks are segmented across multiple geographic locations. WhatsUp Gold Distributed Edition can detect issues at any of the company sites and then report the issue to the affected site and to a central location. Each edition includes a different set of features. The table below shows which features are available in each edition. If a feature is not shown in the table, it is available in all editions. Standard Premium MSP Distributed Edition Edition Edition Edition Application and Hardware Management Monitor Microsoft Exchange Monitor SQL Server and MySQL Monitor applications via WMI Monitor device hardware, such as cooling systems, power supplies, and temperature monitors Monitor printers and APC UPS devices Monitor web content Monitor device network statistics 19 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Standard Premium MSP Distributed Edition Edition Edition Edition Monitor device file and folder properties Monitor email and FTP servers Monitor wireless access points (WAPs) Monitor Unix/Linux environments over SSH Real-time Monitoring View real-time data about devices in logs and Dashboard reports Quickly access real-time data via InstantInfo popups Monitor performance data with the Web Performance Monitor View real-time information about tasks running on a device using the Web Task Manager Distributed Monitoring Monitor devices on networks segmented across multiple geographic locations View report data from multiple remote sites from one central location 20 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Optional Plug-ins WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor. This plug-in provides insight into how efficiently your network is performing and how bandwidth is utilized, giving you detailed information to assess network quality of service and quickly resolve traffic bottlenecks. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor User Guide on the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/NetFlowMonitor). WhatsUp Gold WhatsConfigured. This configuration management plug-in automates, and reduces the time and effort required to backup, compare, and upload configuration files for networking devices and alerts when configuration changes are detected. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/). WhatsUp Gold WhatsVirtual. This plug-in lets you monitor virtual environments using WhatsUp Gold. The WhatsVirtual plugin provides WhatsUp Gold with the ability to discover, map, monitor, alert, and report on virtual environments. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site http://www.whatsupgold.com/WhatsVirtual. WhatsUp Gold VoIP Monitor. This plug-in delivers the ability to monitor and report on your network's capacity to support and maintain acceptable performance for VoIP call quality. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/Voip_Monitor). 21 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Optional applications WhatsUp Gold WhatsConnected. This plug-in is a Layer 2/3 network mapping tool that discovers, maps and documents your network down to the individual port, making it simple to visualize the physical topology and understand device interconnections. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/WhatsConnect ed). Access from mobile devices WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access. Allows you to conveniently view your network's status from a mobile device at any time. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access User Guide (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug15ma). WhatsUp Gold optional plug-ins are available for use with any of the WhatsUp Gold editions. These plug-ins broaden your monitoring and reporting capabilities to give you a more complete picture of your network and its many components. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/). WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor plug-in for WhatsUp Gold leverages Cisco NetFlow, sFlow, and J-Flow data from switches and routers to gather, analyze, report, and alert on LAN/WAN network traffic patterns and bandwidth utilization in real-time. It highlights not only overall utilization for the LAN/WAN, specific devices, or interfaces; it also indicates users, applications, and protocols that are consuming abnormal amounts of bandwidth, giving you detailed information to assess network quality of service and quickly resolve traffic bottlenecks. WhatsUp Flow Monitor protects network security by detecting virus and worm activity on the network. Comprehensive reporting takes the raw real-time network traffic data from routers and switches and presents you with useful information to understand trends, utilization, and where network bandwidth is consumed. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor User Guide on the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/NetFlowMonitor). 22 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide WhatsUp Gold WhatsConnected plug-in for WhatsUp Gold provides layer 2/3 network discovery and topology mapping to visually depict device connectivity down to the individual port. It also employs deep device scanning that provides detailed Information about discovered devices in a simple device list view, a device category view, and a detailed topology view. You can publish any of the network maps as a network diagram in Microsoft® Visio™ or export detailed device information to WhatsUp Gold to automate the creation of detailed network topology map views. WhatsConnected also includes Layer 2 Trace and IP/MAC Finder tools to validate connection paths and report real-time availability data on devices. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/WhatsConnected). WhatsUp Gold VoIP Monitor plug-in for WhatsUp Gold measures your network's ability to provide the quality of service (QoS) necessary for your VoIP calls on your LAN and WAN links. After a simple setup, the VoIP Monitor accesses Cisco IP SLA (service level agreement) enabled devices to monitor VoIP performance and quality parameters including jitter, packet loss, latency, and other performance values. The plug-in’s full integration with WhatsUp Gold allows you to easily view graphs and metrics for bandwidth and interface utilization and troubleshoot network issues that affect VoIP performance. For more information, see the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/products/Voip_Monitor). New in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold You can refer to the Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold Release Notes (http://www.whatsupgold.com/WUG15relnotes) to learn about the latest product features, system requirements, fixed in this release, known issues, and other information. Also see About the WhatsUp Gold web interface (on page 25) for highlight information on the web user interface. Sending feedback We value your opinions on our products and welcome your feedback. To provide feedback on existing features, suggest new features or enhancements, or suggest ways to make our products easier to use, please fill out our product feedback form (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugfeedback). 23 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Finding more information and updates Following are information resources for WhatsUp Gold. This information may be periodically updated and available on the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugtechsupport). Release Notes. The release notes provide an overview of changes, known issues, and bug fixes for the current release. The notes also contain instructions for installing, upgrading, and configuring WhatsUp Gold. The release notes are available at Start > Programs > Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold > Release Notes or on the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/WUG15relnotes). Application Help for the console and web interface. The console and web help contain dialog assistance, general configuration information, and how-to's that explain how to use the features. The Table of Contents is organized by functional area, and can be accessed from the main menu or by clicking Help in the console, or the ? icon in the web interface. Getting Started Guide. This guide provides an overview of WhatsUp Gold, information to help you get started using the application, the system requirements, and information about installing and upgrading. The Getting Started Guide is available on the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug15gsg). Additional WhatsUp Gold resources. For a listing of current and previous guides and help available for WhatsUp Gold products, see the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/support/guides.aspx). WhatsUp Gold optional plug-ins. You can extend the core features of WhatsUp Gold by installing plug-ins. For information on available plug-ins and to see release notes for each plug-in, see WhatsUp Gold plug-ins documentation (http://www.whatsupgold.com/support/guides.aspx). Licensing Information. Licensing and support information is available on the MyIpswitch licensing portal (http://www.myipswitch.com/). The web portal provides enhanced web-based capabilities to view and manage Ipswitch product licenses. Technical Support. Use the WhatsUp Gold Support Site for a variety of WhatsUp Gold product help resources. From here you can view product documentation, search Knowledge Base articles, access the community site for help from other users, and get other Technical Support information. The Support Site is available on the WhatsUp Gold web site (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugtechsupport). 24 Getting Familar with WhatsUp Gold Using the WhatsUp Gold Web Interface In This Chapter Accessing the web interface........................................................................... 25 About the WhatsUp Gold web interface .................................................... 25 Organizing Devices, Device Groups, and Maps with drag-and-drop32 About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon....................................... 33 Accessing the web interface You can connect to the WhatsUp Gold web interface from any supported browser by entering the WhatsUp Gold web address. This web address consists of the hostname of the WhatsUp Gold host and the web server port number. For example, if your WhatsUp Gold host is named monitor1.ipswitch.com, and it is connected to default port 80 then the web address is: http://monitor1.ipswitch.com - or http://monitor1.ipswitch.com:80 Note: When you use the default web server port (80), you do not have to include the port in the address, but all other ports require the port number following the url. There are two default users on the Web server: Account type Username Password Administrator admin admin Guest guest <password left blank> Note: Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) is used for the WhatsUp Gold web server. For more information, see the Configuring the web server section of the Installing and Configuring WhatsUp Gold (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugiis_15) guide. About the WhatsUp Gold web interface The WhatsUp Gold web interface allows you to view and modify most WhatsUp Gold features from a web browser. You can discover network devices; configure monitors, alerts, and actions; view reports for devices and groups of devices, manage admin features, and more in the WhatsUp Gold web interface. 25 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Reporting features are available in the web interface. Full reports and dashboard reports provide information about device status and performance. Full reports are located in the Monitoring and Logs tabs and dashboard reports are located in the Home tab under the Home button. If you have used previous versions of the WhatsUp Gold web interface, you'll notice changes designed to make WhatsUp Gold easier to navigate and use. Here's more about the interface: Where is the GO menu? The Go menu has been replaced by new tabs and a functional navigation bar to help you access the web interface application features easily. 26 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Workspace reports are now dashboard reports. Dashboard reports are much like workspace reports in previous versions of WhatsUp Gold. You can add up to 15 reports to a single view and it's easier to add and manage dashboard views. Each dashboard view is accessed from a tab at the top of the view. You can add and delete dashboard views to organize dashboard reports into groups. Click Edit View to add a new dashboard view (tab). Click Add Content to add a new dashboard report to the dashboard view. For more information, see the Dashboard help. How do I collapse the navigation bar to make more viewable content pane space? Click an active or selected tab to collapse the navigation bar and click again to expand the navigation bar again. 27 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Device popups provide a quick view of device performance, active monitor, and group membership information. From a device list or report view, hover the mouse pointer over a device name to view popup information. 28 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Split Second Graphs (InstantInfo popups) provide real-time information on SNMP and WMI performance counters for the devices on your network. From a device list, reports, or dashboard views, hover the mouse pointer over device items such as the interface, CPU, and memory names to view split second graph information. Device picker performs faster, provides search capabilities, and a list of recently selected devices. 29 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The new Admin Panel provides visibility into the WhatsUp Gold services and databases. Click Admin > Admin Panel to access it. 30 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Improved charts and gauges. Message bar provides informative and unobtrusive notification area for device status and other information at the bottom of the page. 31 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Improved drag-n-drop capabilities. Drag devices to a new group, then confirm whether to Copy, Move, or Clone devices. Organizing Devices, Device Groups, and Maps with drag-and-drop In the Device and Map views, you can quickly and easily organize devices and device groups by dragging the device you want in a particular group to the device group folder. After you drop the icon or icons, a menu appears, asking if you want to move or copy the devices. If you move the devices, they are deleted from the previous device group. If you copy the devices, the devices appear in both device groups. For more information, see Managing devices (on page 97). 32 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: When you copy a device using drag-and-drop, a shortcut is created in the new location. Even though a device exists in multiple locations, it only exists once in the database. Therefore, to modify a device, you can change the settings by opening the device properties from any group in which the device appears, and the change is reflected in all other instances of the device. This also means that each device is only polled once, no matter how many times it appears in your device group tree. About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon WhatsUp Gold installs two task bar icons on your computer. alerts you to the status of the application as a whole. The Task Tray icon displays to indicate that the application for Sound and The Desktop Actions icon Text-to-Speech actions is turned on. Note: Desktop Actions must be running for the Sound and Text-to-Speech actions to work. WhatsUp Gold Icons During normal operation, the Task Tray icon displays the worst state of all devices on your map. Tip: You can enable tooltips to have the icon display any state change that occurs on the system. To do this, right-click on the icon and select or clear Enable Tooltips. When the WhatsUp Gold service is stopped and the polling engine is not running, this icon appears: In this case, you need to restart the WhatsUp Polling Engine service. If the polling engine is not running, WhatsUp Gold is not connected to the database, and nothing in the application functions properly. To turn off the Task Tray Application and icon Close Task Tray Application. To turn off the Desktop Actions icon , right-click on the icon, then click , right-click the icon, then click select Close. Note: Sound and Text-to-Speech actions are disabled when you close the Desktop Actions icon. 33 Using the WhatsUp Gold Console In This Chapter About the console .............................................................................................. 34 About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon....................................... 35 About the console The WhatsUp Gold console is a Windows application used for the configuration and management of WhatsUp Gold and its database. The console has six main components, which are indicated on the image below. 1 WhatsUp Gold Toolbar. The icons on this toolbar change according to the view you are currently using. Button functions are identified with mouse-over tooltips. Additional toolbar icons can be enabled for the Map view by selecting View > Toolbars. 2 Device Group Tree. This is a list of all device groups created through WhatsUp Gold. When you perform a discovery scan, WhatsUp Gold creates a top level folder for that scan. All discovered subnetworks are created in subgroups, but can be organized, deleted, or renamed to fit your needs. 3 View pane. This pane displays the selected device group based on the view from the tabs below (Device View or Map View). 34 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 View selectors. Choose the way you want to view your device groups. Each of these views are explained in detail later in this chapter. Device View. This view provides an overview of each device and subgroup in a selected device group. Map View. This view shows a graphical representation of the devices and subgroups in a selected device group. WhatsVirtual. This tab displays the Whats Virtual plug-in. You must have WhatsVirtual licensed and enabled for this View to display. To upgrade your license to include WhatsVirtual, visit the Ipswitch customer portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). Polling Indicator Icons. These icons indicate the current state of the poll engine. 5 Poll engine is connected 6 Poll engine is not connected Polling is enabled Polling is disabled Database Size Indicator Icon. This icon shows the current size of your database. The color and shape changes according the database size thresholds: 49% and below 50% to 74% 75% and above About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions icon WhatsUp Gold installs two task bar icons on your computer. The Task Tray icon displays to indicate that the application for Sound and The Desktop Actions icon Text-to-Speech actions is turned on. alerts you to the status of the application as a whole. Note: Desktop Actions must be running for the Sound and Text-to-Speech actions to work. WhatsUp Gold Icons During normal operation, the Task Tray icon displays the worst state of all devices on your map. Tip: You can enable tooltips to have the icon display any state change that occurs on the system. To do this, right-click on the icon and select or clear Enable Tooltips. 35 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide When the WhatsUp Gold service is stopped and the polling engine is not running, this icon appears: In this case, you need to restart the WhatsUp Polling Engine service. If the polling engine is not running, WhatsUp Gold is not connected to the database, and nothing in the application functions properly. To turn off the Task Tray Application and icon Close Task Tray Application. To turn off the Desktop Actions icon , right-click on the icon, then click , right-click the icon, then click select Close. Note: Sound and Text-to-Speech actions are disabled when you close the Desktop Actions icon. 36 Using WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access In This Chapter About WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access........................................................... 37 Managing WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access ................................................... 37 Accessing WhatsUp Gold from a mobile device ..................................... 38 Navigating and using the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access home screen 41 Copyright notice ................................................................................................. 46 About WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access WhatsUp Gold provides mobile access to the WhatsUp Gold network management application. Now you can conveniently view your network's status from a mobile device at anytime. This new WhatsUp Gold feature ensures that you are informed about network issues so that you can maintain critical network performance. Mobile Access supported browsers Because WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access does not depend on JavaScript to function, most mobile web browsers support it. However, a JavaScript enabled browser enhances the WhatsUp Gold look and navigation. Note: Cookies are required for the standard web session to function. Browsers supported to access the WhatsUp Gold mobile interface Mobile Safari 2.2, Safari, 3.0, and Safari 4.0 Microsoft Internet Explorer Mobile 6.1.x Opera Mini 4.2 Tip: You may need to adjust your browser's viewing options to optimize for your device's browser. Managing WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access The WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access feature is enabled by default and the WhatsUp Gold Admin user rights are selected by default. You can provide access to other WhatsUp Gold users in the user rights options of the Edit User dialog. Use the following configuration options to manage Mobile Access. To enable or disable WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access (globally) in the Manage Web Server configuration options: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, click the Admin tab, then click Manage Server Options. The Manage Server Options dialog appears. 37 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Select the Enable Mobile Access option. To enable or disable WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access users in the Manage Users configuration options: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, click the Admin tab, then click Manage Users. The Manage Users dialog appears. 2 Select a user that you want to give rights to access to WhatsUp Gold mobile features, then click Edit. The Edit User dialog appears. 3 Under Account Administration, click Mobile Access. Accessing WhatsUp Gold from a mobile device You can access the WhatsUp Gold mobile interface from any supported mobile device browser. Enter the WhatsUp Gold web address which includes the hostname of the WhatsUp Gold host, the web server port number, followed by /NmConsole/Mobile/Start. The default port number is 80. For example, if your WhatsUp Gold host is named monitor1.ipswitch.com, then the web address will be: http://monitor1.ipswitch.com/NmConsole/Mobile/Start/ - or http://monitor1.ipswitch.com:80/NmConsole/Mobile/Start/ Note: When you use the default web server port (80), you do not have to include the port in the address, but all other ports require the port number following the url. Note: If you want WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access to be accessible via the Internet (for example, via mobile phones using 3G or 4G), then make sure it is available on a server with a public IP. 38 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The mobile access login screen opens. Enter your Username and Password, then click Login. Mobile/Start Login In addition to the standard login, WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access includes a one-click login feature. Because entering text in a mobile phone can be time consuming, WhatsUp Gold allows you to create up to four one-click logins per mobile device. You can bookmark each login or add to a mobile device Home Screen. One-click logins create an encrypted cookie on the user's mobile phone that includes a username, password, root url (which helps with SSL redirects), and the users last visited page (excluding dialogs) for session timeouts. To create a new Mobile/Start Login: 1 2 3 Navigate to ..NmConsole/Mobile/Start/ Click Create New Login. The Mobile Start utility appears. Click Start. The Select a Login dialog appears. Tip: If WhatsUp Gold is configured to use an SSL connection and you are not using a secure connection, you can click Switch to Secure Login to login on an SSL connection before creating the one-click login. 39 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Select the login icon you want to use for the one-click login. The Create Login dialog appears. 5 Enter the Username and Password, then click Create Mobile Login. The Login Created dialog appears. 6 Click Done. To login via the Mobile/Start Login: Note: If you want WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access to be accessible via the Internet (for example, via mobile phones using 3G or 4G), then make sure it is available on a server with a public IP. 1 2 3 Start the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access application on your mobile device browser. On the login page, click Mobile/Start Login. The Mobile/Start Login page appears. Click the login icon for the account which you want to login to WhatsUp Gold. 40 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Navigating and using the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access home screen After you log in, the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access home screen opens. The home screen includes links to key WhatsUp Gold features so that you can view reports and monitor your network devices from remote locations: Devices Reports Favorites Recent Reports Preferences Log Out Using Mobile Access Device List to access the WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access Device View and Map View. Within Click the Devices view you can view individual device and device group reports. 41 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide . Click a device to view the device reports or click a device group to view devices within a group. Using Mobile Access Reports to access WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access Reports. Mobile Access is primarily a Click reporting tool designed to extend the remote access to your network information. There are a number of standard WhatsUp Gold reports that are available as WhatsUp Gold mobile reports. 42 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Each report includes options to specify the report data you want to view, such as date range, chart preferences, adds to favorites, and other options. If you have the WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor, Flow Monitor reports are also available in WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access. Configuring device Notes and Attributes All device Notes and Attributes information that you want to view from your mobile device reports must be set up in the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface device properties dialog. You can add phone numbers, email addresses, and Google Maps addresses to function as links on mobile devices with browsers that support these features. To add a phone number as a Note or Attribute: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface, in the Device View, right-click a device. In the right-click menu, select Properties, then select Notes or Attributes. 2 In the Attribute or Note field, use standard html code for a phone number link. For example: <a href="tel:(123) 123-1234">(123) 123-1234</a> To add an email address as a Note or Attribute: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface, in the Device View, right-click a device. In the right-click menu, select Properties, then select Notes or Attributes. 2 In the Attribute or Note field, use standard html code for an email link. For example: <a href="mailto:<John Doe> [email protected]">John Doe</a> To add a Google Map address as a Note or Attribute: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface, in the Device View, right-click a device. In the right-click menu, select Properties, then select Notes or Attributes. 2 In the Attribute or Note field, use standard html code for a Google map link. Google map links can be copied from the link field on the address's map view. 43 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using Mobile Access Favorites WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access Favorites lets you view favorite reports that you mark with the Add to Favorites button at the bottom of each report. 44 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide When you mark a report as a favorite, you can use the options to save the specific report parameters such as the device, date range, and other report range selection criteria for the report. This helps you view your favorite reports with the report preconfigured for your viewing preferences. To add the Favorite report to your mobile device home screen, click Also show on Home screen. On the Home screen, click Favorites to expand and view your favorite reports. You can also click Recent Reports to view the ten most recent reports you have viewed. Using Mobile Access Preferences Click the Preferences button on the Home screen to set your WhatsUp Gold Mobile Access preferences. 45 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The Preferences dialog provides information about the browser and OS versions. You can also set a limit on the number rows displayed in a report and set the preferred viewing language. In the Preferences dialog, when you click Delete Mobile Start Logins, all mobile start logins are deleted; no confirmation is required. 46 Devices In This Chapter Discovery Console .............................................................................................. 47 Using Devices....................................................................................................... 73 Using Device Groups ......................................................................................... 79 Using Maps ........................................................................................................... 93 Managing devices .............................................................................................. 97 Using Device Properties .................................................................................118 Using Network Tools .......................................................................................130 Discovery Console In This Chapter Learning about the Discovery Console ...................................................... 47 Discovering network devices ......................................................................... 48 Using Device Roles ............................................................................................. 62 Managing device roles ..................................................................................... 70 Learning about the Discovery Console The Discovery Console performs network scans to identify network devices and the role each device performs on the network. The WhatsUp Gold discovery is based on templates that are configured in the Device Roles, for more information see Using Device Roles (on page 62) in the WhatsUp Gold console application. The templates consists of: a set of criteria that a device must meet to match the discovery template. The criteria helps identify a device based on device role, brand/mode, OS, etc. a set of default configuration items to be applied to a device that matches this template. Before you run a network discovery, you need to configure the discovery settings. You can configure the discovery settings (on page 51) in the Discovery Console in WhatsUp Gold web interface or console. The discovery settings are located in the Settings column on the left section of the Discovery Console. 47 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide After running a discovery, use the following sections of the Discovery Console to view and manage discoveries: Devices Discovered (on page 56) Progress Summary information (on page 55) Device Information tab (on page 60) Scheduled Discoveries tab (on page 59) Saved Results tab (on page 61) Discovering network devices Network discovery is the process WhatsUp Gold uses to identify devices on your network that you may want to monitor. Network discovery scans each device to determine its manufacturer, model, and running software and services, also known as the role each device plays on the network. WhatsUp Gold uses this information to automatically assign commonly used monitors to each device. Before you discover the devices on your network, you need to prepare both your devices and WhatsUp Gold so that devices are discovered properly. Preparing devices for discovery In order for WhatsUp Gold to properly discover and identify devices, each device must respond to the protocols that WhatsUp Gold uses during discovery. Preparing devices to be discovered To discover that a device exists on an IP address, WhatsUp Gold uses the following methods: Ping (ICMP) Scanning for open TCP ports If a device does not respond to ping or TCP requests, it cannot be discovered by WhatsUp Gold. We recommend ensuring that all devices respond to at least one of these types of requests prior to running a discovery. Preparing devices to be identified After WhatsUp Gold discovers a device on an IP address, it queries the device to determine its manufacturer and model, components (such as fans, CPUs, and hard disks), operating system, and specific services (such as HTTP or DNS). To gain this information, WhatsUp Gold uses SNMP or WMI data from individual devices. 48 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Enabling SNMP on devices We recommend that important devices be configured to respond to SNMP requests. For information about how to enable SNMP on a specific device, see Enabling SNMP on Windows devices (on page 259) in the WhatsUp Gold Online Help (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug15webhelp) or consult the device documentation. For information about configuring SNMP on network devices, you may also want to view the WUG Guru video How to enable SNMP on a Windows server (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wug123snmpvideo). Enabling WMI on devices Alternatively, WhatsUp Gold can gather information about Windows computers using WMI. In most cases, however, the information available via WMI is also available via SNMP. Because SNMP requests are more efficient than WMI requests, we recommend using WMI only when SNMP cannot be enabled or does not provide the same information as WMI. Note: If a firewall exists between WhatsUp Gold and the devices to be discovered (or if the Windows Firewall is enabled on the computer where WhatsUp Gold is installed), make sure that the appropriate ports are open on the firewall to allow WhatsUp Gold to communicate via SNMP and WMI. For more information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page 957) in the help. Preparing WhatsUp Gold for discovery For the best discovery results, configure all of the credentials used by devices on your network before starting a discovery scan. The Credentials Library stores applicable login, community string, or connection string information for devices and applications. To apply appropriate action policies to discovered devices, we also recommend that you configure the policies in WhatsUp Gold prior to starting a discovery session, and then associate them with a device role. For more information, see Using Device Roles (on page 62) in the help. Configuring credentials To configure credentials: 1 2 3 Click Admin > Credentials Lib. The Credentials Library appears. Click New. The Select Credential Type dialog appears. Select the type of credential you want to create, then click OK. The Add New Credential dialog appears. 4 Enter the information for the credential you want to create, then click OK. The Add New Credential dialog closes. 5 Repeat steps 2 through 4 for each credential that you want to use during the discovery process. For more information about credentials, see Using Credentials (on page 75) in the help. 49 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Creating action policies To create an action policy: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 From the WhatsUp Gold console, select Configure > Action Policies. The Action Policies dialog appears. - or From the web interface, click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library. Click New. The New Action Policy dialog appears. Enter a name for the action policy. This name is used to help you identify this action policy in WhatsUp Gold. Click Add. The Action Builder wizard appears. Follow the on-screen instructions in the Action Builder wizard to create or select actions for the policy. At the end of the wizard, click Finish to close the Action Builder wizard and add the action to the action policy. To add additional actions to the action policy, click Add again. After you have added all of the actions to the action policy, verify that they are listed in the correct order. If they are not, you can select actions and use the Up and Down buttons to change the actions' order in the list. Click OK. The New Action Policy dialog closes. To associate an action policy with a device role: 1 After creating the action policy, on the WhatsUp Gold console select File > Discover Devices. The Discovery console appears. 2 From the Discovery console menu, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 3 Select the device role that you want to use in the action policy, then click Configure. The Role Settings Editor appears. 4 Select the Action Policy tab. 5 Select the action policy you wnt to include, then click OK. The Role Settings Editor dialog closes. For more information about action policies, see About Action Policies (on page 299) in the help. Configuring and running discovery Discovering devices on your network is a three-stage process that includes: Configuring discovery settings (on page 51) Running discovery (on page 54) Adding discovered devices to WhatsUp Gold (on page 57) To begin discovering devices on your network: From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, click Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery Console appears. 50 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configure discovery settings Before you can run a discovery scan on your network, you need to configure the discovery settings. These settings are located in the Settings column of the Discovery Console. Select scan settings WhatsUp Gold can use several different methods to scan your network. Select the scan type that best suits your network. SNMP Smart Scan. This scan type uses one or more SNMP-enabled devices to identify the devices and sub-networks on your network. For more information, see Using SNMP Smart Scan (on page 52). IP Range Scan. Type the IP range that defines the addresses to include in the network scan. For example, Start Address 10.0.0.1 and End Address 10.0.0.100. For more information, see Using IP Range Scan (on page 53). Hosts File Scan. WhatsUp Gold imports devices from a hosts file. For more information, see Using Hosts File Scan (on page 53). Note: The VMware scan feature is available in WhatsUp Gold when you are licensed for WhatsVirtual or when you are running the WhatsUp Gold product evaluation. To update or purchase a license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). VMware Scan (available for WhatsVirtual license). WhatsUp Gold connects to VMware servers and uses the VMware vSphere API to gather infrastructure information about your virtual environment. The VMware Scan uses a list of user provided VMware vCenter servers or VMware hosts as targets for the scan. For more information, see Using VMware Scan (on page 54). Select SNMP, Windows, and VMware Credentials To correctly identify devices, WhatsUp Gold needs to query the devices using SNMP, WMI, the VMware API or all of these methods. In these sections, select the credentials that you want WhatsUp Gold to use during discovery. You can select multiple credentials. The credentials list contains the credentials currently configured in the Credential Library. To use a credential that is not listed, you must first add the credential to the Credential Library (on page 836) in WhatsUp Gold. For more information, see Using Credentials (on page 75). Note: Selecting too many credentials may significantly increase the time required to run discovery. To decrease the amount of time it takes for discovery to run, select only the credentials that are used by the devices you want to discover. 51 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configure Scan Method WhatsUp Gold can use two methods to detect that a device exists on an IP address: Ping. When using this method, WhatsUp Gold detects devices by issuing a ping request via ICMP and listening for a response. Advanced. When using this method, WhatsUp Gold first detects all devices that respond to ping. Then, if a device does not respond to ping, WhatsUp Gold scans common TCP ports for a response. Ping Timeout (seconds). Enter the time, in seconds, for a device to respond to a ping scan. If it does not respond to the scan within this time, the scan continues on to the next IP address. The default is 2 seconds. Ping Retries. Enter the number of times to attempt to ping a device before continuing on to the next device. The default is 1 retry. Configure Layer 2 Scan Settings Layer 2 discovery uses the WhatsConfigured discovery capabilities to perform ARP Cache and Ping Sweep discoveries of layer 2 networking information. This information is used to create graphical representations of network connections between discovered devices. Use layer 2 discovery and generate layer 2 topology map. Select this option to enable Layer 2 discovery using ARP Cache and Ping Sweep discovery methods. Configure Advanced Settings You can modify the timeout and retry settings for SNMP and WMI requests. By default, WhatsUp Gold has a 2 second timeout for SNMP requests, 10 seconds for WMI requests, and retries failed SNMP requests once. If the Use SNMP SysName to name devices option is selected, WhatsUp Gold attempts to identify the SNMP SysName as the first measure to define the device name. If SNMP is not enabled on a device, WhatsUp Gold attempts to resolve the DNS host name of discovered devices if the Resolve host names option is selected. If neither the SNMP SysName nor the DNS host name is available, WhatsUp Gold uses the device IP address to name the device. Clear Resolve host names and Use SNMP SysName to name devices if you do not want WhatsUp Gold to resolve the device name with either of these discovery methods. By default, WhatsUp Gold automatically scans for virtual machines hosted by discovered VMware servers. If you do not want WhatsUp Gold to scan for the virtual machines hosted by discovered VMware servers, clear Auto scan virtual environments. 52 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using SNMP Smart Scan To use SNMP Smart Scan, configure these settings: Seed Addresses. Enter the IP addresses that indicate where you want to start the network discovery scan. The discovery engine reads SNMP data from these devices and continues to scan the network for additional devices based on the SNMP responses from the seed devices. Add. Click to enter a new seed address for the discovery scan. Edit. Select a seed address to change. Remove. Select a seed address to delete. Scan Depth. Enter an integer value that defines how deep discovery should scan to find network devices. This sets the levels of your network that you want to scan. With a value of 1, the scan discovers and maps your top-level network and any subnetworks of that top-level. To discover a sub-network within that sub-network, you must enter a scan depth of 2 or greater. The default value of 2 means that the scan discovers and maps the top-level network and two sub-network levels. Using IP Range Scan To use IP Range Scan, configure these settings: Start Address. Enter the first IP address in the range you want to discover. End Address. Enter the last IP address from the range you want to discover. For example, if you want to discover devices between 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.128, enter 192.168.0.1 for Start Address and 192.168.0.128 for End Address. Using Hosts File Scan To use Hosts File Scan: Click Load/Reload (console) or Upload (web interface) to browse to the Hosts file location. Discovery scans and imports the IP addresses mapped to host names listed in the Hosts text file. You can also select other text files that include a list of IP address. Important: If you update the Hosts text file, you must click Load/Reload (console) or Upload (web interface) to update the host file information. If you do not, the Hosts file changes will not be updated for new Hosts File Scans. Using Layer 2 Scan Layer 2 discovery uses the WhatsConfigured discovery engine to perform ARP Cache and Ping Sweep discoveries of layer 2 networking information. This information is used to create graphical representations of the physical network connections between discovered devices. Note: The Layer 2 discovery feature is available in WhatsUp Gold when you are licensed for WhatsConnected or when you are running the WhatsUp Gold product evaluation. To update or purchase a license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). 53 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Use layer 2 discovery and generate layer 2 topology map (available for WhatsConnected license). Select this option to enable Layer 2 discovery using ARP Cache and Ping Sweep discovery methods. Using VMware Scan Note: The VMware scan feature is available in WhatsUp Gold when you are licensed for WhatsVirtual or when you are running the WhatsUp Gold product evaluation. To update or purchase a license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). VMware Scan (available for WhatsVirtual license). This scan connects to VMware servers and uses the VMware vSphere API to gather infrastructure information about your virtual environment. The VMware Scan uses a list of user provided VMware vCenter servers or VMware hosts as targets for the scan. Rescan existing WUG VMware vCenter servers and hosts (recommended). Use this option to rescan previously discovered vCenter servers and hosts. Choosing this option updates the device lists and maps provided in the Device View and Map View. Add new VMware vCenter servers or hosts. Enter the IP address of the managing vCenter or VMware hosts. Separate each host name or IP address with a comma. Note: You can enter a vCenter IP address as a target and WhatsVirtual will discover all VMware hosts and virtual machines the vCenter manages. Note: If you want detailed information about VMware hosts to be available for the VMware Host Details log, you must add credentials for the VMware hosts. Note: You must have VMware credentials for all of the servers in the list of targets for the scan. Note: Ensure that VMware Tools are installed on each virtual machine you want to discover. If VMware tools are not installed on a virtual machine, the device will not be discovered during the VMware Scan. Running discovery After you have configured discovery settings, click Start a discovery session to find devices on your network. When you begin a new discovery session: The Settings pane is replaced by the Progress Summary pane, which lists information about the running discovery session. 54 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Discovered devices are added to the list in the Devices Discovered pane. As each device is scanned, additional information about it becomes available, such as its brand, model, and operating system. Based on what it discovers about a device, WhatsUp Gold designates a device role, which defines what monitors WhatsUp Gold attempts to apply to the device. To view detailed information about a discovered device: 1 Select a fully discovered device from the list in the Devices Discovered pane. You can tell a device has been fully discovered when the Status column lists complete. The row highlights when the device is selected. 2 If it is not already selected, select the Device Information tab from the bottom of window. This section shows detailed information about the selected device. To stop a running discovery session: If a discovery session has not completed fully (reached 100% on the progress bar), you can stop it by clicking Stop the current discovery session. Tip: When you stop a running discovery session, the devices that have been completely discovered remain in the Devices Discovered list and can still be added to WhatsUp Gold. Devices that show a Status of Canceled, however, cannot be added to WhatsUp Gold unless you run another discovery session and allow them to be discovered completely. Viewing progress summary information After a new discovery session starts, the Progress Summary information displays to the left side of the Discovery Console and provides information about the discovery in progress. 55 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Device Summary Device Limit. Lists the number of devices that WhatsUp Gold is licensed to manage. Existing Devices. Lists the number of devices that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. Discovered Devices. Lists the number of devices discovered in the current scan. Network Traffic SNMP Bytes (in/out). Indicates the amount of SNMP data WhatsUp Gold has sent and received in the current discovery process. PDU (Protocol Data Unit) (in/out). Indicates the amount of data sent and received among peer network devices during the discovery process. Scanned. Indicates the number of devices scanned and the total number of devices to be scanned. Session Metrics Scan Start. Indicates the time the discovery started. Scan End. Indicates the time the discovery ended. Elapsed Time. Indicates the time the discovery took to complete. Session Settings Scan Type. Indicates the current discovery method used in the current network scan. Layer 2 scan. Indicates whether Layer 2 discovery was enabled for the discovery scan. SNMP Credentials. Indicates the number of devices that were discovered with SNMP credentials. Windows Credentials. Indicates the number of devices that were discovered with WMI credentials. VMWare Credentials. Indicates the number of devices that were discovered with VMware credentials. Viewing device discovery information After the discovery settings are configured and you start a discovery session, the Devices Discovered section on the right side of the Discovery Console displays the progress and results of the discovery scan. Information and the status of each device discovery appears as follows: Host Name. Lists the the discovered device name by IP address or name. Address. Lists the discovered device IP address. Brand. Lists the device hardware manufacturer. The brand information helps narrow the discovery criteria to identify product model information. Model. Lists the device manufacturer model. The model information helps further refine the discovery criteria to help identify the device role. Operating System. Lists the operating system the device is running. 56 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Role. Based on the device brand, model, running applications, active ports, and other discovery criteria, a template or several template options are listed as device Role options (configurations). You can also create custom device role configurations so that device roles are identified more accurately, during discovery, for the devices on your network. For more information, see Using Device Roles (on page 62). Status. Lists the status of the discovery that is running. Progress. Lists the results of the discovery; whether the device found is a new or existing device. If the device is a new device, you can add it to the WhatsUp Gold database (device map) OR if the device is an existing device, the device has already been added to the WhatsUp Gold database. Tip: Each column under Devices Discovered is sortable; click a column title to sort the column. Adding discovered devices to WhatsUp Gold After WhatsUp Gold discovers and identifies the role of devices, you can add those devices to a device group. You do not have to wait for the discovery session to reach 100% before you can add devices; after a device is listed as Complete in the Status column, it can be added to a device group. Tip: If a device identifies with an incorrect role or a role other than the one you want to use, you can change it in the drop down in the Role column. This field lists all of the roles for which the device met the criteria. If the role you want to use is not in this list, you must modify the device identification on the role. For more information, see Using Device Roles (on page 62) in the console application help. To select a device role: In the Devices Discovered Role column, for each device listed, select the device role you want to use to define the device configuration. For more information about device role settings, see Using Device Roles (on page 62) in the console application help. Before adding devices to the database, you can view the following information about devices: Device Limit. Lists the total number of devices WhatsUp Gold is licensed to monitor. New Selected. Lists the number of devices you have selected to add to the WhatsUp Gold database. Existing Devices. Lists the number of devices WhatsUp Gold is currently monitoring. Available Devices. Lists the number of devices remaining on the license for WhatsUp Gold to monitor. 57 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add all completed devices to a device group: Note: Only devices that are listed as Complete in the Status column can be added. If any selected devices are in any other status, they are not added to WhatsUp Gold. 1 Click Add completed devices to WhatsUp Gold. The Add Devices to WhatsUp Gold dialog appears. 2 In Group name, type the name of the device group to which you want to add devices. To use a device group that already exists in WhatsUp Gold, type the name exactly as it appears in WhatsUp Gold. If the name does not already exist in WhatsUp Gold, a device group with that name is created. To use a default name, which includes the type of scan and the time the scan started, click Default name. 3 Select each device you want to add to WhatsUp Gold. The check mark next to each device includes the device to be added to WhatsUp Gold. 4 Click Add devices to WhatsUp Gold. A progress dialog appears as the devices are added to the device group. 5 When you are finished adding devices, click Close. The Save Device Settings dialog closes. After discovered devices are added to the device group, WhatsUp Gold begins monitoring them immediately. 58 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configuring scheduled discovery After you have optimized discovery settings for your network, you can schedule discovery to run periodically using the configured settings. Each time discovery runs, it detects new devices on your network and suggests adding monitors on devices that have changed since the last discovery. You can also configure email notifications that distribute information about the results of the scheduled discovery. Select the Discovery Settings options on the left to configure the discovery, then use the Schedule Information section to set up the discovery schedule. To create a scheduled discovery: 1 Select Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery console appears. 2 Click Schedule. The Scheduled Discovery Settings dialog appears. 3 Configure the settings for the discovery you want to schedule. For more information, see Configure discovery settings (on page 51). 4 Configure the discovery settings, schedule information, and schedule recurrence settings. 5 To have this discovery detect both new devices and new services on existing devices, click Test for new monitors on existing devices. If this option is not selected, WhatsUp Gold does not scan for new services on existing devices. 6 To receive an email notification of the discovery's results, click Send email notification upon completion. a) Click Email Settings to configure the email notification. The Email Settings dialog appears. b) Enter the information for the email. In Body, you can use HTML and discovery percent variables (on page 67). c) After you have configured the email, click OK. The Email Settings dialog closes. 7 8 Verify that Schedule enabled is selected. Click OK to save the scheduled discovery. The Scheduled Discovery Settings dialog closes. To view and edit scheduled discoveries: 1 In the tabbed section at the bottom of the Discovery Console, click Scheduled Discoveries. The Scheduled Discoveries tab appears. 2 Select a scheduled discovery in the list that you want to view or edit, then click Edit. 3 Change the discovery schedule as required. To delete a scheduled discovery: 1 In the tabbed section at the bottom of the Discovery Console, click Scheduled Discoveries. The Scheduled Discoveries tab appears. 2 Select a scheduled discovery you want to delete, then click Delete. 59 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configuring discovery results email settings Use this dialog to set up the recipients for the scheduled discovery results. Complete the To, From, Subject, and Body for the scheduled discovery notification email. You can configure the SMTP server, port, timeout, SMTP server authentication, and encrypted connections in the global email settings dialog. A template email message has been created in the Body section of the dialog. You can use plain text or html code to style the message. You can also use other Discovery variables to customize the email message with additional information you want to include. For more information, see the discovery percent variables (on page 67) information in the console application help. When the email is configured, you can click Test to make sure the message sends to the recipients and that the message body works correctly. To configure global email settings: 1 2 3 Click Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery Console appears. Click Schedule. The Scheduled Discovery Settings dialog appears. Select the Send email notification upon completion or Send email even when no updates found option, then click Email Settings. The Email Settings dialog appears. Viewing Device Information tab The Device Information tab provides detailed information returned from SNMP devices discovered on the network. This information helps you view details about each device before adding it to the WhatsUp Gold database. Note: Device Information varies, dependant upon on the device type and the SNMP information available on the device. To view device details: 1 2 3 Click Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery Console appears. In the bottom section of the Discovery Console, click the Device Information tab. Click to select a device in the Devices Discovered list. The SNMP information extracted from the device displays in the Device Information box. Viewing scheduled discoveries The Scheduled Discoveries tab lists all the discovery scans that are scheduled to run. You can edit and delete the discovery schedules as required. The following information about scheduled discoveries is displayed. Scan Name. Lists the saved scheduled discovery name. Description. Lists descriptive information about the scheduled discovery. Date Saved. Lists the date and time the scheduled discovery was saved. Next Scan. List the time(s) the scheduled discovery scan is scheduled to run. 60 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Create. Click to setup a new scheduled discovery. You can select an existing scheduled discovery in the list, then Edit or Delete the scheduled discovery. Note: The results from the scheduled discovery scan will appear in the Saved Results tab. For more information, see Configuring scheduled discovery (on page 59). Saving discovery results You can save the results of a network discovery to return to at a later time. This is useful if you are discovering a large network and will be creating device groups and adding devices over more than one session. To save the results of a discovery session: Important: When you save the device discovery results, the list of devices found in the discovery are saved. This does not save the devices to the WhatsUp Gold database. 1 2 From the Discovery console, click Save. The Save Discovery Results dialog appears. Enter a Name and Description for the saved discovery session, then click OK. The discovery session is saved under the Saved Results tab. To open a saved discovery session: Caution: Saved results are not updated when they are opened. If your network changes between the time of the initial scan and when you open the saved results, the saved results will not be accurate. 1 2 From the Discovery console, select the Saved Results tab. Select the saved discovery session that you want to open, then click View. The saved discovery session results appear in the Devices Discovered pane. Using saved discovery results The Saved Results tab lists all the discovery scans that have been saved for later use. Use the Saved Results tab to view the results of a previous discovery scan or delete the discovery scan from the list. When you view previous scans, you can select and add devices that you have not previously added to the WhatsUp Gold database. For more information, see Adding discovered devices to WhatsUp Gold (on page 57). To access the Discovery Console Saved Results tab: 1 Click Devices > Discovery Console. The Discovery Console appears. 2 In the bottom section of the Discovery Console, click the Saved Results tab. The following Saved Scan information is listed: Name. Lists the saved discovery name. 61 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Description. Lists descriptive information about the discovery. Date Saved. Lists the date and time the discovery was saved. Scheduled. Lists whether the scan is a scheduled scan or a discovery scan. A True value indicates that the scan is a scheduled scan, while False indicates that the scan is a discovery or unscheduled scan. You can select an existing Saved Scan in the list, then View or Delete the scan. Using Device Roles When WhatsUp Gold discovers devices, it tries to determine the type of each device so that it can monitor them appropriately. To determine a device type, WhatsUp Gold compares the discovered attributes of each device to a set of criteria called device roles. Device roles do two things: Specify the criteria that a device must match to be identified as the device role. Specify the monitoring configuration that is applied to the device when it is added to WhatsUp Gold. WhatsUp Gold provides default device roles that are used to identify most common network devices. If your network includes devices that are not identified by this default set, you can create custom device roles. Configuring device role settings When a device is added to WhatsUp Gold, the initial device configuration is specified by device role. You can use the Device Role Settings dialog to configure and modify custom device roles for use with your network. 62 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: The Device Role Settings dialog is only available from the WhatsUp Gold console. To configure device role settings: 1 Open the Discovery console from the WhatsUp Gold console. 2 Select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 3 Select the device role you want to modify, then click Configure. - or Click Add to create a new device role. The New Role dialog appears. Note: You cannot modify the role identification criteria of a default role. You can, however, duplicate a default role and modify the new role's criteria, then disable the default role. 63 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Configure the device properties. The following table lists the device properties that can be configured to be automatically added to discovered devices that match a device role. To configure this property Use this tab Notes The device's icon and informational overlay text, as seen on the device map Supports discovery percent variables (on page 67). For more information, see the General tab console Help. Performance monitors applied to the device For more information, see the Performance monitors tab console Help. Active monitors applied to the device, including which active monitors are critical To make an active monitor critical, click the checkbox in the Critical column of that monitor. For more information, see About critical active monitors (on page 228) and the Active monitors tab console Help. Passive monitors associated with the device We do not recommend enabling the Any options. The Any options cause WhatsUp Gold to save a large volume of data and can lead to performance problems caused by a large database. For more information, see the Passive monitors tab console Help. Action policy applied to the device For more information, see the Actions tab console Help. Context menu items available when right-clicking on the device Supports discovery percent variables (on page 67). For 64 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this property Use this tab Notes in the console more information, see the Context menu items tab console Help. Web links available for the device in the web interface Supports discovery percent variables (on page 67). For more information, see the Web links tab console Help. The initial content of the device's Notes field Supports discovery percent variables (on page 67). For more information, see the Notes tab console Help. Attributes added to the device Supports discovery percent variables (on page 67). For more information, see the Device attributes tab console Help. The criteria a discovery scan uses to determine whether a device fits a specific role For more information, see Configuring device role identification settings (on page 65). gmx Configuring device role identification settings To determine if a device is a certain role, WhatsUp Gold can use several different types of criteria ranging from simple DNS and TCP port checks to complex SNMP queries. To configure how a role is identified: 1 2 3 Open the Discovery console from the WhatsUp Gold console. Select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. Select the device role you want to modify, then click Configure. - or Click Add to create a new device role. The New Role dialog appears. Note: You cannot modify the role identification criteria of a default role. You can, however, duplicate a default role and modify the new role's criteria, then disable the default role. 4 5 Select the Role identification tab. To add a new criterion, click Add. The Select an identification criterion type dialog appears. - or - 6 To edit an existing criterion, click Edit. The Edit Criterion dialog appears. Skip to step 7 to continue. Select a criterion from the list. 65 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide DNS hostname contains. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) contains the specified hostname value. For example, you can check that a device name contains "ATL," the prefix used in the Atlanta office computer names. SNMP object contains. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) contains the specified value. For example, you can check for devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0 (Microsoft branch) with "Version 5.1" system description information to determine the devices that are running Windows XP. SNMP object has a child which contains. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) includes a child object. For example, you can check for devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.17 (dot1dBridge, the root of the bridge MIB). If this OID has a child, it means the device supports the Bridge MIB, and therefore the device must be a switch. SNMP object has a number of children greater than. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) includes child objects greater than x number of children. For example, you can check the number of instances of a device interface by discovering instances of the interface table. This criterion could be used to identify "critical" network switches by identifying switches with 200 or more interface tables. SNMP object has a value. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) contains the specified value. For example, you can check for devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.6 (sysLocation) with "Server Room" system description information to determine the devices that are network servers. SNMP object has at least one child. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) includes at least one child object. For example, you can check that a printer OID includes at least one child printer OID. This criterion determines that the device is definitely a printer device. Printer OIDs must include a printer child OID. SNMP object is. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) is equal to the specified value. For example, you could poll the sysContact object to make sure the configured contact information is equal to "Jane Doe." SNMP object matches regular expression. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) matches the specified regular expression value. For example, you could check for devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0, the Catalyst switch sysDescr. If this system description matches the regular expression value (.*Catalyst), the criteria is matched. SNMP object starts with. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SNMP object (OID) starts with the specified value. For example, you can check for devices that contain the OID value 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.2.0, an HP enterprise OID. If this OID starts with 1.3.6.1.4.1.11, the root of the HP Enterprise MIB space, it means the specified device is supported. SNMP SysObjectID is. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SysObjectID object the specified value. For example, the criterion could poll the 66 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide SysObjectID and check that it starts with 1.3.6.1.4.1.9.1.502, a Catalyst switch SysObjectID. This criteria will pass only if the polled device is a Catalyst machine. 7 8 SNMP SysObjectID starts with. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the polled SysObjectID object starts with the specified value. For example, the criterion could poll the system object ID and check that it starts with 1.3.6.1.4.1.9, the root of the Cisco Enterprise MIB space. This criteria will pass only if the polled device is a Cisco machine. NIC card brand name matches regular expression. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the device NIC card brand name matches the specified regular expression value. For example, SNMP is used to identify all NIC MAC addresses and they are converted to NIC vendor strings. The criterion could use the regular expression .*intel to check for a criteria match on all Intel NIC cards. TCP port is open. Select to set criteria that passes if the value of the of the device port open is equal to the specified port open value. For example, if you want to find devices that have TCP ports 1234 open, then enter the port number "1234" for the port check criteria. Is always a successful match. Select to set all criteria to always match when the option is selected. Device is a VMware host server (ESX/ESXi). Select to set criteria that passes if the device type is a VMware host server. VMware server is hosting a number of VMs greater than. Select to set criteria that passes if the number of VMs hosted is greater than the specified value. Name of VM hosted by VMware server is. Select to set criteria that passes if the name of the VM hosted by the VMware server is the specified name. Name of VM hosted by VMware server contains. Select to set criteria that passes if the name of the VM hosted by the VMware server contains the specified value. Device is a VMware vCenter Server. Select to set criteria that passes if the device type is a VMware vCenter Server. After selecting a criterion, click OK. The Edit Criterion dialog appears. Configure the settings for the criterion, then click OK. For specific information about the criterion's settings, click Help. Note: By default, a device must match ALL role identification criteria to be identified as that device role. To identify devices that match ANY of the role identification criteria, clear Match all criteria. 67 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the percent variables in the Discovery Console You can customize discovery, device role, and scheduled discovery information with the variables in the following tables. For more information about where you can use the discovery percent variables, see Configuring device role settings in the WhatsUp Gold console help. Device Discovery variables Description %Discovery.Device.DeviceID Returns the device ID. %Discovery.Device.Description Returns the device description information. %Discovery.Device.Contact Returns the device contact information. %Discovery.Device.Location Returns the device location information. %Discovery.Device.Name Returns the device name information. %Discovery.Device.OID Returns the device OID information. %Discovery.Device.PrimaryRole Returns the device's primary role setting. %Discovery.Device.Model Returns the device product model information. %Discovery.Device.Brand Returns the device product brand information. %Discovery.Device.OS Returns the device operating system information. %Discovery.Device.OSVersion Returns the device operating system version. %Discovery.Device.PhysicalAddress Returns the device MAC address. %Discovery.Device.PhysicalAddressVendor Returns the device vendor name information. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.Name Returns the VMware host name. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.FullName Returns the full name of the VMware host. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.OSType Returns the VMware host operating system information. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.VIMVersion Returns the VMware virtual server version. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.APIVersion Returns the VMware virtual server API version. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.APIType Returns the VMware virtual server API type. 68 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.Build Returns the VMware virtual server build number. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.BootTime Returns the VMware virtual server boot time. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.HardwareVendor Returns the hardware vendor name of the VMware host server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.HardwareModel Returns the hardware model of the VMware host server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberCPUCores Returns the number of CPU cores on the VMware host server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberCPUPkgs Returns the number of CPU packages on the VMware host server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberCPUThreads Returns the number of CPU threads on the VMware host server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.CPUFrequency Returns the CPU clock frequency of the VMware host server in Hz. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.CPUModel Returns the CPU model used by the VMware host server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.MemorySize Returns the amount of memory in the VMware host server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsTotal Returns the total number of virtual machines hosted by the VMware server. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsPoweredOn Returns the number of virtual machines hosted by the VMware server that are in the powered on state. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsSuspended Returns the number of virtual machines hosted by the VMware server that are in the suspended state. %Discovery.Device.VMware.Host.NumberVMsPoweredOff Returns the number of virtual machines hosted by the VMware server that are in the powered off state. 69 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Device Session variables Description %Discovery.Session.ExistingDevices Returns the total number of devices that reside in the WhatsUp Gold database. %Discovery.Session.NewDevices Returns the number of new devices identified in the discovery session. %Discovery.Session.ModifiedDevices Returns the number of device roles identified in the discovery session. %Discovery.Session.LicensedDevices Returns the number of devices WhatsUp Gold is licensed to manage. %Discovery.Session.DiscoveredDevices Returns the total number of devices identified in the discovery session. %Discovery.Session.StartDate Returns the discovery session starting date and time. %Discovery.Session.EndDate Returns the discovery session ending date and time. %Discovery.Session.ElapsedTime Returns the total discovery session scan time from start to finish. Managing device roles Note: The Device Role Settings dialog is available from the WhatsUp Gold console Discovery console. For additional information about device roles, see the WhatsUp Gold console help. Use the Device Role Settings dialog to manage device roles for discovery. From this dialog you can: Create new device roles (on page 71) Duplicate existing device roles (on page 71) Modify device roles (on page 71) Enable or disable device roles (on page 71) Restore device roles to their original settings (on page 72) Delete device roles (on page 72) The Device Role Settings dialog is accessible from the Discovery console (Advanced > Device role settings). 70 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Creating new roles To create a new device role: 1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 2 Click Add. The Role Settings Editor dialog appears. 3 Configure the new device role. When you are done, click OK. The Role Settings Editor dialog closes. Duplicating device roles To duplicate an existing device role: 1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 2 3 Select a device role, then click the gear icon ( ). A menu appears. Select Duplicate selected role from the menu. A copy of the selected role is added to the list and selected. 4 To modify it, click Configure. The Role Settings Editor dialog appears. 5 Modify the device role. 6 When you are finished modifying the role, click OK. The Role Settings Editor dialog closes. Modifying device roles To modify an existing device role: 1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 2 Select a device role, then click Configure. The Role Settings Editor dialog appears. 3 Modify the device role. 4 When you are finished modifying the role, click OK. The Role Settings Editor dialog closes. Enabling or disabling device roles To enable/disable a device role: 1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 2 3 Select a device role, then click the gear icon ( ). A menu appears. If the device role is disabled, select Enable selected role. If the device role is enabled, select Disable selected role. The device role's status is immediately updated in the list. 71 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Restoring a device role to its original settings To restore a default device role to its original settings: Note: Only default device roles can be restored. 1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 2 3 4 ). A menu appears. Select a device role, then click the gear icon ( Select Restore selected role to factory defaults. A confirmation dialog appears. To restore the device role to its default settings, select Yes. The device role is restored to its original settings. Deleting device roles To delete a device role: Note: Default device roles cannot be deleted. If you do not want to use a default device role, disable it. 1 From the Discovery console, select Advanced > Device role settings. The Device Role Settings dialog appears. 2 3 4 Select a device role, then click the gear icon ( ). A menu appears. Select Delete selected role. A confirmation dialog appears. To delete the device role, select Yes. The device role is removed from the list. 72 Using Devices In This Chapter Viewing devices in WhatsUp Gold ............................................................... 73 About device icons ............................................................................................ 74 Using Credentials................................................................................................ 75 Searching for devices ........................................................................................ 76 Understanding group access and user rights for Find Device ........... 77 Searching for devices with interface traffic............................................... 77 Viewing devices in WhatsUp Gold After you have discovered and added devices to WhatsUp Gold, use the Devices tab to view and manage devices in WhatsUp Gold. In WhatsUp Gold, devices are displayed as resources (computers/workstations, servers, routers, switches, etc.) that are connected to your computer through a LAN (Local Area Network), a wireless network, or over the Internet. WhatsUp Gold watches these devices through a network connection. After you associate active monitors with devices on your network, the monitors query the network services installed on a device and wait for a response, checking to make sure that the FTP server, web server, email server, etc., is up and responding. If a response is either not received or is not the expected response, the service is considered down. If the query is returned as expected, the service is considered up. Notifications or other actions can be setup in WhatsUp Gold to address the issue. For a more information about service monitors, see the Active Monitors overview (on page 155). You can also configure passive monitors, which listen for specified events to occur on a device and when the event occurs, notifies you or takes other actions. For more information, see the Passive Monitors overview (on page 232). Additionally, you can configure performance monitors to gather device performance information, such as CPU, disk, memory, and interface utilization. For more information, see the Performance monitors overview (on page 246). 73 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To view network devices: Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Device list appears. 1 Device Groups. Lists network devices by categories. Select the device group you want to view. The selected device group appears in the right panel in the Details View or Map View. For more information, see Using Device Groups (on page 79). 2 Details View (shown). Lists network devices as a list of devices in a group. 3 Map View (not shown). Lists network devices as icon views of devices in a group. The map view provides visual information about the device status. For more information, see Using the Map View (on page 93). 4 Find Device. Use this search tool to find a device or device group(s) in WhatsUp Gold. For more information, see Searching for devices (on page 76). Each device icon provides information about its device state and the state of the monitors associated to the device. In addition, the Status column indicates which specific monitor is down and the duration of the interruption. 74 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide About device icons The following icons appear in the Device View (Console) or Details View (Web interface) when viewing the contents of a device group. For more information about device icons and status indicators, see Using the Map View (on page 93). Icon Description (Green) All monitors on the device are considered up. Device entry appears in another device group. At least one monitor on the device is unresponsive, but at least one is considered up. (Orange) The device is currently in maintenance mode. A bold device name shows that the device has undergone a state change, and that state change has not been acknowledged. To acknowledge a device state, right-click the device and click Acknowledge. Using Credentials The Credentials system stores the applicable login, community string, or connection string information for the following devices and applications: Windows (WMI Active Monitors, WMI Performance Monitors, and the Web Task Manager) SNMP v1, 2, and 3 devices in the WhatsUp Gold database ADO database VMware Telnet SSH Credentials are configured in the Credentials Library (located on the Admin tab under Credentials Library) and used in several places throughout the application. They can be associated with devices in the Device Properties dialog (right-click a device, select Properties > Credentials), or through the Credentials Bulk Field Change option, accessed by rightclicking a group of devices in a device list or map. A device needs SNMP credentials applied to it in order for SNMP-based active monitors to work. Similarly, NT Service Checks must have Windows credentials applied, and WhatsUp Gold database monitors require ADO connection information. VMware vCenter, and ESXi devices require VMware credentials to access system performance counters. WhatsConfigured plug-in requires either an SSH or Telnet connection to gather configuration data and to perform various task scripts. For more information, see Credentials Library (on page 836). 75 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Searching for devices Use the Find device search to find a device or device group(s) to which a network device belongs. Find Device is a "contains" search. For example, if you enter the numbers 192 for an IP address search, any device whose IP address contains the sequential numbers 192 would be listed in the search results. To search for a device: 1 2 Click the Devices tab, then click Find Device. The Find Device dialog appears. Enter a device search in the Find Device box or click Search for advanced search options. Select the device aspect by which you would like to perform the device search; either Device Display Name, Hostname, IP Address, or All. If you select to perform a search by All, WhatsUp Gold searches for the matching criteria in the device's display name, hostname, and IP address. 3 In For, enter the device criteria for which WhatsUp Gold will search for a match. Tip: Select Exact match to have WhatsUp Gold search for an exact match of the search criteria you enter in For. 4 Click Find. Device search results are displayed in the lower section of the dialog. Note: By default, Find Device searches for matches that contain your search criteria. For example, if you search for Device IP Address and 12, your search results can contain matches for addresses including 12.0.0.1, 192.168.120.2, 172.16.42.12, 10.122.0.1, 172.16.42.112, and 192.168.212.1. The dialog displays the following data about devices matching the search criteria. The device's Display Name. The device's Hostname. The device's IP Address. The Device Group to which the device belongs. If a device belongs to more than one device group, it is listed multiple times in the list of devices, one time for each group in which it belongs. Note: Devices are displayed in this list according to a user's group access rights. You must have Group Read rights to at least one group to which a device belongs in order for it to appear in the results list. For more information, see Group Access and User Rights for the Find feature (on page 77). To view a group to which the device belongs: Select a device from the list, then click View Group. The Device List appears in either Details or Map View, with the selected device highlighted. 76 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To edit a device configuration: Select a device from the list, then click Properties. The device Properties (on page 119) dialog appears. To delete a device from a group: Select a device from the results list that is listed in the group from which you want to remove the device, then click Delete. The device is removed from the group.Use this dialog to find a device or device group(s) to which a network device belongs, then manage the device as needed. Understanding group access and user rights for Find Device Find Device adheres to the group access and user rights assigned to a WhatsUp Gold user account. User Rights are configured from the Manage Users dialog (click the Admin tab, then click Manage Users). Group access rights are enabled from the Manage Users dialog, but must be specified from a group's properties. For more information, see Assigning group access rights. A user account must have Group Read rights to at least one group to which a device belongs in order for it to appear in the results list. Additionally, a user account must have the following rights to perform Find Device's functions: An account must have Device Read to edit a device via Device Properties (on page 119). An account must have both the Group Write and Manage Groups rights to remove a device from a group. An account must have both the Device Write and Manage Devices rights to remove a device from WhatsUp Gold. Note: When you attempt to remove a device from a group and it is the last copy of that device in WhatsUp Gold, if you have the appropriate rights, it is removed from WhatsUp Gold. Searching for devices with interface traffic If you have Flow Monitor, you can use the device right-click menu Host Search option to display the interfaces over which traffic has been transmitted to or from a specific device. To search for device interface traffic: 1 Click the Device tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears. 77 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 From the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Host Search. The Host Search dialog appears. The top portion of this dialog provides specific information about the device for which you searched. Host name. Displays the full host name of the device. IP address. Displays the IP address of the device. Domain. Displays the domain or group to which the device belongs. Country. Displays the country to which the public IP address of this device is assigned. Last resolved. Displays the date and time when the last record of the device was recorded on any interface. The lower portion of this dialog displays specific interfaces over which the device transmitted traffic. This table shows the interface name, the amount of data recorded in the 24 hours prior to that date, and the date traffic was last recorded. To view data where the selected host generated the traffic: Select Sender. To view data where the selected host received the traffic, select Receiver. By default, the Traffic and Last Data Recorded columns do not display information. To view information for these columns, select Show Traffic and Last Data Recorded. 78 Using Device Groups In This Chapter Using device groups .......................................................................................... 79 Creating device groups .................................................................................... 80 Configuring Dynamic Groups ........................................................................ 80 Dynamic Group examples ............................................................................... 83 Using the Dynamic Group builder................................................................ 91 Using device groups In WhatsUp Gold, device groups help you to quickly find and diagnose problems. You can create as many device groups as you wish to organize your network in a way that is meaningful to you and your monitoring needs. Device group types Two types of device groups exist in WhatsUp Gold: Non-dynamic groups Dynamic groups Non-dynamic groups are simply referred to as "device groups." Each time you perform a discovery scan, WhatsUp Gold creates a group containing the devices found in that scan. WhatsUp Gold names the group by combining the type of scan and the date and time the scan took place. For example, "SNMP Scan (2007-08-03 10:24:37)." Devices that are already in the database appear in the new group as shortcuts to the original device reference. The shortcut icons serve indicates that the device appears in multiple groups. You can configure a device either by clicking the original reference, or by clicking a shortcut to the device. Functionally, shortcuts serve the same purpose as the original device reference, and display the same device status. SQL queries searching for devices based on user-specified criteria create dynamic groups. By default, all devices discovered on your network are placed into a dynamic group named All devices. Similarly, each time a router is discovered it is placed into a similar dynamic group named All routers. 79 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Device group icons Device groups use icons to display the current state of the group and to indicate the type of device group. All of the monitors on all devices in the group are up. The device group contains at least one device that is considered down. The device group is empty, or devices have not been polled due to a dependency on another device. Indicates a dynamic group. Device group maps The Map View is based on device group folders, and each device group has a separate map. If a device group folder contains a subfolder, or subgroup, you can double-click the folder in Map View to display the subfolder map. Device group reports Device groups are particularly important when you are viewing reports pertaining to a specific group, or group reports (on page 594). Viewing group reports requires you to select a device group and a monitor to view data for that group. When you create groups, consider ways of easily distinguishing them from one another for this reason. An easy way to distinguish groups is using group names that are meaningful, such as "Atlanta Developers" and "Atlanta Tech Support." As a result, you can easily tell what each device group is when choosing a group on which to view Group Report information. Device Group Access Rights Similar to user rights are the WhatsUp Gold group access rights which link permissions to device groups. For more information, see About group access rights. Creating device groups To create a new device group: Note: You cannot create a new device group within a dynamic group. 1 2 Click Devices tab, the click New Group. The Create Group dialog appears. Enter a title and short description for the group in the Group Name and Description fields. 3 Click OK to add the group to the My Network tree. 80 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configuring Dynamic Groups This feature provides the ability to create device groups based on whatever criteria users choose, without having to create device shortcuts. Dynamic groups can be created for specific device types, device attributes, active monitors, or anything else that is stored for individual devices in the database. Dynamic groups act as SQL queries that run on the WhatsUp Gold database, and can display real-time data if viewed through a report that is set to automatically refresh. WhatsUp Gold is pre-configured with dynamic group examples, which you can see in the Devices view, under Device Groups. All of the Dynamic Group examples (on page 83) are active, so if you have devices that meet the criteria, you will see the device displayed within the group. In the web interface, the dynamic group display is refreshed every 2 minutes. A group is also refreshed when you select it. To view or edit the criteria for a dynamic group, right-click the group name, then select properties. Note: Dynamic groups on the web interface do not follow group access rights. Anyone with the ability to view the device group that a dynamic group is in can access that dynamic group. However, only devices that the user has the permission to view appear in the group. 81 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure Dynamic Groups: 1 Click the Devices tab, then click New Dynamic Group. The Create Dynamic Group dialog appears. 2 Select a method for configuring the new Dynamic Group. Select Use the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder, Use SQL dialog, or Create a predefined dynamic group. If you are an advanced SQL user, select the second option. Otherwise, we recommend selecting the Dynamic Group Builder. To use the Dynamic Group Builder: 1 2 Enter a name and description for the new dynamic group: Group Name. Enter a name for the Dynamic Group as it will appear in the WhatsUp Gold Device List. Description (Optional). Enter a short description for the new Dynamic Group. This description is visible to all users who can open the dynamic group. In Filter, select which groups to search for devices that match the dynamic group criteria. Select All devices to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group. Select All devices in the parent group to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is located. Select All devices in the parent group and its children groups to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is located or any of that group's children groups. Create and edit rules to form an SQL filter for the Dynamic Group. 3 To begin writing the rules for your SQL filter, click Add. The Dynamic Group Rule Editor (on page 315) appears. 4 In the Dynamic Group Editor, enter the appropriate information (for more information, see the help topic for this dialog). As you create rules, they are added to the Dynamic Group Builder dialog where you can add more rules, edit, or delete existing rules by clicking the Add, Edit, or Delete buttons. Parentheses (single, double, triple, and quadruple) are available for use in your filter code add them by selecting them from the lists before and after your rules. You can move existing rules up or down within your filter code by selecting a rule and then clicking on the Up and Down buttons. 82 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Validating your filter code Keep in mind that as you configure your rules, the SQL filter is displayed at the bottom of the Builder dialog. When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate button to test the filter code sytnax. If the test returns no errors, click OK to save the configured SQL filter and to add the new Dynamic Group to your Device List. If the code returns errors, either make the needed changes at this time, then click OK. Additionally, you have the option to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time. You can then select the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select Properties to edit the group filter code. Converting your filter code You can convert a Dynamic Group created with the Dynamic Group Builder to the SQL dialog by clicking the Convert button. It is important to note that once you convert the Dynamic Group to the SQL dialog, you will not be able to edit the group in the Dynamic Group Builder again - you will only be able to make changes to the group from the SQL dialog. If you aren't an advanced SQL user, we recommend that you make a copy of the Dynamic Group so that you can keep a copy available for edit in the Dynamic Group Builder. To use the SQL Dynamic Group dialog: 1 Enter a Display name for the group, enter the group Description, and enter an SQL query in the Filter box that identifies the devices you want to appear in that group. 2 Click OK to add the group to the device list. SQL validation occurs as soon as you click OK. If the filter fails, an error message appears. In addition to the pre-configured dynamic groups, we have provided several sample filters (on page 83) for you to create some very interesting dynamic groups. Dynamic Group examples WhatsUp Gold is pre-configured with dynamic group examples, which you can see in the Devices view, under Device Groups. For more information on these groups, see Configuring Dynamic Groups (on page 80). The following examples show several dynamic group filters that you can use to create some interesting dynamic groups for your devices. To use these examples, select the text of the filter, and then copy and paste the text into the Filter box of the Dynamic Group (on page 312) dialog. Note: You may have to remove the copyright information from the cut and paste if it appears when you copy from this help file. To show all devices that have had a state change in the last three hours: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID 83 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide FROM Device JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID = ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND DATEDIFF(Hh,ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.dStartTime,GETDATE()) <= 3 To show all devices with multiple interfaces: SELECT DISTINCT NetworkInterface.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN NetworkInterface ON Device.nDeviceID = NetworkInterface.nDeviceID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 GROUP BY NetworkInterface.nDeviceID HAVING COUNT(NetworkInterface.nDeviceID) > 1 To show all devices that have gone down in the last two hours and are still down: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID = ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID JOIN MonitorState ON Device.nWorstStateID = MonitorState.nMonitorStateID 84 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bDisabled = 0 AND DATEDIFF(hh, ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.dStartTime, GETDATE()) <= 2 AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState = 1 To show all the devices (in one specific group) that have had an action fire in the last two days: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN ActionActivityLog ON Device.nDeviceID = ActionActivityLog.nDeviceID JOIN PivotDeviceToGroup ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotDeviceToGroup.nDeviceID JOIN DeviceGroup ON PivotDeviceToGroup.nDeviceGroupID = DeviceGroup.nDeviceGroupID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND DATEDIFF(Dd,ActionActivityLog.dDateTime,GETDATE()) <= 2 AND DeviceGroup.sGroupName = 'My Key Resources Group' To show all devices that need acknowledgement: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID = ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.bAcknowledged = 0 85 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0 To show all devices with disks that are 90% full or fuller: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN StatisticalDiskIdentification ON PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDeviceID = StatisticalDiskIdentification.nPivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDeviceID JOIN StatisticalDiskCache ON StatisticalDiskIdentification.nStatisticalDiskIdentificationID = StatisticalDiskCache.nStatisticalDiskIdentificationID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.bEnabled = 1 AND StatisticalDiskCache.nDataType = 1 AND (((nUsed_Avg / nSize) > 0.90) AND (NOT nSize = 0 OR nSize IS NULL)) To show all devices in maintenance or with at least one down active monitor and match the specified device types: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN MonitorState ON Device.nWorstStateID = MonitorState.nMonitorStateID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState IN (1,2) 86 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide AND Device.nDeviceTypeID IN (3,4,38,63,64,65,66,67,68,71,72) To show only devices on which all active monitors are down: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN MonitorState ON Device.nWorstStateID = MonitorState.nMonitorStateID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState = 1 AND Device.nWorstStateID = Device.nBestStateID To show only those devices on which all active monitors have been down for 20 minutes or more: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID = ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.nPivotActiveMonitorTypeToDeviceID JOIN MonitorState ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nMonitorStateID = MonitorState.nMonitorStateID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotActiveMonitorTypetoDevice.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bDisabled = 0 AND MonitorState.nInternalMonitorState = 1 AND DATEDIFF(Mi,ActiveMonitorStateChangeLog.dStartTime,GETDATE()) >= 20 AND Device.nWorstStateId = Device.nBestStateId 87 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To show devices to which a particular performance monitor is assigned: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN StatisticalMonitorType ON StatisticalMonitorType.nStatisticalMonitorTypeID = PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.nStatisticalMonitorTypeID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotStatisticalMonitorTypeToDevice.bEnabled = 1 AND StatisticalMonitorType.sStatisticalMonitorTypeName LIKE '%Interface Utilization%' To show devices to which a particular passive monitor is assigned: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN PassiveMonitorType ON PassiveMonitorType.nPassiveMonitorTypeID = PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nPassiveMonitorTypeID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotPassiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0 AND PassiveMonitorType.sMonitorTypeName LIKE '%Cold Start%' 88 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To show devices to which a particular active monitor is assigned: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN ActiveMonitorType ON ActiveMonitorType.nActiveMonitorTypeID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nActiveMonitorTypeID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0 AND ActiveMonitorType.sMonitorTypeName LIKE '%Ping%' To find a device by its display name, host name, or IP address: SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN NetworkInterface ON Device.nDeviceID = NetworkInterface.nDeviceID AND Device.nDefaultNetworkInterfaceID = NetworkInterface.nNetworkInterfaceID JOIN DeviceType ON Device.nDeviceTypeID = DeviceType.nDeviceTypeID WHERE (Device.sDisplayName LIKE '%Mail Server%' OR NetworkInterface.sNetworkName LIKE '%server1.ipswitch.com%' OR NetworkInterface.sNetworkAddress LIKE '%1.2.3.4%') AND Device.bRemoved = 0 89 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To show devices whose actions (or whose active monitors' actions) have a specific word in their name: Note: To search for a different action, change the action name after LIKE. Be sure to leave both % symbols. SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN ActionPolicy ON Device.nActionPolicyID = ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID JOIN PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy ON ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID = PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID JOIN ActionType ON PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionTypeID = ActionType.nActionTypeID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND ActionType.sActionTypeName LIKE '%Critical%' UNION SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice ON Device.nDeviceID = PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nDeviceID JOIN ActionPolicy ON PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.nActionPolicyID = ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID JOIN PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy ON ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID = PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID 90 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide JOIN ActionType ON PivotActionTypeToActionPolicy.nActionTypeID = ActionType.nActionTypeID WHERE Device.bRemoved = 0 AND PivotActiveMonitorTypeToDevice.bRemoved = 0 AND ActionType.sActionTypeName LIKE '%Critical%' UNION SELECT DISTINCT Device.nDeviceID FROM Device JOIN ActionPolicy ON ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID=0 and bGlobalActionPolicy=1 JOIN PivotActionTypetoActionPolicy P ON P.nActionPolicyID = ActionPolicy.nActionPolicyID JOIN [ActionType] ON P.nActionTypeID = ActionType.nActionTypeID WHERE ActionType.sActionTypeName LIKE '%Critical%' Using the Dynamic Group builder To create a dynamic group using Dynamic Group Builder: 1 2 3 4 Click the Devices tab. Click New Dynamic Group. Select Use the Dynamic Group builder, and click OK. Enter a name and description for the new dynamic group: Group Name. Enter a name for the Dynamic Group as it will appear in the WhatsUp Gold Device List. Description (Optional). Enter a short description for the new Dynamic Group. This description is visible to all users who can open the dynamic group. 91 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 In Filter, select which groups to search for devices that match the dynamic group criteria. Select All devices to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group. Select All devices in the parent group to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is located. Select All devices in the parent group and its children groups to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is located or any of that group's children groups. Create and edit rules to form an SQL filter for the Dynamic Group. 6 To begin writing the rules for your SQL filter, click Add. The Dynamic Group Editor (on page 315) appears. 7 In the Dynamic Group Editor, enter the appropriate information (for more information, see the help topic for this dialog). As you create rules, they are added to the Dynamic Group Builder dialog where you can add more rules, edit, or delete existing rules by clicking the Add, Edit, or Delete buttons. Parentheses (single, double, triple, and quadruple) are available for use in your filter code add them by selecting them from the lists before and after your rules. You can move existing rules up or down within your filter code by selecting a rule and then clicking on the Up and Down buttons. Validating your filter code Keep in mind that as you configure your rules, the SQL filter is displayed at the bottom of the Builder dialog. When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate button to test the filter code sytnax. If the test returns no errors, click OK to save the configured SQL filter and to add the new Dynamic Group to your Device List. If the code returns errors, either make the needed changes at this time, then click OK. Additionally, you have the option to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time. You can then select the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select Properties to edit the group filter code. Converting your filter code You can convert a Dynamic Group created with the Dynamic Group Builder to the SQL dialog by clicking the Convert button. It is important to note that once you convert the Dynamic Group to the SQL dialog, you will not be able to edit the group in the Dynamic Group Builder again - you will only be able to make changes to the group from the SQL dialog. If you aren't an advanced SQL user, we recommend that you make a copy of the Dynamic Group so that you can keep a copy available for edit in the Dynamic Group Builder. 92 Using Maps In This Chapter Using the Map View ........................................................................................... 93 About Map View device limitations ............................................................. 95 Using the Map View As you discover devices on your network, WhatsUp Gold creates a map of the initial discovery device group. You can configure this map, or create other device groups and configure maps for these groups as you see fit. Regardless of the groups for which you configure maps, you can configure all maps in a variety of ways: Organize devices into user-specified groups, for example, all HTTP servers. Customize individual device icons such as workstations, containers, routers, and bridges. (WhatsUp Gold console) Indicate relationships among devices by using annotation objects such as rectangles, ellipses, text, network clouds, and "attached" or "free" lines. Show status of network link lines. To access Map Views: Access the WhatsUp Gold web interface Map View from the Devices tab > Map View. - or Access the WhatsUp Gold console Map View from View > Map View. Interpreting the Map View The Map View consists of device icons, annotations, and graphical indicators which are used to represent the state of your network. The device icon is a graphical representation of the device and provides the hostname or IP address of the device. The device icon can be modified adding annotations, which you can add manually in the WhatsUp Gold console application, and by graphical indicators which are automatically applied to device icons. 93 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Graphical Indicators While annotations are added manually, graphical indicators are automatically applied to the device icon by WhatsUp Gold in response to state changes, or to dependencies between devices. The following diagram illustrates graphical indicators as they appear on a device icon in the Map View. 1 Passive monitor indicator. A diamond shape at the upper left of the device icon, displays the state of the passive monitors associated with the device. 2 SNMP indicator. A four pointed star located at the upper right of the device icon, is present when the device has SNMP credentials stored in the Credentials Library. Note: The presence of the SNMP indicator does not indicate that SNMP is enabled on the device, or that the device is reporting SNMP traps to WhatsUp Gold. 3 4 5 6 7 Device state indicator. The background color and shape directly behind the device icon, provides an indication of the state of the device as determined by the active monitors monitoring the device. Device status change indicator. A reverse of the normal background and foreground, indicates that the device has undergone a state change that has not yet been acknowledged. Up dependency indicator. A green arrow that originates at the dependent device and terminates at the device on which it dependent. The active monitors on which the device is dependent are displayed on the arrow. Active monitor indicator. A square located at the lower right of the device icon, indicates the state of the active monitors associated with the device. If the indicator is green, there is a recent Up state change in an active monitor. If the indicator is red, there is a recent Down state change in an active monitor. Down dependency indicator. A red arrow that originates at the dependent device and terminates at the device on which it dependent. The active monitors on which the device is dependent are displayed on the arrow. 94 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Annotations Annotations, available in the WhatsUp Gold console application, are graphical objects that let you customize and visually organize a map view. You can use these annotations to draw connections between devices, add images and backgrounds, provide textual information, and add visual enhancements to the Map View. Map annotations include: Circles Lines Rectangles Text Network clouds Polygons Images The Annotation toolbar is located at the top middle of the WhatsUp Gold console Map View. Use this toolbar to add annotations and manipulate their properties, such as border width and color. About Map View device limitations By default, WhatsUp Gold does not display maps with more than 256 devices. You can change this default within the registry keys, with the understanding that it will cause lengthy delays by specifying larger device defaults. Important: The more devices you allow on a map, the longer time you will wait for the map to load. To change map device limitations: 1 Locate the registry key which controls this setting. For 32-bit operating systems, open HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Ipswitch\Network Monitor\WhatsUp Gold\Settings. For 64-bit operating systems, open HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Ipswitch\Network Monitor\WhatsUp Gold\Settings 95 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Change the MapView-MaxDevices registry key to a number greater than 256 (Decimal). Note: If you want to change the text that displays when you reach the maximum device limit, you can change it in the MapView-MaxDevicesMessage registry value. The default text is: There are more devices on this Map than can be |drawn in a reasonable time. Use the Device List |to manage devices for this Group. | |To increase the maximum of (%ld) devices that |can be drawn per Map, look in the online help |system for Map Device Limits. The pipes (|) in the default text indicate line breaks in the text and the (%ld) is a variable for the MapView-MaxDevicesMessage value. 96 Managing devices In This Chapter Learning about devices .................................................................................... 97 Learning about devices From the device right-click menu, you can perform a number of tasks on the selected device. You can Copy, Move, Paste, and Clone devices; poll a device; acknowledge a device states; access devices via Remote Desktop Connection, search for interface traffic to and from devices, use tools for troubleshooting device issues, apply bulk changes to multiple devices at one time, set actions on virtual machines, add a new device, and view device properties. To view the Details View right-click menu: Right-click the a device or multiple devices the the Details View. The following menu appears: 97 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding a single new device to WhatsUp Gold There are two ways to add devices to WhatsUp Gold: Discover devices automatically. For more information, see Learning about the Discovery Console (on page 47) Manually add individual devices. When you add devices individually, the device is added to the WhatsUp Gold database immediately doing a discovery scan. The new device is generically categorized as a workstation. This option may be useful for testing purposes, as it allows you to add the same device to a database multiple times. 98 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add a single device to WhatsUp Gold: 1 Click Devices > New Device. The Add New Device dialog appears. 2 Type the IP address or host name of the new device. 3 If you want to add a device without scanning for additional device information, select Add device immediately without scanning. The new device is generically categorized as a workstation. 4 If you want to apply a device role to a new device, select Force device role. For more information, see Using Device Roles (on page 62). 5 Click Advanced to select a number of additional options for which to scan the device. You can select additional options to resolve the device host name, use advanced SNMP and ping timeout and retry settings. Additionally, select SNMP, SSH, WMI or VMware credentials for the new device. For more information, see Setting Advanced single device discovery settings (on page 99). 6 Click OK to save changes. WhatsUp Gold attempts to resolve the IP address or hostname, then scans that device for device roles (if selected). When the scan is complete, Device Properties dialog appears, allowing you to further configure the device as needed. Note: If WhatsUp Gold already contains the number of devices that your license allows, a message appears telling you that you must upgrade your license or remove existing devices to add a new device. Setting Advanced device discovery settings Select the following advanced single device discovery properties to use for the device you are adding to WhatsUp Gold. Resolve host names. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold attempt to populate the list of discovered devices with host names, instead of IP addresses. If the Use SNMP SysName to name devices option is selected (see below), it is used first to identify device names. If SNMP information is not available, the Resolve host names option is used to identify device names (if the option is selected). Use advanced ping. Select this option to use TCP port checks and ICMP pings to scan on networks. If the TCP connection or ICMP ping is successful, the device at the IP address is discovered. Timeout (ms). Enter the amount of time the scan should wait for the ping or SNMP information in milliseconds (ms). Note: Refer to the information for Use advance ping options, to determine when this setting applies to ping. Retry count. Enter the number of times WhatsUp Gold should attempt to make the ping or SNMP identification. 99 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: Refer to the information for Use advance ping options, to determine when this setting applies to ping. Use SNMP SysName to name devices. Select this option to discover each device name by accessing the device SNMP SysName. This method is used first to identify device names. If not available, the Resolve host names option is used to identify device name (if the option is selected). SNMP credentials. Select the appropriate SNMP credentials. This box is populated from credentials currently available in the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library. If you select an inappropriate set of credentials, or none is selected, WhatsUp Gold determines device type based on the monitors discovered during the scan. Tip: Click the browse (...) button in the console or the Credentials button in the web interface to open the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a new set of credentials to use for discovery. Tip: Credentials are configured in the Credentials Library. When a device is discovered using a credential, that credential is then associated to that device. You can change this on Device Properties > Credentials. If you select All, discovery uses all configured credentials in the Credentials Library. The credential that is successful is then associated with the device. SSH credentials. Select the appropriate SSH credentials. This box is populated from credentials currently available in the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library. Windows credentials. Select a Windows credential to use when attempting to discover devices where you have to provide a Windows user name or password when connecting. This box is populated from credentials currently available in the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library. VMware credentials. Select the VMware credential to use when discovering VMware vCenter, ESX and ESXi devices. This box is populated from credentials currently existing in the Credentials Library. Changing a device name Changing the name of a device changes how it appears in the list views. To change a device name: 1 2 3 Click the Devices tab. Click Devices. In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 4 Click General. 5 In the General section of Device Properties, enter the new name in the Display Name box. 6 Click OK to save changes. 100 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Changing a device IP address To change a device IP address: 1 2 3 Click the Devices tab. Click Devices. In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 4 Click General. 5 Type the new IP address in the Address box. 6 Click OK to save changes. Adding additional network interfaces to a device To configure a network interface: 1 2 3 4 5 6 In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. - or From any page where a device is selected using the device picker, click Properties in the title bar. Click General. The General dialog appears. Click Additional Network Interfaces. The Network Interfaces dialog appears. Click Add. The Add Network Interface dialog appears. Enter the network information for the new interface. Click OK to save the new interface information and return to the General section. To change the default network interface on a device: 1 In the General section of Device Properties, click Additional Network Interfaces. 2 On the Network Interfaces dialog, select the interface you want to make the default. 3 Click Set Default. 4 Click OK to return to the General section. Adding notes to a device To add a note to a device: 1 In the Device List or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Notes. The Notes dialog opens. 2 Enter the note in the Notes box. Use the Notes box to include information about the selected device. For example, you can record historical information about a device, physical location information, or notes relating to the actions configured for the device. Note: There is no automatic word wrap. Add a return to display information in the dialog without requiring you to scroll to view it. 101 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Click OK to save changes. Using device types Important: Prior to the WhatsUp Gold v14 release Device Types were used to identify the role a device performed on the network for the active and passive monitors, menu items, and icons associated with each device. WhatsUp Gold v14 and later has moved Device Type information to be managed in the Discovery Console Device Role Settings. The Device Types dialogs now have limited functionality. Active monitors, passive monitors, and action policies are no longer editable in the Device Type dialog. The device General and Menu Items information is editable. For more information, see Discovering and Viewing Network Data (on page 47). The device type icons represent network devices on maps. The WhatsUp Gold console provides device types for more than 40 device types with an option to create additional custom types. To configure device types (WhatsUp Gold console only): 1 Open the Device Types Library: In either Device View or Map View, select Configure > Device Types. The Device Types Library dialog appears. 2 3 In the Device Type Library, do one of the following: Click New to configure a new device type. Select a device type, then click Edit to reconfigure the selected device type. Select a device type, then click Copy to make a duplicate of the selected device type. Select a device type, then click Delete to remove it from the Device Type Library. Click OK to save changes. To change a device type from the WhatsUp Gold console or web interface: 1 2 In Map View, right-click a device. The right-click menu appears. Select a device in the device list, then right-click and select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 3 Click General. The General Properties appear. 102 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 5 6 Select a new Device Type from the list on the right side of the dialog. Click OK to save changes. The device's type and coinciding icon updates on the map. Copying a device Use the copy feature to create a shortcut to the device in another group, much like a Windows shortcut. The copy provides access to the original device from a group other than the original group in which it is located. To copy a device: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the device for which you want to copy. The right-click menu appears. 2 Click Copy. The Select a Device Group dialog appears. 3 Select the group that you want to copy the device into, then click OK. The group that you copied the device to opens. Tip: You can also drag-and-drop to copy device(s) from one group to another. Select the device(s) you want to copy, then drag-and-drop to the group where you want the device copied. Moving a device Use the move feature to move devices to another group. Moving removes devices from the original group and locates them in another group. To move a device: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the device for which you want to move. The right-click menu appears. 2 Click Move. The Select a Device Group dialog appears. 3 Select the group that you want to move the device into, then click OK. The group that you copied the device to opens. Tip: You can also drag-n-drop to move device(s) from one group to another. Select the device(s) you want to move, then drag-n-drop to the group where you want the device moved. Deleting a device Use the delete device feature to remove devices from WhatsUp Gold. Once removed, the device is not monitored. To remove a device: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the device for which you want to delete. The right-click menu appears. 103 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Click Delete. A message appears asking you to confirm that you want to delete the selected device(s). 3 Click OK. Cloning a device The WhatsUp Gold cloning feature, available in the web interface, allows you to do a deep copy of a device. The term deep copy means that the device is copied to a new device with all active monitors, passive monitors, actions, attributes, etc. applied to the new device. This functionality makes it easy to create a new device with monitors, actions, and attributes set up based on ones you have already taken the time to set up for a previously created device. This reduces the time required to setup new monitors, actions, and attributes for a new device. Note: Any monitors and action policies associated with the device you are cloning from are not duplicated for the new cloned device, rather the new cloned device has the existing monitors and action policies applied to it. Methods to clone a device There are two ways to clone a device: from the device right-click menu or dragging-anddropping a device from a device list or a map view to a new device group. After you have cloned a device, you need to change the device host name and address in the Device Properties - General dialog settings so that WhatsUp Gold can monitor the new device and all of the active monitors, passive monitors, actions, and attributes that are applied to the new device. For more information, see Changing the cloned Device Properties (on page 105). To clone a device: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold web interface, in the Details View or Map View, right-click the device for which you want to clone attributes. The right-click menu appears. 2 Click Clone. The Clone selected items from x to .... dialog appears. 3 Select the group that you want to clone the device into, then click OK. A status dialog appears indicating the cloning process status. 4 Click Close to complete the cloning process. Note: The new cloned device display name is as shown in the following device name example: - Original name: Device-WHO - First clone (in new group): Device-WHO - Second clone: Device-WHO - Clone - Third clone: Device-WHO - Clone (2) - Subsequent clones: Device-WHO - Clone (nnn) 104 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Tip: You can also use the Device Properties - Notes dialog to verify if a device is a cloned device. Right-click the device you want to check, then click Properties > Notes. If the device is a cloned device, a message appears; for example, This device was cloned on 6/24/2010 10:12:37 AM. 5 Change the cloned device properties as required. For more information, see Changing the cloned Device Properties (on page 105). Cloning a device using drag-n-drop To clone a device using drag-n-drop: 1 2 3 Click the Devices tab. Click Devices. The device list appears. In either the Details View or Map View, select the device (or multiple devices) for which you want to clone attributes, then drag the device(s) to the device group where you want the device(s) to appear. The Copy, Move, Clone, Cancel menu appears. 4 Click Clone. A status dialog appears indicating the cloning process status. 5 Click Close to complete the cloning process. Note: The new cloned device display name is as shown in the following device name example: - Original name: Device-WHO - First clone (in new group): Device-WHO - Second clone: Device-WHO - Clone - Third clone: Device-WHO - Clone (2) - Subsequent clones: Device-WHO - Clone (nnn) Tip: You can also use the Device Properties - Notes dialog to verify if a device is a cloned device. Right-click the device you want to check, then click Properties > Notes. If the device is a cloned device, a message appears; for example, This device was cloned on 6/24/2010 10:12:37 AM. 6 Change the cloned device properties as required. For more information, see Changing the cloned Device Properties. Changing the cloned Device Properties After you have cloned a device, you need to change the device host name and address in the Device Properties - General dialog settings so that WhatsUp Gold can monitor the new device and all of the active monitors, passive monitors, actions, and attributes that are applied to the new device. To change the cloned Device Properties: 1 From the group where the new cloned device resides, right-click the device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click General. The General dialog opens. 3 Enter the new device Host name, Address, and other information you want to change for this device, then click OK. 105 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Polling overview Polling is the active watching, or monitoring, of your network by WhatsUp Gold. This is done in a variety of ways, depending on the service monitors you have configured on your devices. The default polling method is done through Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). The default polling interval for WhatsUp Gold is 60 seconds. A small amount of data is sent from the WhatsUp Gold computer across the network to the device it is watching. If the device is up, it echoes the data back to the WhatsUp Gold computer. A device is considered down by WhatsUp Gold when it does not send the data back. Changing how you poll devices After a device is added to the database, WhatsUp Gold begins monitoring that device using ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol). WhatsUp Gold sends a message to the device, then waits for the echo reply. If no reply is received, WhatsUp Gold considers it an unresponsive device and changes the status color of the device. By default, WhatsUp Gold uses the device IP address as the message target. If you prefer, you can use the Host name or the Windows name of the computer instead, and you can change how WhatsUp Gold polls the devices. To change how you poll a device: 1 Click the Devices tab. 2 Click Devices. The device list appears. 3 In the Device List or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 4 Click General. 5 Select the protocol used to poll the device from the Polling type list. 6 Select IP address or Host name from the Poll using list. 7 If you selected Host name in the Poll using list, enter the device host name the Host name box. 8 Click OK to save changes. It is useful to poll using the host name if you want to monitor a device that has a dynamic IP address instead of a static address. To monitor this type of device, choose Host name from the Poll using list. Doing so allows WhatsUp Gold to locate the host using DNS on the network even if the device IP address changes. 106 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using Maintenance mode This feature lets you place devices in Maintenance mode. Any device placed in Maintenance mode will not be polled, actions will not be triggered, and logging activity is disabled, but it remains in the device list with an identifying icon. By default, the maintenance state is represented by an orange background color. Details View Map View To put a device into maintenance mode: 1 Click the Devices tab. 2 Click Devices. The device list appears. 3 In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 4 Click Polling. 5 Select Force this device into maintenance mode now. - or Change the scheduled maintenance setting for the device: Click Add to schedule a new maintenance time for the device. Select an existing entry, then click Edit to change a scheduled time. Select an existing entry, then click Remove to delete a scheduled time from the list. Click OK to save the change. 6 Changing the device polling frequency The default polling interval is 60 seconds. You can change this setting on each device. To change the polling frequency for a device: 1 Click the Devices tab. 2 Click Devices. The device list appears. 3 In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 4 Click Polling. The Polling, Maintenance and Dependencies page appears. 5 Change the interval in the Poll Interval box. 6 Click OK to save changes. Stopping and starting monitor polling To stop and start polling on a per-monitor basis: 1 2 Click the Devices tab. Click Devices. The device list appears. 107 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 4 5 6 7 In the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Active Monitors. The Active Monitors page appears. Double-click the Active Monitor with the polling setting you want to change. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears. Change the polling status of the monitor: Select Enable polling for this active monitor to start polling. - or Clear Enable polling for this active monitor to stop polling. Click OK to save changes. Note: Some active monitors have additional settings and advanced options you can optionally change from the Active Monitor Properties dialog. Dependencies overview By default, WhatsUp Gold polls all of the devices and active monitors on your Device List, often creating unnecessary overhead by polling devices whose state could be assumed based on the status of other devices. The dependency feature reduces polling overhead in these cases by allowing you to create conditions under which a device will not be polled. These conditions determine if a dependent device is to be polled based on the state of another device which is the target of the dependency. The state of the target device is determined by the state of one or more of its active monitors. You can establish dependencies on either the up or down states of these active monitors, resulting in Up dependencies, or Down dependencies. Up Dependencies An up dependency establishes a condition so that a device is polled only if the selected active monitors on a second device are in the up state. The device can be thought of as being “behind” the device to which it has a dependency, so that it will only be polled if the device "in front" of it is up. Example In this example, an active monitor has been configured for each of the devices, and is denoted using Ping (device_name). Without dependencies, WhatsUp Gold attempts to poll the Ping monitors on the hosts even if the switch has been powered down, or is otherwise unreachable. This situation results in network and system overhead that could be avoided by creating up dependencies on the hosts. 108 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide By adding an up dependency on each host so that the polling of the hosts is dependent on the Ping monitor on Switch N being up, denoted Up Dependency: Switch N (Ping Monitor), you create the condition where WhatsUp Gold discontinues polling the hosts when Switch N is powered down or otherwise unavailable to the Ping(Switch N) monitor. This reduces the overhead required to monitor the dependent host devices, while providing information about their accessibility based on the accessibility of Switch N. Down Dependencies A down dependency establishes a rule so that a device is polled only if the selected active monitors on a second device are in the down state. The device can be thought of as something is “in front of” the device to which it has a dependency. The dependant devices in front will not be polled unless the device further down the line is down. 109 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Example In this example, a network segment has a group of devices, each with a dependency on another for its connectivity. Each of these devices has a Ping monitor used to determine the state of the device, denoted Ping (device). If Host A can be pinged from another network segment, then it can be assumed that Router R, and Switch N are up and available, so to operate separate ping monitors on these devices creates unneeded overhead as long as Host A is up. However if Host A is powered down, or otherwise unreachable by the Ping monitor, we must rely on the Ping (Switch N) and Ping (Router R) monitors to ensure that these devices are up and accessible. Adding a down dependency on Switch N to the Ping monitor on Host A, Down Dependency: Host A (Ping Monitor), and a down dependency on Router R to the Ping monitor on Switch N, Down Dependency: Switch N (Ping Monitor), creates a chain of dependencies that will monitor the network segment and reduce the active monitors that must operate on the segment when it is fully operational. With these dependencies added, if Ping (Host A) should go into a down state, the down dependency on Switch N will cause WhatsUp Gold to begin polling Switch N. If the polling of Switch N is successful, it will continue to be polled until Host A is recovered. However if Switch N is also unreachable and Ping (Switch N) goes into a down state, the down dependency on Router R will cause WhatsUp Gold to begin polling Router R. When Ping (Switch N) returns to an up state, Router R will no longer be polled. Likewise when Ping (Host A) returns to an up state, Switch N will no longer be polled. Down dependencies and the "assumed up" state A down dependency on a device can lead to an "assumed up" state, where a monitor on the dependent device indicates that it is up, regardless of its actual state. This condition occurs when the dependent device is in an inactive state, and is able to respond to an echo request from a ping of the device. Because of the down dependency, the dependent device is not being polled and is "assumed up", yet the actual state of the monitored service or process is unknown, and may have even failed. 110 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide An example of the dependent system would be a passive, or standby server, in support of a high-availability (HA) database cluster that has a down dependency on the active server. If the database management system (DBMS) on the standby server fails to start on a reboot, WhatsUp Gold will not show this failure until the active server fails and the standby server is polled. Reading dependencies There are several ways to "read" dependencies to ensure they are applied as you want them. 1 Review the description of the dependency in the Device Properties dialog. 2 Read the dependency arrows in the Map View. The map above displays several Up and Down dependencies. The green arrows indicate an Up dependency, and the red arrows indicate a Down dependency. Using the "behind" and "in front" terminology you can follow the graphical arrow in the map above to read a dependency. For example, the server dependencies are read as, "only poll the servers if the switch is up." The servers are behind the switch, and will only be polled if the switch is also responding to polls. If the switch goes down, the server is assumed unavailable and is no longer be polled. Since the server is unavailable, the server's state then changes to Unknown. 111 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For another example, the router dependency on the firewall is read as, "only poll the firewall if the switch is down." If a break in communication takes place between the router and the firewall, the switch changes to the Down state because it is Down dependent on the firewall. If the switch goes down, the state of the servers changes to Unknown, because they are Up dependent on the switch. Then, since the switch is down, the firewall is polled and changes to the Down state. After the firewall is considered down, the router is polled. Down dependencies are useful in showing the break position in a chain of machines. If the chain is not broken at any point, the machines in the chain are not polled and are assumed up. Setting Dependencies There are two ways to set dependencies in WhatsUp Gold: Using Device Properties Using the Map View To set dependencies in the Device Properties: 1 Go to the properties for a device: On the console, from Device View, double-click a device. On the web interface, click the Devices tab, then double-click a device. The Device Status Dashboard for that device appears. Click the Properties button. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Polling. The Polling, Maintenance, and Dependencies dialog appears. 3 Click either the Up Dependency... or the Down Dependency... button to bring up the appropriate Device Dependencies dialog, and to configure the up or down dependency. 112 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To set dependencies in the Map View: 1 Go to Map View: In the console, click the Map View tab. Map View appears. 2 Right-click a device, select Set Dependencies, then select either Set Up Dependency on or Set Down Dependency on. The cursor changes to the Set Dependency arrow. 3 Click on any device in the current group to set the dependency. Note: You cannot set a dependency across groups. However, you can make shortcuts to the devices you want to set a dependency on in a group, then set the dependency to the shortcut. Tip: To view the dependency between the two devices in Map View, click Display > Polling Dependency Arrows. Viewing Dependencies After you have set up your dependencies, you can view dependency lines in the Map view, as long as the devices appear in the same group. If the devices are not in the same group, you can refer to the Polling, Maintenance, and Dependencies dialog (Device Properties > Polling) to view the dependencies. In the example above, the devices have an up dependency on the router, and the router has a down dependency on the hub. If the router's active monitors fail, the hub would be polled, 113 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide and the devices behind the router would not be polled. When the router's active monitors are successful, the hub is not polled, but the devices behind the router are. Using Acknowledgements When a device state changes, regardless of any action that has been placed on the device, WhatsUp Gold uses the Acknowledgement feature to make you aware that a state change occurred. The name of the device name appears in bold in the Details View and in white on a black background in the Map View. After the device is in Acknowledgement mode, it remains so until you actively acknowledge it. Note: Acknowledging a device state change does not keep that device from firing actions. To stop a device from firing actions, you must put the device into maintenance mode. Acknowledging a State Change Once a device is in Acknowledgement mode, it will remain until you actively acknowledge the status. You can use the State Change Acknowledgement monitor report to view all devices that have changed state but remain unacknowledged. To acknowledge a state change: 1 2 3 Click the Devices tab. Click Devices. The device list appears. In either the Details View or the Map View, right-click the device you want to acknowledge. 114 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Select Acknowledge from the menu. The device state change is acknowledged. The device is removed from the State Change Acknowledgement monitor report. Accessing a remote desktop to view and manage devices WhatsUp Gold provides a right-click menu link to the Remote Desktop/Terminal Services client that allows you to connect to devices remotely. If the client is installed on the WhatsUp Gold computer, and the Remote Desktop/Terminal Services is installed and activated on the device you want to connect to, you are prompted for the user name and password for that device. This application allows you to access and troubleshoot device and monitor issues that WhatsUp Gold identifies. Note: Remote desktop access is browser dependent, some web browsers do not support this feature. For more information about the remote desktop feature, see the help for the remote desktop client. To connect to a remote desktop: 1 2 Click the Device tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears. From the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then click Remote Desktop. The Remote Desktop Connection dialog appears. 115 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Log in to the remote device to manage as needed. Configuring multiple devices with the Bulk Field Change feature The Bulk Field Change feature gives you the ability to make changes to multiple devices and device groups. You must have administrative privileges to the devices or device groups that you want to make changes to. To edit multiple devices: 1 Select the devices or device groups you want to change, right-click and select Bulk Field Change. The Bulk Field Change context menu appears. Note: When you select a device group, every device in the group, and any subgroup of the group, will reflect the bulk field change. 2 Select the field you want to change. The following items can be modified through Bulk Field Change. Credentials Polling Interval Maintenance Mode Maintenance Schedule (web interface only) Device Type Action Policy Up Dependency Down Dependency 116 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Notes Attribute Performance Monitors Active Monitor Active Monitor Properties Passive Monitor (web interface only) Passive Monitor Properties (web interface only) 3 Enter the configuration information you want set. Refer to the help for more information on configuration options. 4 Click OK to save changes. Understanding Web Alarms A Web Alarm is an action type that plays a sound over the web interface when a device state change occurs. All users logged in via the web interface will see these alarms. The type is configured in the Actions Library, and can be associated to any device or monitor like any other action. Managing a Web Alarm action: You can edit the default Web Alarm action through the Action Library (Admin > Action Library). Select the Default Web Alarm, then click Edit. Managing a Web Alarm: When a web alarm alert fires, a dialog appears in the web interface. This dialog allows you to dismiss or mute the alarms that have been fired. Click the Dismiss or Dismiss All buttons to stop the current sound being played. Dismissing the web alarm does not stop the sound for future occurrences of the Web Alarm. To disable Web Alarms: Click Admin > Preferences. The Admin Preferences dialog appears. Clear the Enable web alarms option. Note: For Web Alarms to work properly, your browser must support embedded sound files. Note: If there are web alarms in the list with different sounds configured for each, the oldest web alarm's sound takes priority. To hear a new or different sound for a web alarm, dismiss the previous web alarm from the list. Note: To associate a sound file with an Alarm, the sound file must be placed in the \Program Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\HTML\Nm.Web.UI\WebSounds directory. You can double-click an entry in this dialog to view the device Device Status report. 117 Using Device Properties In This Chapter Working with Device Properties .................................................................119 Using Device Properties - Summary ..........................................................120 Using Device Properties - General .............................................................121 Device Properties - Performance Monitors .............................................121 Using Device Properties - Active Monitors ..............................................123 Using Device Properties - Passive Monitors ............................................123 Using Device Properties - Actions ..............................................................123 Using Device Properties - Credentials.......................................................124 Using Device Properties - Polling ...............................................................125 Using Device Properties - Virtualization ...................................................126 Using Device Properties - Notes..................................................................127 Using Device Properties - Custom Links...................................................127 Using Device Properties - Attributes .........................................................128 Using the DeviceIdentifier attribute ..........................................................128 Using Device Property - Menus ...................................................................129 Using WhatsConfigured Device Properties - Tasks ..............................130 118 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Working with Device Properties Use the Device Properties dialog to manage each device, credentials, applied monitors, actions, notes, and other details about the device. To access device properties for a device: Click the Devices tab, click either the Details View or Map View, then right-click a device and select Properties. The Device Properties dialog includes the following features: Summary. View device information configured elsewhere in the Device Properties dialog. General. Configure basic device information. Performance Monitors. Configure, manage and apply performance monitors for the current device. Active Monitors. Configure, manage and apply active monitors to the current device. Applies monitors that log device responses to active inquiries (such as ping or HTTP responses). Passive Monitors. Configure, manage and apply passive monitors to the current device. Applies monitors that log received status information sent from devices (such as syslog, SNMP, and Windows event information). Actions. Select and configure action policies or alerts for this device. Configures device responses (such as sending email notifications) when particular conditions are met (such as no ping response for five minutes). 119 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Credentials. Manage SNMP, Windows, ADO, Telnet, SSH, and VMware credentials associated with the current device. Provides access to the Credentials Library and lets you link credentials with devices to allow reports requiring credentials to access those devices. Polling. Configure how applied monitors interact with the device to determine the status. Controls polling interval settings, including frequency, up and down dependencies, and adjusting poll intervals for maintenance schedules. Virtualization. Identify vCenter servers, VMware hosts, and configure a list of the virtual devices associated with a VMware server. Notes. Enter notes and free-form information pertaining to the selected device. Custom Links. Enter hyperlinks associated with the selected device. Attributes. Add device information for the selected device. This information is displayed in the Attributes section of the Summary section of Device Properties. Tasks (optional with WhatsConfigured). Use to schedule tasks, and modify and compare WhatsConfigured configuration archives assigned to this device. Using Device Properties - Summary The Device Properties Summary page is a display-only page which gathers information from device MIBs and other areas of the Device Properties dialog. The following Summary items are configured in the General tab: Display name Device name Host name Address The following items are gathered from MIBs on the device. If SNMP is not enabled on the device, then values for these items are not displayed. Brand Contact Description Location MACAddress MACAddressVendor Model Name OID OS OSVersion Role 120 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using Device Properties - General The General section of the Device Properties dialog box provides, and lets you modify, basic information for the selected device. Display name. An identifying name for the current device. This name is populated during discovery, but can be changed by the user at any time. Changing the name will not change how the device is polled, only how it is displayed in WhatsUp Gold. Polling type. Select the type of polling you want WhatsUp Gold to use for this device. ICMP (TCP/UDP) IPX NetBIOS Note: If NetBIOS is selected, the Host Name box must contain a valid NetBIOS name. If IPX is selected, the Address box must contain a valid IPX address. If NetBIOS or IPX is selected, you cannot monitor TCP/IP services on this device. Poll using. Select if you want WhatsUp Gold to use the IP address or the Host name (DNS) of the device for polling. Host name (DNS name). This should be the official network name of the device if the polling method is ICMP. The network name must be a name that can be resolved to an IP address. If the polling method is NetBIOS or IPX, this must be the NetBIOS or IPX name. Address. Enter an IP or IPX address. Additional Network Interfaces. Click to configure an additional Network Interface for the current device. Device. Select the appropriate device type from the pull-down menu. The icon displayed will represent the device in all views. Device Properties - Performance Monitors Use Performance Monitors dialog to configure and manage performance monitors for the selected device. For more information, see Using Performance Monitors (on page 246). Note: For some performance monitors, the SNMP credential on the device must be configured. For WMI performance monitors, the Windows credential is required. Enable global performance monitors. Select options in this list to enable monitors. The following monitors are populated by entries in the Performance Monitor Library (on page 247), but cannot be edited or changed from their default settings. These monitors are ready to be added to devices. CPU Utilization. Monitors the CPU utilization on the selected device. 121 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Disk Utilization. Monitors the available disk space for the selected device. Interface Utilization. Monitors all interfaces on the selected device. Memory Utilization. Monitors memory utilization on the selected device. Ping Latency and Availability. Monitors how often and quickly the device responds to a Ping check. If you select a specific performance monitor without configuring the monitor manually, the default collection type is automatically selected. The collection type refers to the item on the current device that is being monitored (This does not pertain to the custom WMI and SNMP monitors that may appear): CPU - All Disk - All Interface - All, Default, or Specific Memory - All Ping - All For example, if you have multiple CPUs running on the device, WhatsUp Gold gathers statistics on all of them by default. Configure. Click to configure additional data stream options for the global performance monitor. Note: If an error occurs, a warning message appears directing you to the problem. If it is a timeout error, you are prompted to open the Advanced dialog to change the Timeout value. For any other error, you are returned to this dialog. Library. Click for options to create (New), Edit, Copy, or Delete performance monitor library items to use on all devices. Enable individual performance monitors (for this device only). Use this section of the dialog to add customized APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP, or WMI performance monitors to only be used on this device. The monitors added here do not appear in the Performance Monitor Library, and cannot be used on other devices unless it is manually created for that device. Click New to configure a new monitor. Select an existing monitor, then click Edit to change the current monitor configuration or double-click an existing monitor to change the configuration. Select a performance monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list. For information on the Active Script Performance Monitor, see Adding and Editing an Active Script Monitor (on page 226). Note: If you are attempting to monitor a Cisco device with either the CPU or Memory Performance Monitors, the Cisco device must support Cisco IOS 12.2(3.5) or later. 122 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using Device Properties - Active Monitors Use the Active Monitors dialog to display and manage Active Monitors for this device. For more information, see Using Active Monitors (on page 155). To add an active monitor to this list: Click Add to configure a new active monitor. Use the wizard to select active monitor settings. Select an active monitor, then click Edit to change the configuration. - or Double-click an active monitor to edit the configuration. Select an active monitor, then click Disable to disable the monitor on the device. Select an active monitor, then click Enable to enable the monitor on the device. Select an active monitor, then click Remove to remove the monitor from the device. Click Configure to select critical monitors for this device and set their polling order. Using Device Properties - Passive Monitors Some measurable network conditions occur at intervals instead of providing an up or down status. For example, an application may log a message to the system Event log (such as an antivirus application alerting when a virus is found). Because these types of messages or events can occur at any time, a Passive Monitor Listener listens for them, and notifies WhatsUp Gold when they occur. For more information, see Using Passive Monitors (on page 232). This dialog displays all Passive Monitors configured for this device. Click Add to configure a new Passive Monitor. Select a Passive Monitor, then click Edit to change the configuration - or Double-click a Passive Monitor to edit the configuration. Select a Passive Monitor, then click Remove to remove the monitor from the device. Using Device Properties - Actions You can select an Action Policy to use on this device or configure alerts specifically for this device. For more information, see About actions (on page 271). Select a policy from the Apply this Action policy list. You can also create a new, or edit an existing action policy by clicking browse (...) next to the list. Configured alerts appear in the Apply individual actions list, displaying the action type that is to be fired and the state change that will trigger the action. You may have multiple actions on a single device. 123 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide This dialog displays all Actions configured for this device. Click Add to configure a new Action. Select an Action, then click Edit to change the configuration - or Double-click an Action to edit the configuration. Select an Action, then click Remove to remove the action from the device. Removing the action from the list also deletes all records for this action (on this device) from the Action Log. Using Device Properties - Credentials The Credentials dialog displays SNMP, Windows, ADO, Telnet, SSH, and VMware credentials information for the current device. In the Device Dashboard Map View, devices that are SNMP-manageable devices appear on the map view with an icon with a white star in the top right corner. Credentials SNMP v1/v2/v3. Select the SNMP credentials to connect to this device. If the Identify devices via SNMP option was selected during discovery (or if an SNMP discovery was performed) the correct SNMP credential was used during the discovery process, and if the device is an SNMP manageable device, then the correct credential is selected automatically. If any of these conditions are not met, None is selected. Windows. Select the Windows credential to connect to this device. Click browse (...) to browse the Credentials Library. ADO. Select the ADO credentials for database connection string information to be used when a database connection is required for WhatsUp Gold database monitors. Telnet. If you use WhatsConfigured, Telnet credentials may be used to connect and run command-line interface (CLI) commands with WhatsConfigured tasks. SSH. Select SSH credentials to connect with remote devices that WhatsUp Gold monitors with SSH monitors. Also, if you use WhatsConfigured, SSH credentials may be used to connect and run command-line interface (CLI) commands with WhatsConfigured tasks. WhatsConfigured uses SSH as default credentials, then will attempt to use Telnet credentials when SSH credentials are not available. VMware. Select the VMware credentials to be used when connecting to a VMware host or vCenter server. Edit. Click to open the Select Credentials dialog, then select the credential from the list or click browse (...) to browse the Credentials Library. 124 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Device Object ID (OID). Enter the SNMP object identifier for the device. This identifier is used to access a device and read SNMP data available for the device. For more information, see Using credentials (on page 75). Using Device Properties - Polling About polling Polling is the term used for monitoring discovered devices in WhatsUp Gold. Polling can occur in several ways, depending on the monitors configured for network devices. The default polling method uses Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). The default polling interval for WhatsUp Gold is 60 seconds. A small amount of data is sent from the WhatsUp Gold computer across the network to the device it is watching. If the device is up, it echoes the data back to the WhatsUp Gold computer. A device is considered down by WhatsUp Gold when it does not send the data back. The Polling dialog The Polling dialog lets you configure polling options and/or schedule maintenance times for the selected device. Poll interval. This number determines how often WhatsUp Gold polls the selected device. Enter the number of seconds you want to pass between polls. Note: Polling dependencies & blackouts only apply to the collection of device active monitors. Up dependency. Click to configure additional options, based on when another device is operational, that determine when the selected device is polled. Down dependency. Click to configure additional options, based on when the selected device is not operational, that determine when other devices are polled. Maintenance Use this section of the dialog to manually set the device Maintenance state, or schedule the maintenance state for a certain time period. Any device placed in Maintenance mode will not be polled, actions will not be triggered, and logging activity is disabled, but it remains in the device list with an identifying icon. By default, the maintenance state is represented by an orange background color. Force this device into maintenance mode now. Select this option to put the selected device in maintenance mode. Clear the option to resume polling the device. Recurring maintenance times. This box displays all scheduled maintenance periods for the device. Click Add to schedule a new maintenance time for the device. 125 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Select an entry, then click Edit to change a scheduled time. - or Double-click a Schedule to edit its configuration. Select an entry, then click Remove to delete a scheduled time. For more information, see Polling overview (on page 106) and Dependencies overview (on page 108). Using Device Properties - Virtualization The Virtualization dialog allows for the identification of vCenter servers, VMware hosts, and provides a list of the virtual devices associated with the VMware server. You can use this dialog to identify the virtualization component, and associate virtual devices with the component. Also, if the device is a vCenter server you can control event collection and select the event types you want to receive from the server. Role selection During discovery, the most likely role for the virtual device is determined and the result is displayed in the role selection area of the Virtualization tab. You can manually define the role of the VMware server by choosing one of the following options: This device is not a VMware server. Select this option if the device being configured is not a VMware host or vCenter server. This device is a VMware host. Select this option if the device being configured is a VMware host. This device is a VMware vCenter. Select this option if the device being configured is a vCenter server. Event collection configuration If the virtual device you are configuring is a vCenter server, a Configure event collection button appears in the dialog which provides the the option to configure event collection. Note: To collect events, the WhatsVirtual event listener must be configured to listen for events from the vCenter. From the WhatsUp Gold console click Configure > Program Options > General dialog to configure WhatsVirtual to listen for events. Click Configure event collection to open the Configure VMware event listener dialog and select the event types you want to collect for the vCenter server. Note: The current status of the Virtualization event listener is displayed beside the Configure event collection button. 126 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Virtual devices managed by this VMware server The virtual devices managed by VMware server list provides the following information about each virtual device. Device name. The name of the device as it appears in the Display name box of the General dialog of the Device Properties menu. Device IP address. The IP address of the virtual machine. Virtual machine VMware name. The name of the virtual machine within the VMware system. Click Add to manually add a virtual machine to the list of virtual devices hosted on the VMware server. The Associate WUG device to a virtual machine dialog appears. Select a virtual device from the list and click Remove to remove the device from the list of virtual devices managed by the VMware server. Click OK to accept the virtualization settings, otherwise click Cancel to discard any changes you have made. Using Device Properties - Notes The Notes dialog provides an option to enter free-form messages to the device database. Notes. The first line of the Notes box displays the time and date when WhatsUp Gold added the device to the database. Use the Notes box to include information about the selected device. For example, you can record historical information about a device, physical location information, or notes relating to the actions configured for the device. Using Device Properties - Custom Links In the WhatsUp Gold web interface, you can use this dialog to create a custom link for a device. To view custom links created for a device, you need to add the Device Custom Links dashboard report to its Device Status dashboard view. For more information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342). Click Add to add a new custom link. Select a custom link in the list, then click Edit to change the settings. - or Double-click a custom link to edit its configuration. Select a custom link in the list, then click Remove to remove it from the list. 127 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using Device Properties - Attributes The Attributes dialog lists information about the associated device, such as contact person, location, serial number, etc. The first three attributes in the list (Contact, Description, and Location) are added by WhatsUp Gold when the device is added to the database, either by the Device Discovery wizard, or through another means. To add attributes to a device: 1 In the Device List or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. - or From any page where a device is selected using the device picker, click Properties in the title bar. 2 Click Attributes. The Attributes dialog appears. 3 Use the following options: Click Add to add a new device attribute. The Add Attribute dialog appears. Note: When you add or edit an attribute, ensure Attribute name does not contain a space. For example, use Phone_Number as an attribute name, instead of Phone Number. WhatsUp Gold returns an 'No Such Attribute' error when an attribute variable such as %Device.attribute.[attribute_name] is used in a message and the attribute name contains a space. 4 5 Select a device attribute in the list, then click Edit to change the settings. Select a device attribute in the list, then click Remove to remove it from the list. Enter information in the Attribute name and Attribute value boxes. Click OK to save changes. Using the DeviceIdentifier attribute When a Beeper Action fires, it looks for and returns a device attribute called DeviceIdentifier. You can add this attribute to a device via its Properties (Device Properties > Attributes). If the Beeper Action does not find the DeviceIdentifier in a device's attributes, WhatsUp Gold uses the last two octets of the IP address to identify the device. For example, a numeric message is sent to a beeper when a device returns to the up state after being down: 0-149-238 The first digit is the number configured in the Up, Down, or passive monitor code, the second two sets of numbers identify the device using the last two octets of the device's IP address. 128 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure a DeviceIdentifier attribute for a device: 1 Open the device's Properties: 2 3 4 Right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Attributes. The Attributes dialog appears. Click Add. The Add Attribute dialog appears. In Attribute name, enter DeviceIdentifier. In Attribute value, enter the desired numeric value. Note: The DeviceIdentifier attribute value should contain only numeric characters or the asterisk (*); alphabet characters, spaces, and other special characters are not recognized by the Beeper Action. 5 Click OK to save changes. Using Device Property - Menus In the WhatsUp Gold console, you can use the Menu dialog to create a custom context menu for a device. Context menus are custom menu items that appear when you right-click a device; they serve as shortcuts to launch applications. The menu item can launch programs based on the command line you enter. You can also append command line arguments, including WhatsUp Gold percent variable arguments (on page 293) to include device IP address, device host name, and other types of percent variable arguments. When you select the new menu item, the associated command is launched with the arguments that were included in the device's custom menu configuration. Customize the menu on this device (don't use device type menu). Select this option to create and/or modify a context menu for this device. This will override any separate context menu that has already been created for the device type of the device. Menu list. This box displays the commands that are currently configured for the device. After an item has been configured, it appears on the context (right-click) menu. When you click the menu item, the menu item is executed. Click Add to add a new menu item. Select a Menu Name, then click Edit to change the settings. - or - Double-click a Menu Name to edit its configuration. Select an Menu Name, then click Remove to delete it from the list. Important: Menu items can only be configured on the WhatsUp Gold console. 129 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using WhatsConfigured Device Properties - Tasks The Tasks section of the Device Properties dialog displays, and lets you modify and run WhatsConfigured scheduled tasks, and modify and compare WhatsConfigured configuration archives assigned to this device. Note: To add tasks to a device and/or view configuration information, WhatsConfigured must be activated. To update your license to purchase WhatsConfigured plug-in, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). Tasks attached to this device Each scheduled task is listed by Name, Description, and the time it was Last Run. Click Add to add a scheduled task to this device. Select a task, then click Remove to delete a scheduled task from this device. Select a task, then click Run Now to perform the selected task immediately. The task will run only for the currently selected device. To run a task for all devices to which it is assigned, use the Run Now option in the WhatsConfigured Task Library. Configuration archives saved for this device Each archived configuration is listed by its Time Created and Activity. Select a configuration, then click Restore to restore the device to the selected configuration. Select a configuration, then click Delete to remove the configuration from the device's list of archives. Select a configuration, then click View to see the configuration details. Select two configurations, then click Compare to view the two configuration files side-by-side. 130 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using Network Tools WhatsUp Gold includes several network troubleshooting tools. These tools allow you to take a closer look at the status of your network devices. Note: Network Tools are only available on the WhatsUp Gold web interface. The following tools help you check the connectivity of networked devices: Ping Tool (on page 132) Traceroute Tool (on page 133) Lookup Tool (on page 133) Telnet Tool (on page 134) The following tools help you identify information about MIB objects that network devices support: SNMP MIB Walker Tool (on page 135) SNMP MIB File Explorer Tool (on page 138) The following tools help you identify problems with network devices so you can take corrective action to resolve issues: MAC Address Tool (on page 139) Diagnostic Tool (on page 326) Web Performance Monitor (on page 141) Web Task Manager (on page 143) Note: The Web Performance Monitor and Web Task Manager tools are not available in WhatsUp Gold Standard Edition. Accessing Network Tools There are multiple ways to access the network tools. Web interface Tools menu From the web interface, select Tools. The Tools menu appears. Details View and Map View From either the Details View or Map View, right-click on a device, then select Tools. Device Toolbar Dashboard Report 1 From either the Details View or Map View, double-click on a device. The Device Status dashboard view appears. 131 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Locate the Device Toolbar dashboard report for the selected device. On the right side of report, small icons are linked to some of the network tools. 3 Click an icon to launch the network tool in the context of the selected device. Using the Ping tool The Ping tool sends out an ICMP (Internet Control Message Protocol) echo request to the networked device identified in Address/Hostname. Tool results The results of this request appears after the request has been made. Destination. The address specified in Address/Hostname. Packets. The number of data packets sent, received, and lost during the device ping. RTT. Round trip time in milliseconds; the amount of time it takes for the ping request to be returned from the remote device. Status. Success or failure. If failure, a reason is stated for the failure. For example, "Failure: Request timed out." To use the Ping Tool: 1 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Address/Hostname. The target of the Ping echo request. Enter the host name or IP address of the device you want to check. Note: The Ping tool supports IPv6 addresses. 2 Timeout. Enter the amount of time (in milliseconds) for the tool to wait on a response from the device. The Ping fails if this time limit is exceeded. Count. Enter the number of data packets sent by the Ping tool. Packet size. Enter the size (in bytes) of the packets you want the Ping tool to send. 32 bytes is the default. Click Ping to run the tool. 132 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Traceroute tool This tool sends out echo requests to a specific device, then traces the path it takes to get to that IP address or host name. This tool is often used to determine where, on the network, a data transmission interruption occurs. Tool results The results of this request appear in the bottom of the page after the tool has run: Result. Success or Failure. This is the general result of each hop in the Trace Route process. Ping 1/2/3. The tool sends out three ping requests to each hop in the route to the device. These columns show the round trip time for each of the requests. Address. The IP address of each device encountered on the path. Host name. The host name of each device encountered on the path. To use the Traceroute Tool: 1 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Address/Host name. Enter the host name or IP address of the device you want to trace the route to. Note: The Trace Route tool supports IPv6 addresses. 2 Timeout. Enter the amount of time (in milliseconds) for the tool to wait on a response from the device. The Trace Route fails if this time limit is exceeded. Max hops. Enter the maximum number of hops you want to limit the route to. It is generally felt that 32 hops should be enough to find any device on the internet. Click Traceroute to run the test. Using the Lookup tool This is a debugging tool that lets you query your Internet domain name system (DNS) server for information about a domain and its registered hosts. Lookup can show you what happens when an application on your network uses your DNS server to find the address of a remote host. To use the Lookup Tool: 1 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Address/Host name. Enter the host name or IP address of the device you want to trace the route to. Lookup Type. Select the lookup type from the drop-down list: A. Look up the host's Internet address from the hostname. 133 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide AAAA. Look up for the host IPv6 address from a hostname. All. Display all available information about the host. CNAME. Display alias names for the host. HINFO. Display the CPU type and operating system type of the host. MX. Display the hostname of the mail exchanger for the domain. NS. Display the hostnames of name servers for the named zone. PTR. Look up the hostname from the Internet address. SOA. Display the domain's Start of Authority information, which indicates the primary name server for the domain and additional administrative information. SRV. Look up any SRV record configured on this DNS server. SRV records specify the location of services on the network. TXT. Look up any arbitrary text information the DNS server may have for this domain name or host. ZONE. Display the zone listing for the domain. The zone listing describes the domains for which the name server is the primary name server) and lists all registered hosts in the domain. Timeout. Enter the amount of time (in milliseconds) for the tool to wait on a response from the device. The Trace Route fails if this time limit is exceeded. DNS. Select the method of the look up: Stack. Use the OS TCP/IP stack look up routines. Default. Use the default DNS server configured on the computer WhatsUp Gold is running on. Custom. Query a custom DNS server. You must then enter the hostname or IP address of the domain name server you want to use. Click Lookup to run the tool. 2 Using the Telnet tool Telnet is a simple service monitor that checks for a Telnet server on port 23. If no telnet service responds on this port, then the service is considered down. To begin the service check, click the Telnet button. Refer to the Telnet application Help for more information. Important: The Telnet protocol handler is disabled by default in Microsoft Internet Explorer 7. To re-enable it, see Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler (on page 326). 134 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the SNMP MIB Walker This network tool lets you discover, or explore in detail, the SNMP objects that a device supports and that can be monitored with WhatsUp Gold. The SNMP MIB Walker actively polls for objects. It does not require MIB files for the polled objects to be loaded. An SNMP walk is a succession of SNMP getnext reads starting with the configured Object ID (the root of the subtree walked) until there are no next objects in the MIB subtree or until the specified number of lines in the MIB have been walked. As results return from the MIB Walker, you can click an object (node) for more detailed information about the SNMP object and to walk further down the list of objects. You can also hover the mouse cursor over a node to display SNMP object details. To use the SNMP MIB Walker: 1 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Address or hostname. Enter an IP address hostname for the device. Credentials. Select the appropriate credentials for the device from the list. For more information, see Using Credentials (on page 75). Object ID. Enter the numeric or label ID for the object for which you want information. A default OID is displayed in the box. Filter. (Optional) Enter a filter to narrow down the search by returning only OIDs whose values match the filter criteria. Tip: This is a regular expression, non-case-sensitive filter. For more information, see Regular Expression Syntax (on page 172). Click the Advanced button to change the value for the search timeout and retries, output types (tree, list-numeric OIDs, list-labels), and the maximum number of lines displayed. 135 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 After you have entered all of the information, click Walk to perform the search. The SNMP MIB Walker returns a list of SNMP objects that are available on the selected device. To cease the walk, click Stop. If you are performing multiple walks, click Back to view the previous walk. After the SNMP Walker returns a list of the supported SNMP objects, you can use this information to create custom performance monitors and active script performance monitors for devices. For more information, see Creating custom performance monitors (on page 260). To view detailed information about a specific MIB object, mouse over the object for which you need more information. The information displays in a popup bubble. 136 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide About MIB Output Types You can change the format for the way MIB objects are displayed in the Advanced Parameters (on page 317) dialog. Whether the OID information is output as numeric OIDs or descriptive labels, each node may have additional sub-nodes that can be drilled down (walked) for more information. Each time you click a node, if there are child nodes, the node you clicked becomes the root node for the drill-down. The child nodes are expanded and attributes are displayed. MIB objects can be listed in one of three format options: Tree. Lists the MIB object in a tree structure format. This format is most useful in showing the OID hierarchy. List - Numeric OIDs. Lists the objects in a tabular format showing OIDs in a row numeric format. This format is especially helpful if you do not have the MIB file for the device objects. It provides the raw OID information that you can use in Custom Performance Monitors and Active Script Peformance Monitors. Also, you can click the individual OID digits to display more or less MIB object information. As you click OID digits, the digits further to the left expand the sub-node information of the respective digits. As you click OID digits further to the right, the sub-node information expands for the respective digit and therefore more granular sub-node information. List - Labels. Lists the objects in a tabular format with user friendly labels. If the MIB for the object is not loaded, labels will default to numeric OIDs. Click an OID label name to expand the sub-nodes and view more information. 137 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: You can switch to the WhatsUp Gold MIB Explorer by clicking on the MIB Explorer link on the upper-right side of this dialog. Using the SNMP MIB Explorer This network tool lets you search for, or explore through, SNMP objects defined in MIB files. The MIB File Explorer has three search/explore options. As results return from the MIB File Explorer you can click an object (node) for more detailed information about the SNMP object. You can also hover the mouse cursor over a node to display SNMP object details. To search by object ID: Enter an object label or object ID in the Object ID field, then click Detail. To search by MIB module: Select a module from the MIB Module list, then click Display. To search objects by type or description: First, select Type or Description from the Search Object list, then proceed appropriately: To search by object Type: Select a type from the list, then click Find. To search by object Description: 138 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 1 Enter a regular expression in the Description field. This is a regular expression, noncase-sensitive filter. For more information, see Regular Expression Syntax (on page 172). After entering the description in the field, click Find. After the MIB File Explorer returns a list of the supported MIB objects, you can use this information to create custom performance monitors and active script performance monitors for devices. For more information, see Creating custom performance monitors (on page 260). Note: You can switch to the WhatsUp Gold MIB Walker by clicking on the MIB Walker link on the upper-right side of this dialog. Using the MAC Address Tool The MAC Address tool enables you to discover what MAC addresses are present on your network and gives you the opportunity to obtain physical connectivity information for devices on your network. This tool is useful to solve IP address conflicts within your network by providing you with specific switch information. 139 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Tool results After running the tool, the results of the test are displayed at the bottom of the page. If Get connectivity information using SNMP is not selected when the tool is run, the results include the following columns: IP Address. The IP addresses of devices on your network. MAC Address. The MAC addresses of devices on your network. Hostname. The hostnames of devices on your network. If Get connectivity information using SNMP is selected when the tool is run, the results include the following columns: IP Address. The IP addresses of devices on your network. MAC Address. The MAC addresses of devices on your network. Hostname. The hostnames of devices on your network. Port. The port numbers of the switch ports that are connected to the devices that own the listed MAC addresses. Index. The unique value assigned to each interface. This number typically corresponds with the interface port number. Note: If Port and Index report values of -1, WhatsUp Gold did not understand the response from the switch or the request timed out. Verify that credentials are correct and that you can view other SNMP information from the switch, and then run the MAC Address tool again. Description. The interface description of the interface to which a device is connected. Listed as a letter and a numeral, such as "B4". The interface description allows you to identify the physical connector on the switch. To use the MAC Address Tool: 1 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Local subnet. Enter the subnet on which you would like to find MAC addresses. Get connectivity information using SNMP. If you would like switch-specific connectivity information for a device in the network, select this option. If this option is selected, the following options are enabled. If this option is cleared, the following options are disabled. Switch IP address. Enter the switch IP address. SNMP credential. Select the SNMP credential that you use to poll this device. If the credential you want to use is not listed, you can add it using the Credential Library. Timeout (seconds). Enter the amount of time for the tool to wait on a response from the switch. The MAC address discovery fails if this time limit is exceeded. 140 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Retries. Enter the maximum number of retries when polling the switch using SNMP. Click Discover to discover the MAC addresses present on your network. Using the Web Performance Monitor The Web Performance Monitor extends the functionality of the Microsoft Windows Performance Monitor to the Web. It is a data collecting and graphing utility designed specifically for the WhatsUp Gold Web interface that graphs and displays real-time information on user-specified SNMP and WMI performance counters. It can be used for a quick inspection of a specific network device. The graphs can be saved to the database and displayed on dashboard views using the Split Second Graph - Performance Monitor dashboard report or on the Web Performance Monitor tool. Multiple SNMP and WMI counters can be displayed on a single graph, and the color and scale of each graphed item can be individually configured. Graphs created with the Web Performance Monitor are saved on a per-user account basis, meaning, graphs are only accessible by the user account that created and saved them. The Web Performance Monitor has two purposes: 141 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To provide a Web enabled WMI and SNMP performance counter poller and grapher. It supports WMI for Windows servers, and SNMP for network devices such as switches, routers, and UNIX devices. To build and edit graphs for use by the Performance Monitor dashboard report. You can use this dashboard report to display any saved graph. To add a WMI performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor: 1 Click Tools > Web Performance Monitor. The Web Performance Monitor appears. 2 Click Graph > Add WMI Counter. - or - 3 4 Click the WMI button in the upper right corner of the dialog (see the Toolbar buttons table below). The Add WMI Performance Counter (on page 320) dialog appears. Enter the appropriate information into the dialog fields. Click OK to save changes. To add an SNMP performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor: 1 Click Tools > Web Performance Monitor. The Web Performance Monitor appears. 2 Click Graph > Add SNMP Performance Monitor. - or Click the SNMP button in the upper right corner of the dialog (see the Toolbar buttons table below). The Add SNMP Performance Counter dialog appears. 3 4 Enter the appropriate information into the dialog fields. Click OK to save changes. Web Performance Monitor menu items The Web Performance Monitor menu is located at the top left corner of the window. File menu File > New Graph. This menu item resets the graph back to a blank graph. File > Edit Graph Name. This menu item lets you change the name of the selected graph. File > Load Graph. This opens the Load Graph dialog, which displays a list of saved graph files on the Web server. File > Save Graph. This saves the current graph to the database. If no filename is specified, it launches the Save Graph dialog, which allows a filename to be specified. All files are saved to the WhatsUp database. File > Save Graph As. This opens the Save Graph dialog which prompts you for a filename, and then saves the current graph to disk. Windows Properties. This opens the Configure Window Properties dialog. Use this dialog to configure the graph and window properties for the Web Performance Monitor. 142 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Graph menu Graph > Add WMI Performance Counter. This launches the Add WMI Performance Counter dialog. Graph > Add SNMP Performance Counter. This launches the Add SNMP Performance Counter dialog. Graph > Edit Selected Counter. This launches the appropriate dialog for editing the selected WMI or SNMP performance counter. Graph > Remove Selected Counter. This removes the selected counter from the list and graph. No changes are saved to disk until the OK button is clicked or the graph is manually saved (File > Save Graph - or - Save Graph As). Help menu Help > Help. This launches help for the Web Performance Monitor. Web Performance Monitor Toolbar buttons The Web Performance Monitor Toolbar is located at the top right corner of the window. Button Function Opens the Add WMI Performance Counter dialog. Opens the Add SNMP Performance Counter dialog. Opens the appropriate dialog for editing the selected WMI or SNMP performance counter. Removes the selected graph item from the list and graph. Opens the help topic for the Web Performance Monitor For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page 957). 143 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Web Task Manager The Web Task Manager extends the functionality of the Microsoft Windows Task Manager to provide network device overview information about processes occurring on a device, device performance, and device interface activity. The Web Task Manager graphs and displays realtime information using SNMP or WMI device connections. You can use the Web Task Manager to identify device issues and take corrective action on a device. There are three tabs that provide device information: Processes (on page 147). Provides key indicator process information for a selected device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. For example, you can view a list of .exe files that are running and the amount of CPU and memory used by each program. Performance (on page 149). Provides dynamic performance information for a selected device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. For example, you can view details about the CPU and memory usage. Interfaces (on page 152). Provides information about a selected device's interfaces that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. For example, you can view a list of interfaces that the device uses to learn about how much data is transmitted and received via each interface. 144 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To use the Web Task Manager: 1 Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears. 2 From the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager. The Web Task Manager dialog appears. 3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields: Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has disconnected from the Web Task Manager. Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog (on page 145) and set a WMI user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential options are provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library. Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance. Normal. Updates device information every one second. Medium. Updates device information every five seconds. Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds. Paused. Stops updating device information. Connect using (Processes tab). Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to monitor and manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library are used to connect and read information on the selected device. Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface information about a device running Microsoft Windows. 4 At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use (Processes, Performance, or Interfaces). For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page 957). Note: Some differences exist in column names between the Web Task Manager and Windows Task Manager in Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The Mem Usage column in Web Task Manager is named Working Set (Memory) in Windows Task Manager on Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The VM Size column in Web Task Manager has no corresponding column in Windows Task Manager on Windows Vista and Windows 2008. 145 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Setting up Web Task Manager device credentials Use the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog to select credentials for the device you want to monitor with the Web Tools Task Manager. Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want to view process, performance, or interface information. Click the Browse (...) button to select a device. Windows. Select the Windows credential to connect to this device. Click the browse (...) button to browse the Credentials Library. SNMP v1/v2/v3. Select the SNMP credentials to connect to this device. If the Identify devices via SNMP option was selected during discovery (or if an SNMP discovery was performed) the correct SNMP credential was used during the discovery process, and if the device is an SNMP manageable device, then the correct credential is selected automatically. If any of these conditions are not met, None is selected. ADO. Select the ADO credentials for database connection string information to be used when a database connection is required for WhatsUp Gold database monitors. Edit. Click to open the Select Credentials dialog, then select the credential from the list or click the browse ... button to browse the Credentials Library. 146 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide How To example: Using the Web Task Manager - Process tab The Web Task Manager Processes tab provides key indicator process information for a selected device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. This information helps you learn about device processes and identify trends and issues that occur on a particular network device. You can use the Web Task Manager Process tab to view the processes running on WMI- or SNMP-enabled network devices. After you have identified a process that is causing device performance issues, such as an application executable like Outlook.exe running multiple instances of the program, you can correct the problem to bring the device performance back to normal. Note: Unlike the Windows Task Manager, you cannot terminate processes using the Web Task Manager. To terminate a task, you must log in to the computer where the task is running and use the Windows Task Manager to end the process. To use the Web Task Manager: 1 Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Device page appears. 2 From the Details View or Map View, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager. The Web Task Manager dialog appears. 3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields: Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has disconnected from the Web Task Manager. 147 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog and set a WMI user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential options are provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library. Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance. Normal. Updates device information every one second. Medium. Updates device information every five seconds. Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds. Paused. Stops updating device information. Connect using. Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to monitor and manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library are used to connect and read information on the selected device. Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface information about a device running Microsoft Windows. 4 At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use (Processes, Performance, or Interfaces). For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page 957). Note: Some differences exist in column names between the Web Task Manager and Windows Task Manager in Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The Mem Usage column in Web Task Manager is named Working Set (Memory) in Windows Task Manager on Windows Vista and Windows 2008. The VM Size column in Web Task Manager has no corresponding column in Windows Task Manager on Windows Vista and Windows 2008. 148 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Web Task Manager - Performance tab The Performance tab provides dynamic performance information for a selected device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. This information helps you learn about device performance and identify trends, spikes, or other issues that occur on a particular network device. You can use the Web Task Manager to view device performance for devices that are WMI or SNMP enabled network devices. After you have identified a performance issue that is causing device performance issues, such as the Page File Usage indicating that the system memory is nearly at full capacity, you can correct the problem to bring the device performance back to normal. Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information gathered via WMI is displayed in real time. Information gathered by SNMP, however, may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. 149 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To use the Web Task Manager: 1 Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Devices page appears. 2 From the details or icon view, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager. The Web Task Manager dialog appears. 3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields: Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has disconnected from the Web Task Manager. Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog (on page 145) and set a WMI user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential options are provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on page 836). Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance. Normal. Updates device information every one second. Medium. Updates device information every five seconds. Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds. Paused. Stops updating device information. Connect using (Processes tab). Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to monitor and manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on page 836) are used to connect and read information on the selected device. Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface information about a device running Microsoft Windows. 4 At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use (Processes, Performance, or Interfaces). 5 For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page 957). The following are examples of information that is provided when you connect to and view a WMI enabled device. Note, this information varies by operating system: CPU Usage. This graph indicates the percentage of time the processor is operating. Use this graph to view how much the processor is operating. CPU Usage History. This graph indicates how much the processor has operated over time. You can change the Speed option (High, Normal, Slow, Paused). The Speed option determines how often updates occur to the CPU Usage History. PF Usage. This graph indicates how much page file memory is used. 150 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Page File Usage History. This graph indicates how much the page file memory is used over time. If page file memory usage is high, you may want to increase the available page file memory. Totals. This provides the total number of Handles, Threads, and Processes occurring on the selected device. Commit Charge (K). Provides information about the memory (Total, Limit, and Peak) allocated to the operating system and applications running on the device. Physical Memory (K). Provides information about the amount of physical memory (Total, Available, and System Cache) installed on the device. Kernel Memory (K). Provides information about how much memory (Total, Paged, and Nonpaged) the operating system kernel and device drivers are using. Note: Values reported for Peak and System Cache will differ from values reported by the Windows Task Manager on the actual device. In the Web Task Manager, Peak reflects the peak value for the time that the Web Task Manager has been open only, and System Cache does not include the size of the free page list. The following information are examples of the information that is provided when you connect to and view a SNMP enabled device. Note, this information varies by operating system: In (PKTS). Provides detailed information about the network packets that this device receives. Out (PKTS). Provides detailed information about the network packets that this device sends. System. Provides general system information about CPU performance, the number of interfaces that are running on the device, the total amount of time the device has been operating in the up mode, and the version number of Cisco software running on the device (if applicable). For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page 957). 151 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Web Task Manager - Interfaces tab The Interfaces tab provides information about the interfaces available on a selected device that WhatsUp Gold is monitoring. This information helps you determine how much data is transmitted and received via each interface, and therefore may help you locate an interface that using an unexpected amount of bandwidth. After you have identified the interface that is causing bandwidth performance issues, such as a file sharing application exposing shared files on a computer for others on the Internet to access and download, you can correct the problem to bring the device performance back to normal. The Web Task Manager includes the following columns: Description. This column is the text description of the interface as configured on the device. Index. This column is the unique numerical indentifier of the interface as defined on the device. Transmit %. This column indicates what percentage of the interface's capacity is currently being used to transmit data. 152 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Receive %. This column indicates what percentage of the interface's capacity is currently being used to receive data. In Bandwidth (kbps). This column shows the amount of data received by the device in kilobits per second. Out Bandwidth (kbps). This column shows the amount of data transmitted by the device in kilobits per second. To use the Web Task Manager: 1 2 Click the Devices tab, then click Devices. The Devices page appears. From the details or icon view, right-click a device, then click Web Task Manager. The Web Task Manager dialog appears. 3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields: Address or hostname. Enter a device IP address to select a device for which you want to view process information. Click Reconnect to connect with a device that has disconnected from the Web Task Manager. Browse (...). Click to open the Web Task Manager Credentials dialog (on page 145) and set a WMI user name and password or an SNMP read community. The credential options are provided from the credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on page 836). Speed. Select the speed at which you want to monitor the device performance. Normal. Updates device information every one second. Medium. Updates device information every five seconds. Slow. Updates device information every ten seconds. Paused. Stops updating device information. Connect using (Processes tab). Select the device protocol (WMI or SNMP) used to monitor and manage the device. The credentials stored in the Credentials Library (on page 836) are used to connect and read information on the selected device. Note: When viewing information for devices running Microsoft Windows, information gathered by SNMP may reflect a delay of one minute or more. This delay is caused by a limitation in how often Microsoft Windows updates SNMP values. For this reason, we recommend using a Speed of Medium or Slow when using SNMP to view interface information about a device running Microsoft Windows. 4 At the bottom of the Task Manager page, select the tab that you want to use (Processes, Performance, or Interfaces). 5 For troubleshooting information, see Troubleshooting SNMP and WMI connections (on page 957). 153 Monitoring Devices In This Chapter Using Active Monitors.....................................................................................155 Passive Monitor Library ..................................................................................232 Using Performance Monitors .......................................................................246 Enabling global performance monitors ...................................................254 Configuring the CPU monitor collection settings ................................ 255 Configuring the disk monitor collection settings .................................255 Configuring the interface monitor collection settings .......................256 Configuring the memory monitor collection settings ........................258 Configuring the ping monitor collection settings ................................ 258 Enabling SNMP on Windows devices ........................................................259 Using the Active Script Performance Monitor .......................................269 154 Using Active Monitors In This Chapter Active Monitors overview ..............................................................................155 About the Active Monitor Library ...............................................................156 Selecting an Active Monitor Type...............................................................157 Configuring Active Monitors ........................................................................157 Adding and editing a Temperature Monitor ..........................................176 Adding and editing a WAP Radio Monitor ..............................................177 Using Premium Active Monitors .................................................................178 Active Monitors overview Active monitors poll target devices for information such as ping accessibility, device services, such as Web or email servers, and more. Active monitors regularly query or poll the device services for which they are configured and wait for responses. If a query is returned with an expected response, the queried service is considered "up." If a response is not received, or if the response is not expected, the queried service is considered "down" and a state change is issued on the device. In an effort to help you manage your network after you install the application, WhatsUp Gold includes a number of pre-configured active monitors. These pre-configured monitors display in the Active Monitor Library. As you configure new active monitor types, they are added to the library. Use the Active Monitor Library to configure new or existing Active Monitor Types. The Active Monitors list displays active monitors configured and available to apply to network devices. For more information, see Configuring Active Monitors (on page 157). To manage active monitors in the Active Monitor Library: 1 2 Click Admin, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog opens. Configure new or existing active monitor types: To configure a new Active Monitor Type, click New. To change an Active Monitor Type, select an existing type from the list, then click Edit. To make a copy of an Active Monitor Type, select an active monitor type from the list, then click Copy. To remove an Active Monitor Type, select an active monitor type from the list, then click Delete. Caution: When you delete an active monitor from the Active Monitor Library, any instance of that active monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is lost. 155 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide About the Active Monitor Library The Active Monitor Library displays all active monitors currently configured for use in WhatsUp Gold. To help you manage your network easily after your initial installation of the application, WhatsUp Gold includes a number of pre-configured active monitors. These pre-configured monitors display in the Active Monitor Library. As you configure new active monitor types, they are added to the library. To access the Active Monitor Library: 1 2 From the Admin panel, select Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog opens. If not already selected, click the Active tab to open the Active Monitor Library. From the Active Monitor Library you can configure new or existing active monitor types: Click New to configure a new active monitor type. Select an active monitor type, then click Edit to modify its configuration. Select an active monitor type, then click Copy to make a copy of that type. Select an active monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list. Caution: When you delete an active monitor from the Active Monitor Library, any instance of that active monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is lost. 156 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Selecting an Active Monitor Type Use the list to select one of the following active monitor types; after selecting the monitor type, click OK. Active Script Monitor (on page 226) APC UPS Monitor (on page 178) DNS Monitor (on page 157) Email Monitor (on page 180) Exchange 2003 Monitor (on page 190) Exchange Monitor (on page 185) Fan Monitor (on page 194) File Properties Monitor (on page 195) Folder Monitor (on page 196) FTP Monitor (on page 199) Network Statistics Monitor (on page 204) NT Service Monitor (on page 158) Ping Monitor (on page 159) Power Supply Monitor Printer Monitor Process Monitor (on page 209) SNMP Monitor (on page 160) SQL Query Monitor (on page 218) SQL Server Monitor (on page 213) SSH Monitor (on page 163) TCP/IP Monitor (on page 164) Telnet Monitor (on page 175) Temperature Monitor (on page 176) VoIP Monitor (on page 225) (available with the VoIP Monitor plug-in) WAP Radio Monitor (on page 177) WMI Monitor (on page 177) Configuring Active Monitors All active monitor types are stored in and configured from the Active Monitor Library. In order to function as designed, active monitors must be assigned to devices. When an active monitor is assigned, an individual instance of the monitor is placed on the device to which it is assigned. Subsequent changes made to the active monitor in the Active Monitor Library affect all instances of the monitor. Adding and editing a Domain Service (DNS) Monitor The DNS monitor is a simple service monitor that checks for the DNS (Domain Name Server) on port 53. If no DNS service responds on this port, the service is considered down. 157 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add or edit a DNS active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select DNS Monitor from the list to create a new DNS monitor. Click OK. - or Select the DNS monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Timeout. Type a timeout value. This is the length of time in which the service is given a chance to respond. If there is no response in this amount of time, the service is considered down. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save changes. 5 After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing an NT Service Monitor The NT Service Monitor checks the status of a service on a Windows machine and attempts a restart of the service (if the appropriate Administrator permissions exist). Note: A running Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) service on the targeted machine is required for this NT Service Monitor to work properly. Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 or higher, XP, and 2003 are installed with the WMI service. WMI is not installed with Windows NT, but can be downloaded from Microsoft and installed on Windows NT. To add or edit an NT service active monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New, then select NT Service Monitor from the list to create a new NT service monitor. Click OK. - or From the list of current monitors, select the NT service monitor you want to change, and then click Edit. 158 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Complete the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Service name. Click the Browse (...) button next to the Service Name text box to open the Browse for Service dialog, allowing you to locate any server/workstation running the service. Restart on failure. Select this option to have the monitor attempt to restart the service when it enters a down state. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Note: WhatsUp Gold uses Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) to verify the status of the NT Service Active Monitors you have configured. WhatsUp Gold currently only supports monitoring on Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 or higher, Windows XP Professional, and Windows 2003 or higher. 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Troubleshooting Having problems with your WMI monitor returning false negatives? Adding and editing a Ping Monitor Configure an active ping monitor for WhatsUp Gold to send an ICMP (ping) command to the device. This is the default monitor added to all devices during discovery. If the device does not respond, the monitor is considered down. To add or edit a ping monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New, then select Ping Monitor from the list to create a new ping monitor. Click OK. - or Select the ping monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 159 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 5 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Timeout. The ping fails if the device does not respond after this number of seconds. Retries. The number of times WhatsUp Gold attempts to send the command before the device is considered down. Payload size. The length in bytes of each packet sent by the ping command. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing a SNMP Active Monitor The Simple Network Management Protocol is the protocol governing network management and monitoring of network devices and their functions. In this monitor, WhatsUp Gold utilizes SNMP to gather specific information about the functions of SNMP-enabled network devices by querying a device to verify that it returns an expected value. Depending on the state you choose, the monitor is considered either Up or Down according to the returned value. To add or edit a SNMP active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New, then select SNMP Monitor from the list to create a new SNMP monitor. Click OK. - or Select the SNMP monitor you want to change from the list of monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Object ID. Click the Browse (...) button, then locate and select the appropriate SNMP object in the MIB object tree. For more information, see Selecting an Object in the MIB Tree below. Check type. Select Constant Value, Range of Values, or Rate of Change in Value. 160 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Complete the check type information. When Constant Value is selected: Value. Depending on the Object ID you selected, type the appropriate value. If the value matches, then the monitor is: select Up or Down. When Range of Values is selected: Low Value. Depending on the Object ID you selected, type the appropriate value. High Value. Depending on the Object ID you selected, type the appropriate value. When Rate of Change in Value is selected: 6 Rate of Change (in variable units per second). Type the desired value. If the value is above the rate, then the monitor is: select Up or Down. Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Selecting an Object in the MIB Tree In order to select the appropriate object in the MIB tree, you need to be familiar with the MIB names for the SNMP objects you want to monitor. For more information, see RFC 1213. Example A. Suppose you want to monitor the volume of data going out through your router, select ifOutOctets in the MIB object tree, thus inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16 in the MIB box. Example B. Suppose you are interested in the operating status value of a port on your router, select ifOperStatus, thus inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8 in the MIB box. Example C. Suppose you are interested in the errors on a port on your router, select ifInErrors, thus inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 in the MIB box. i) Selecting an object in the MIB Tree In order to select the appropriate object in the MIB tree, you need to be familiar with the MIB names for the SNMP objects for which you want to monitor. For more information, see RFC 1213. Example A. If you want to monitor the volume of data traveling from your router, you select ifOutOctets in the MIB object tree and insert 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16 in the MIB box. Example B. If you are interested in the operating status value of a port on your router, you select ifOperStatus and insert 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8 in the MIB box. 161 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Example C. If you are interested in errors from a specific port on your router, you select ifInErrors, and inserting 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 in the MIB box. For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909). ii) Example: Monitoring Network Printer Toner Levels To avoid running out of printer ink in the middle of print jobs, or wasting toner by switching toner cartridges before they are empty, through WhatsUp Gold you can create a custom SNMP active monitor that notifies you when toner levels are low. To configure a printer monitor: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Access the Monitor Library. Click New, select SNMP Monitor, then click OK. The Add SNMP Monitor dialog appears.You need to create an active monitor for each printer type in use. It may be that the office uses the same printer type in each office. In this example, we are using a Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4050N. Check your network printers for their specific maximum capacity toner levels. Type a Name and Description for the monitor. For example, TonerMonitor and Toner monitor for the Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4050N. For the Object ID and Instance, click the browse (...) button, then locate the prtMarkerSuppliesLevel (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.43.11.1.1.9) SNMP object in the MIB object tree. This SNMP object is found in the MIB tree at: mgmt > mib 2 > printmib > prtMarkerSupplies > prtMarkerSuppliesEntry > prtMarkerSuppliesLevel Select Range of Values from the type drop down menu and enter 4600 (the maximum capacity toner level) as the High value and 100 as the Low Value, then click OK. The action fails when the printer toner level reaches 99. Test the newly created active monitor and make appropriate changes if needed. Assign the active monitor to the printer device, select Properties > Active Monitors. The Device Properties Active Monitor dialog appears. Click Add. During the configuration wizard, create or select an action to notify you when the printer’s toner levels are low. Repeat steps 4-6 for each network printer that requires monitoring. iii) Example: Monitoring TCP Connections Established for a Device Too many TCP connections can signal that a device is being maliciously used, in the case of a workstation, or that your web server is close to maxing out, indicating the need to initiate a backup server. You can create an SNMP active monitor to watch a range of established TCP connections for a particular device. If the number of connections goes above the range you specify, you can be notified by an associated action. 162 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure a TCP monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click New, select SNMP Monitor, then click OK. The Add SNMP Monitor dialog appears. 3 Enter a Name and Description for the monitor. For example, Number of TCP connections less than 2000. 4 For the Object ID and Instance, click the browse (...) button, then locate the TcpCurrEstab (1.3.6.1.2.1.6.9) SNMP object in the MIB object tree. 5 Select Range of Values from the Check type list and enter 1999 (the maximum number of established TCP connections) as the High value and 0 as the Low Value, then click OK. Any associated actions fail when the number of established TCP connections reaches 2000. 6 Test the newly created active monitor and make appropriate changes if needed. 7 Assign the active monitor to the web server: a) Right-click on the device on the appropriate device, then select Properties > Active Monitors. The Device Properties Active Monitor dialog appears. b) Click Add. c) Using the configuration wizard, create or select an action to notify you when the number of established TCP connections reaches 2000. Adding and editing an SSH Active Monitor The SSH Monitor connects to a remote device using SSH to execute commands or scripts. The success or failure of the monitor is dependant upon values returned by the commands or scripts that can be interpreted by WhatsUp Gold as Up or Down. To add or edit a SSH active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select SSH Monitor from the list to create a new SSH monitor. Click OK. - or Select the SSH monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Command to run. Type the command you want to run and execute on the remote device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for example, a Unix shell command or a perl script. Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed, tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support manipulation of the remote script. 163 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The monitor is considered Up if the following output ____. Either Contains or Does not contain. Select the appropriate output criteria. For example, if you are checking to see that a specific network connection is present on the remote device, you would select that the output contains that specific connection. If the network connection you specify is not present when the monitor checks, the monitor is considered down. Use regular expression. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold use regular expression when searching for the output of command or script. If you do not choose to use regular expression, WhatsUp Gold looks for specific text outputs, rather than outputs including a regular expression. SSH credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold uses to connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned. If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials are assigned, browse (...) to the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a set of credentials. Click OK to return to the monitor properties dialog. Click OK to save changes. 5 6 After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing a TCPIP Monitor The TCPIP monitor is used to monitor a TCP/IP service that either does not appear in the list of standard services, or uses a non-standard port number. To add or edit a TCPIP monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select TCIPIP Monitor to create a new TCPIP monitor. Click OK. - or Select the TCPIP monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Network type. Select either TCP, UDP, or SSL from the Network type list. The network type for the FTP (File Transfer Protocol) service is TCP; the network type for the RADIUS (Remote Authentication and Dial-In User Service) service is UDP. The HTTPS monitor uses the SSL type. Port number. Type the TCP or UDP port that you want to monitor. Timeout. Amount of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold should wait for a response to a poll. 164 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Script. Write your script using as many Send, Expect, SimpleExpect, and Flow Control keywords as you would like. For more information, see Script Syntax. Expect. Opens the Rules Expression editor. Whatever is placed in the Expression box appends to the end of the script as an Expect expression. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save changes. 5 Types of TCPIP Monitors After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). WhatsUp Gold is installed with the following types of TCP/IP monitors already configured. Echo. Checks to make sure an Echo server is running on the assigned port. FTP. Checks to make sure an FTP server is running on the assigned port. HTTP. Checks to make sure an HTTP server is running on the assigned port. HTTPS. Checks to make sure the Secure HTTP server is running on the assigned port, and that WhatsUp Gold can negotiate a connection using SSL protocols. This monitor does not check on the validity of SSL certificates. HTTP Content Scan. Performs advanced monitoring of a specific web page to make sure specific content appears in the page's code. Supports advanced HTTP processes such as form submission and non-standard HTTP headers. For information on creating a basic HTTP Content Scan monitor, see New/Edit HTTP Content Monitor. IMAP4. Checks to make sure a IMAP4 server is running on the assigned port. NNTP. Checks to make sure a NNTP server is running on the assigned port. POP3. Checks to make sure a POP3 mail server is running on the assigned port. Radius. Checks to make sure a Radius server is running on the assigned port. SMTP. Checks to make sure a SMTP mail server is running on the assigned port. Time. Checks to make sure a Time server is running on the assigned port. iv) Types of TCP/IP monitors WhatsUp Gold is installed with the following types of TCP/IP monitors already configured. Echo. Checks to make sure an Echo server is running on the assigned port. FTP. Checks to make sure an FTP server is running on the assigned port. HTTP. Checks to make sure an HTTP server is running on the assigned port. HTTPS. Checks to make sure that the Secure HTTP server is running on the assigned port, and that WhatsUp Gold can negotiate a connection using SSL protocols. This monitor does not check on the validity of SSL certificates. 165 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide HTTP Content Scan. Monitors a specific web page to make sure that specific content appears in the code for the page. IMAP4. Checks to make sure a IMAP4 server is running on the assigned port. NNTP. Checks to make sure a NNTP server is running on the assigned port. POP3. Checks to make sure a POP3 mail server is running on the assigned port. Radius. Checks to make sure a Radius server is running on the assigned port. SMTP. Checks to make sure a SMTP mail server is running on the assigned port. Time. Checks to make sure a Time server is running on the assigned port. v) Using the Rules Expression Editor WhatsUp Gold knows the proper connecting commands for checking the standard services listed on the Services dialog box, but to monitor a custom service, you may want to specify what commands to send to the service and what responses to expect from the service in order for WhatsUp Gold to consider the service UP. You need to determine the proper command strings to expect and send for a custom service. You can use a rule expression to test a string of text for particular patterns. Enter an expression in the Expression box. Use the >, Match case, and Invert result options to the right of the Expression box to help build the expression. In the Comparison text box, enter text to test compare against the expression you built in the Expression box. Click Test to compare the expression against potential payloads you can receive. After creating and testing the expression, click OK to insert the string into the Match on box. Note: If you have multiple payload "match on" expressions, they are linked by "OR" logic - not "AND" logic. Example: If you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA", it will match against a trap containing any of the following: "AB" or "BA" or "ABBA". a. Script Syntax You create a script using keywords. In general, Script Syntax is Command=String. The command is either Send, Expect, SimpleExpect, or Flow Control. Note: A script can have as many send and receive lines as needed. However, the more you have, the slower the service check. 166 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Keywords Note: To comment out a line, use the # symbol as the first character of the line. To send a string to a port, use the Send (on page 168)= keyword. To expect a string from a port, use the SimpleExpect (on page 167)= or the Expect (on page 167)= keyword. To receive a conditional response for an error or success, use Flow Control Keywords (on page 171). Examples If you have a TCP service to check, you need to do the following: expect something on connection send a command check for a response send something to disconnect b. Script Syntax: Expect=Keyword Expect=Keyword gives you flexibility to accept variable responses and pick out crucial information using special control characters and regular expressions. If you do not need flexibility, or are new to writing your own custom TCP/UDP scripts, you may want to use the SimpleExpect (on page 167) keyword. There are 4 variations of the Expect Keyword: Expect. Returns true when the expected value is matched. Expect(MatchCase). Only returns true when the case matches the expected value. DontExpect. Returns true when the value is not found. DontExpect(MatchCase). Returns true when the value is not found. The Expect syntax is Expect=Response, where the Response is either specified as an exact text string, or a mixture of regular expression rules (on page 172) and text. The Add/Edit Expect Rule button helps you construct and test a regular expression response string. It automatically chooses the variation of Expect for you based on options you select. Note: Add/Edit Expect Rule does not aid in the generation of SimpleExpect keywords. WhatsUp Gold v7 or v8 users: The ~, ^, ! and = = codes have been replaced with variations on the Expect keyword itself. Migrated definitions are automatically converted. 167 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Example 1: # # Note: script comments start with a # character # # Send a simple text command # Send = Hello There # # Expect a nice response that begins with, "Hi, How are you" # Expect=^Hi, How are you Example 2: # # Send a command followed by CR/LF # Send=Select * from Accounts\r\n # # Expect a large response, but we only care to check that somewhere # in the response John Doe is mentioned # Expect=John Doe Example 3: # # Send a binary escape (27) and an x y and z and then a nak (21) # Send=\x1Bxyz\x15 # # Expect something that does *not* contain 123 escape (27) # DontExpect=123\x1B c. Script Syntax: Send=Keyword To Send command on a connection, use a Send=keyword. The script syntax is Send=Command. The Command is exactly the message you want to send. You may use a combination of literal characters and binary representations. WhatsUp Gold understands the C0 set of ANSI 7-bit control characters. A Binary can be represented as \\x##, where the ## is a hexadecimal value. Those familiar with the table may also choose to use shorthand such as \A (\x01) or \W (\x17) You can also use \r and \n as the conventions for sending the carriage return and line feed control characters to terminate a line. 168 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The following table shows the keywords you can use. Keyword Description \\x## Binary value in Hexadecimal. For example, \\x1B is escape \\ The "\" character \t The tab character (\x09) \r The return character (\x0D) \n The new line character \x0A) WhatsUp Gold versions 7 and 8 users: The %### decimal syntax for specifying binary octets has been replaced with the \x## hexidecimal syntax. Example 1: # # Note: script comments start with a # character # # Send a simple text command # Send=Hello There Example 2: # # Send a command followed by CR/LF # Send=Select * from Accounts\r\n Example 3: # # Send a binary escape (27) an x y and z and then a nak (21) # Send=\x1Bxyz\x15 d. Script Syntax: SimpleExpect Keyword The SimpleExpect Keyword lets you specify expected responses from a service. Responses can even be binary (i.e. non-printable ASCII character) responses. If you know exactly (or even approximately) what to expect you can construct a simple expect response string to match against. This keyword allows you some flexibility in accepting variable responses and picking out only crucial information. If you need additional flexibility you may want to consider using the regular expression syntax available in the Expect (on page 167) keyword. The SimpleExpect script syntax is SimpleExpect=Response, where the response is a series of characters you expect back from the service. The following table displays keywords that match logic and wildcards to compare responses byte-by-byte expanding escape codes as you go. 169 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Command Options: Keyword Description \x## Binary value (in Hexadecimal) for example \x00 is null . Matches any character \% The "%" character \. The "." character \\ The "\" character Note: Only the number of characters specified in the expect string are used to match the response. The response is expected to start with these characters. Any extra trailing characters received are just ignored. 170 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Example 1: # # Note: script comments start with a # character # # Send=Hello There # # Expect a nice response # SimpleExpect=Hi, how are you? Example 2: # # Send a command followed by CR/LF # Send=Select * from Accounts\r\n # # Expect a large response, be we only care to check that first word # received is "Customer" # SimpleExpect=Customer Example 3: # # Send a binary escape (27) an x y and z and then a nak (21) # Send=\x1B\x15 # # Expect any byte (we don't care) then an abc and an ack (6) # SimpleExpect=.abc\x06 e. Script Syntax: Flow Control Keywords The following Flow Control keywords are used in a script to return "error" or "success" responses of steps within that script. IfState. This checks for the current state (ok or error) and jumps to a label if true. Valid syntax: IfState {ERR|OK} label Example: IfState ERR End IfState OK Bye Goto. This immediately jumps to a label. Valid syntax: Goto End Example: Goto End Exit. This immediately ends the script with an optional state (ok or error). The optional state overrides the current state. Valid syntax: Exit {ERR|OK} Example: Exit ERR Exit OK 171 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide :Label. This defines a label that can be the target of a jump. A label is defined by a single word beginning with the ":" character. Valid syntax: :(with a name following) Example: Bye OnError. This allows for a global handling of an error situation Valid Syntax: OnError {EXIT|CONTINUE|GOTO} label Example: OnError EXIT (Default behavior) OnError CONTINUE OnError GOTO Logoff f. Send to Disconnect Examples For a service like FTP, to disconnect would be QUIT/r/n. If a command string is not specified, the connection is closed by sending a FIN packet and then an RST packet. The /r (carriage return) and /n (line feed) are the conventions for sending these control characters to terminate a string. You can use: /r = 0x0a /n = 0x0d /t = 0x09 or /xnn where nn is any hexadecimal value from 00 to FF The disconnect string is: Send=QUIT/r/n g. Regular Expression Syntax This table lists the meta-characters understood by the WhatsUp Gold Regex Engine. Matching a Single Character Meta-character Matches . dot Matches any one character [...] character class Matches any character inside the brackets. Example, [abc] matches "a", "b", and "c" [^...] negated character class Matches any character except those inside the brackets. Example, [^abc] matches all characters except "a", "b", and "c". See below for alternate use - the way ^ is used controls its meaning. - dash Used within a character class. Indicates a range of characters. Example: [2-7] matches any of the digits "2" through "7". Example: [0-3a-d] is equivalent to [0123abcd] \ escaped character Interpret the next character literally. Example: 3\.14 matches only "3.14". whereas 3.14 matches "3214", "3.14", "3z14", etc. 172 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Meta-character Matches binary character \\xnn Match a single binary character. nn is a hexadecimal value between 00 and FF. Example: \\x41 matches "A" Example: \\x0B matches Vertical Tab Quantifiers Meta-character Matches ? question One optional. The preceding expression once or not at all. Example: colou?r matches "colour" or "color" Example: [0-3][0-5]? matches "2" and "25" * star Any number allowed, but are optional. Example: .* Zero or more occurrences of any character + plus One required, additional are optional. Example, [0-9]+ matches "1", "15", "220", and so on "Non-greedy" versions of ?, +, and *. Match as little as possible, whereas the "greedy" versions match as much as possible Example: For input string <html>content</html> <.*?> matches <html> <.*> matches <html>content</html> ??, +?, *? Matching Position Meta-character Matches ^ caret Matches the position at the start of the input. Example: ^2 will only match input that begins with "2". Example: ^[45] will only match input that begins with "4" or "5" $ dollar At the end of a regular expression, this character matches the end of the input. Example: >$ matches a ">" at the end of the input. Other Meta-character | Matches alternation Matches either expression it separates. Example: H|Cat matches either "Hat" or "Cat" 173 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Meta-character (...) Matches parentheses \0, \1, ... backreference ! negation Provides grouping for quantifiers, limits scope of alternation via precedence. Example: (abc)* matches 0 or more occurrences of the the string abc Example: WhatsUp (Gold)|(Professional) matches "WhatsUp Gold" or "WhatsUp Professional" Matches text previously matched within first, second, etc, match group (starting at 0). Example: <{head}>.*?</\0> matches "<head>xxx</head>". The expression following ! does not match the input Example: a!b matches "a" not followed by "b". Abbreviations Abbreviations are shorthand Meta-characters. Abbreviation Matches \a Any alphanumeric character: ([a-zA-Z0-9]) \b White space (blank): ([ \\t]) \c Any alphabetic character: ([a-zA-Z]) \d Any decimal digit: [0-9] \D Any non decimal digit: [^0-9] \h Any hexadecimal digit: ([0-9a-fA-F]) \n Newline: (\r|(\r?\n)) \p Any punctuation character: ,./\';:"[email protected]#$%^&*()[]{}- _=+|<>!~ \P Any non-punctuation character \q A quoted string: (\"[^\"]*\")|(\'[^\']*\') \s WhatsUp Gold style white space character: [ \\t\\n\\r\\f\\v] \S WhatsUp Gold style non-white space character: [^ \\t\\n\\r\\f\\v] \w Any word characters (letters and digits): ([a-zA-Z0-9_]) \W Non-word character: ([^a-zA-Z0-9_]) \z An integer: ([0-9]+) 174 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide h. Text String Example Example 1 To check an IRC (Internet Relay Chat) service, you can send the command Version/r/n and the expected response from the IRC service is: irc. Name: IRC; Port: 6667; TCP. Send=Version/r/n Expect=irc Send=QUIT/r/n Note: You can use Telnet (on page 176) to find the proper value for SimpleExpect, or an Expect string for a particular service. Packet Capture tools can also be very useful. Adding and editing a Telnet Monitor Telnet is a simple service monitor that checks for a Telnet server on port 23. If no telnet service responds on this port, then the service is considered down. To add or edit a Telnet monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select Telnet Monitor from the list to create a new Telnet monitor. Click OK. - or Select the Telnet monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Timeout. Enter a timeout value. This is the length of time in which the service is given a chance to respond. If there is no response in this amount of time, the service is considered down. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save changes. 5 After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). 175 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide vi) Using telnet to determine "Expect on Connect" string Telnet to the desired port on the host when you are certain it is working properly, and note the host response. You can enter just an identifying portion of a SimpleExpect or Expect keyword. For example, if you expect to get "220 hostname.domain.com Imail v1.3" back from the host, you could use "220 host" as a response string (i.e. SimpleExpect=220 host, or Expect=^220 host). Note: Some services are based on binary protocols (such as DNS) and do not provide you with a simple response string to use. You can use a packet capture tool to view these types of responses. Adding and editing a Temperature Monitor The Temperature Monitor checks select Cisco switches/routers, Dell servers, HP ProCurve switches/routers, and Ravica temperature probes to see that they return a value that signals they are in an up state. The monitor first checks to see if a device is a Cisco, Dell, HP, or Ravica device, then checks any enabled temperature monitor devices. If a temperature probe is disabled, the monitor ignores it; if a temperature probe does not return a value of 1 - Normal (for Cisco switches/routers), 3 - OK (for Dell server devices), 4 - Good (for HP ProCurve switches and routers), 2 - OK (for HP ProLiant servers), or 2 - normal (for Ravica temperature probes) the monitor is considered down. This monitor is pre-configured and exists in the Active Monitor Library upon installation of WhatsUp Gold. Unlike many pre-configured active monitors, the Temperature Monitor's default configuration cannot be modified. However, you can modify the monitor name and description, as well as the SNMP timeout and number of retries used while attempting to connect to devices. To add or edit a temperature monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select Temperature Monitor to create a new temperature monitor. Click OK. - or Select the temperature monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries. 176 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing a WAP Radio Monitor The Wireless Access Point (WAP) Radio Active Monitor, included in the WhatsUp Gold Premium, Distributed, and MSP Editions, uses Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to query WAP devices and report the status of the wireless access point. This monitor indicates that the wireless radio is in either an up or down state. Currently, the WAP Radio Active Monitor supports Cisco Aironet WAPs. Important: The Cisco WAP you want to monitor must support Cisco Dot 11 and IEEE 802.11 MIBs for WhatsUp Gold WAP Monitor features to operate. To determine the monitor status, the monitor first looks at the ifType (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3) value. The ifType value of 71 - IEEE 80211 must be present for the monitor to continue checking the WAP radio device status. If the ifType value is true, then the ifAdminStatus (OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7) value is checked. Finally, if the ifAdminStatus value for the interface is in the down or testing state, the active monitor is considered down and the ifOperStatus (OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8) value is checked. If the ifOperStatus value is 1 - up or 5 - dormant, the WAP radio is determined to be in the up state; otherwise the device is considered to be in the down state. This monitor is pre-configured and exists in the Active Monitor Library upon installation of WhatsUp Gold. Unlike many pre-configured active monitors, the WAP Radio Monitor's default configuration cannot be modified. However, you can modify the monitor name and description, as well as the SNMP timeout and number of retries used while attempting to connect to devices. To add or edit a WAP radio monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select WAP Radio Monitor to create a new WAP radio monitor - or Select the WAP radio monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries. 177 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Using Premium Active Monitors WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition provides all of the network monitoring capabilities of WhatsUp Gold and extends the product to allow additional monitoring capabilities, including: APC UPS monitor watches your American Power Conversion Uninterruptible Power Supply (APC UPS) device and alerts you when selected thresholds are met or exceeded, output states are reached, and/or abnormal conditions are met. Email monitor lets you periodically verify that mail servers are not only up, but are receiving and delivering messages properly. Microsoft® Exchange™ and Microsoft SQL Server monitors let you manage the availability of key application services, rather than just the network visibility of the host server. Fan monitor checks select Cisco, Dell, and HP device fans and cooling devices, such as active and passive cooling components, to see that they are enabled and return a values that signal they are working properly. File Properties monitor Folder monitor FTP monitor HTTP Content monitor Network Statistics monitor Power Supply monitor Printer monitor Process monitor SQL Query monitor General application monitoring using Microsoft's WMI lets you monitor any performance counter value and trigger an alarm if the value changes, goes out of range, or experiences an unexpected rate of change. Adding and editing an APC UPS Monitor An APC UPS monitor watches your American Power Conversion Uninterruptible Power Supply (APC UPS) device and alerts you when selected thresholds are met or exceeded, output states are reached, and/or abnormal conditions are met. For example, an alert can be sent when the UPS battery capacity is below 20%, when the battery temperature is high, when the battery is in bypass mode due to a battery overload state, and many other UPS alert conditions. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). 178 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add or edit an APC UPS active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select APC UPS Monitor to create a new APC UPS monitor. Click OK. - or Select the APC UPS monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor name in the Active Monitor Library. Thresholds. Select the threshold(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the thresholds. By default, all of the thresholds are selected for use in the monitor. Tip: Select a threshold, then click Configure to set its individual threshold settings. Monitor the following output states. Select the output state(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the output states. By default, the following output states are selected for use in the monitor: Abnormal Condition Present Bad Output Voltage Battery Charger Failure Battery Communication Lost High Battery Temperature In Bypass due to Fan Failure In Bypass due to Internal Fault Low Battery No Batteries Attached Overload Replace Battery Software Bypass Tip: Use the list's vertical scroll bar to browse the output states. 179 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Monitor the following abnormal conditions. Select the abnormal condition(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the abnormal conditions. By default, all of the abnormal conditions are selected for use in the monitor. Tip: Use the vertical scroll bar to browse the list of abnormal conditions. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries. 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Monitoring mail servers The Email Monitor lets you monitor that a mail server is available and functioning correctly. This monitor checks a mail server by first sending the server an email via SMTP. The monitor then attempts to delete previously sent emails using either POP3 or IMAP. If no emails from the monitor are present in the inbox to delete, the mail server is considered down. The email active monitor supports encryption with SSL/TLS and SMTP Authentication which ensures that the monitor sends emails to a secure email account. The Email Monitor's email delivery check is done across two polls. Therefore, it is important that you pick a meaningful polling interval. For example, if you want to be notified when your mail server is taking more than two minutes to send and receive email, use a two-minute polling interval. Note: WhatsUp Gold can monitor any POP3 server that supports these commands: USER, PASS, LIST, TOP, QUIT, RETR, and DELE. WhatsUp Gold can monitor any IMAP server that supports these commands: LOGIN, SELECT, SEARCH, STORE, CLOSE, and LOGOUT. vii) Adding and editing an Email Monitor Email monitors check a mail server by first sending the server an email via SMTP. The monitor then attempts to delete previously sent emails using either POP3 or IMAP. If no emails from the monitor are present in the inbox to delete, the mail server is considered down. The email active monitor supports encryption with SSL/TLS and SMTP Authentication which ensures that the monitor sends emails to a secure email account. Important: You must use a separate email account for every Email Active Monitor that you create. Failure to do so will result in false negatives. For example, if you want to check both IMAP and POP3 on the same server, and create two instances of the Email Monitor, one configured with POP3 and one with IMAP, you must use two separate email accounts. Otherwise, one monitor will delete all emails previously sent from both instances of the monitor and will incorrectly report the mail server as down. 180 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit an Email Active Monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select Email Monitor from the list to create a new Email monitor. Click OK. - or Select the Email monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Outgoing mail SMTP server. Type the address of the server on which SMTP is running. Use the default, %Device.Address, to use the device IP address on which the monitor is attached. Port. Type the port on which the SMTP service is listening. The standard SMTP port is 25. Mail to. Type the address to which the Email Monitor sends email. Mail from. Type the address you want listed as "From" in the email sent by the Email Monitor. Incoming mail 5 Mail server. Type the address of the server on which the POP3 or IMAP service is running. Account type. Type the protocol (POP3 or IMAP) you want the monitor to use to check for correct email delivery. Username. Type the username of the account in which the monitor uses to log in. Password. Type the password for the account in which the monitor uses to log in. Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). 181 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: You can configure additional options, including authentication and encryption options by Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor. To access this dialog, click Advanced. viii) Example: Email Monitor This example creates an Email Monitor that checks to see if an account on Google's Gmail service is working properly. To test and use the Email Monitor created in this example properly, you need a working Gmail account configured to allow POP3 and SMTP access. To create an Email Monitor for a Gmail account: 1 2 3 4 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab inside the dialog. Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. Select the Email Monitor, then click OK. The Add Email Monitor dialog appears. 5 Enter or select the appropriate information in the dialog fields: a) Enter Gmail Status in Name. b) In Description, enter Checks Gmail status. In the Outgoing mail section of the dialog: c) Enter smtp.gmail.com in SMTP server. d) Enter 587 for the Port. 182 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide e) If you have a Gmail account, enter it in Mail to, in the following format: [email protected] If you do not have a Gmail account, create one on the Gmail site. f) Enter the same Gmail account in Mail from. In the Incoming mail section of the dialog: g) Enter pop.gmail.com in the Mail server box. h) Choose POP3 from the Account type list. i) Again, enter your Gmail account in Username. j) Enter the password for your Gmail account in Password. 6 Click Advanced. The Advance Monitor Properties dialog appears. 7 Enter or select the appropriate information in the dialog fields: In the SMTP advanced properties section of the dialog: a) Select Use SMTP authentication. b) Enter your Gmail account in Username. c) Enter the password for your Gmail account in Password. d) Select Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS). e) Use the default Timeout of 5 seconds. In the POP3 advanced properties section of the dialog: f) Enter 995 for the Port g) Select Use an encrypted connection (Use SSL with TLS). h) Use the default Timeout of 5 seconds. i) Click OK to save changes and return to the Add Email Monitor dialog. Click OK on the Add Email Monitor dialog to add the Gmail Monitor to the Active Monitor Library. Test the Gmail Status monitor. j) 8 a) From the WhatsUp Gold console, go to Configure > Active Monitor Library. The Active Monitor Library dialog appears. 183 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide b) Select the Gmail Status monitor, then click Test. The Test dialog will list the test as either SUCCESS or FAILED. You can log in to the Gmail account used for the Gmail Status monitor and actually see the email sent by WhatsUp Gold via the Email Monitor. Monitoring a Microsoft Exchange 2007 Server The Exchange Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ Server application. The Exchange Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of Microsoft Exchange servers on your network. The Exchange Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft Exchange Server version 2007 and later, which can be installed on any machine in your network. Important: Do not use the Exchange Monitor to monitor Exchange 2003 servers. To create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be WMI-enabled. 184 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Why use it? WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with any mail server, such as SMTP, POP3, and IMAP. If any of these services fail, your users are unable to get mail. It is a good idea to set up monitoring on these services so that you are the first to know if they fail. The Exchange Monitor extends monitoring to parameters reported by Microsoft Exchange, allowing you to get an early warning of a degradation in performance. For example, you can monitor the SMTP queues to see if performance is within an expected range, and if not, you can intervene before the SMTP service fails. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). Getting Started with Exchange Monitors This topic describes the overall process of configuring an Exchange Monitor, assigning it to a device, and getting feedback from the monitor. A basic approach to using the Exchange Monitor: 1 2 3 Determine which Exchange roles and performance thresholds (on page 186) to monitor. Determine which Exchange services (on page 187) to monitor. Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple parameters and services, several monitors with one parameter or service, or some combination. To start, it may be simpler to create one monitor for each parameter or service that you want to monitor. Whether you set up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the information is reported in WhatsUp Gold logs and by actions. 4 Configure an Exchange Monitor (on page 185) with your selected parameters and/or services. 5 Add the Exchange Monitor to the device that represents your Microsoft Exchange server. 6 Set up an Action to tell you when the monitor goes down or comes back up. Note: The monitor will be reported down if any of the parameters or services in that monitor are down. Adding and Editing an Exchange Monitor The Exchange Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ Server application. The Exchange Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of Microsoft Exchange servers on your network. The Exchange Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft Exchange Server version 2007 and later, which can be on any machine in your network. To create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be WMI-enabled. Important: Do not use the Exchange Monitor to monitor Exchange 2003 servers. 185 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit an Exchange active monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select Exchange Monitor from the list to create a new Exchange monitor. Click OK. - or Select the Exchange monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Performance aspects to monitor. Select the Category that matches the Exchange server role(s). Highlight the category and click Configure to set the individual thresholds. The threshold configuration dialog for the highlighted category opens. Services to monitor. Select the services you want to monitor. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save your changes. 5 For more information on configuring an Exchange Monitor, go to Getting Started with Exchange Monitors. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). 186 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide ix) Exchange Roles and Performance Monitoring Exchange Server Roles are used to group the performance monitoring parameters used by WhatsUp Gold to indicate the state of the Exchange server. A server role is a unit that logically groups the required features and components needed to perform a specific function in the messaging environment. By mirroring these roles in the Exchange Server monitor, the configuration of the monitor becomes a simple exercise of setting the threshold values associated with each Exchange Server Role you want to monitor. Hub Transport Server Role thresholds Mailbox Server Role thresholds Outlook Web Access Server Role thresholds x) Exchange Services You can monitor the following critical Exchange services to determine if the service is available (Up) or is disabled (Down). Select this process: If you want to: Active Directory Topology Service Monitor the Active Directory Topology service (MSExchangeADTopology). This service provides Active Directory topology information to several Exchange Server components. Anti-spam Update Monitor the Anti-Spam Update service (MSExchangeAntispamUpdate). Used to automatically download anti-spam filter updates from Microsoft Update. Edge Sync Monitor the Edge Sync service (MSExchangeEdgeSync). Connects to ADAM instance on subscribed Edge Transport servers over secure Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) channel to synchronize data between a Hub Transport server and an Edge Transport server. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. File Distribution Monitor the File Distribution service (MSExchangeFDS). Used to distribute offline address book and custom Unified Messaging prompts. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology and Workstation services. IMAP4 Monitor the IMAP4 service (MSExchangeIMAP4). Provides IMAP4 services to IMAP clients. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. Information Store Monitor the MAPI Information Store service (MSExchangeIS). Manages Exchange Server databases. Provides data storage for messaging clients. This service is dependent upon the following services: Event Log, NT LM Security Support Provider, Remote Procedure Call (RPC), Server, and Workstation. Mailbox Assistants Monitor the Mailbox Assistants service (MSExchangeMailboxAssistants). This service provides functionality for Calendar Attendant, Resource Booking Attendant, Out of Office Assistant, and Managed Folder Mailbox Assistant. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. 187 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Select this process: If you want to: Mail Submission Monitor the Mail Submission service (MSExchangeMailSubmission).Submits messages from a Mailbox server to a Hub Transport server. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. Monitoring Monitor the Monitoring service (MSExchangeMonitoring). Provides a remote procedure call (RPC) server that can be used to invoke diagnostic cmdlets. This service does not have any dependencies. POP3 Monitor the POP3 service (MSExchangePOP3). Provides POP3 services to POP3 clients. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. Replication Service Monitor the Replication service(MSExchangeRepl). Provides log shipping functionality for local continuous replication (LCR) and cluster continuous replication (CCR). This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. System Attendant Monitor the System Attendant service (MSExchangeSA). Provides monitoring, maintenance, and directory lookup services for Exchange Server. This service is dependent upon the following services: Event Log, NT LM Security Support Provider, Remote Procedure Call (RPC), Server, and Workstation. Search Indexer Monitor the Search Indexer service (MSExchangeSearch). Provides content to the Microsoft Search (Exchange Server) service for indexing. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service and the Microsoft Search (Exchange Server) service. Service Host Monitor the Service Host service (MSExchangeServiceHost). Configures the RPC virtual directory in Internet Information Services (IIS), and registry data for ValidPorts, NSPI Interface Protocol Sequences, and AllowAnonymous for Outlook Anywhere. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. Transport Monitor the Transport service (MSExchangeTransport). Provides Simple Message Transfer Protocol (SMTP) server and transport stack. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service. Transport Log Search Monitor the Transport Log Search service (MSExchangeTransportLogSearch). Provides message tracking and transport log searching. This service has no dependencies. Speech Engine Service Monitor the Speech Engine service (MSSpeechService). Provides speech processing services for Unified Messaging. This service is dependent upon the Windows Management Instrumentation service. Unified Messaging Monitor the Unified Messaging service (MSExchangeUM). Provides Unified Messaging features, such as the storing of inbound faxes and voice mail messages in a user's mailbox, and access to that mailbox via Outlook Voice Access. This service is dependent upon the Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology service and the Microsoft Exchange Speech Engine service. 188 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Example: Exchange Server monitor To monitor the operating system on the Exchange server, you can create a monitor called ExchangeMailServer to monitor an Exchange server operating in the Mailbox Server role. The purpose of this monitor is to give an indication of the performance of the Exchange server in regards to the threshold values and services associated with the Mailbox Server role. To this end, you can configure the monitor to monitor the thresholds associated with the Mailbox Server role, as well as to monitor the Information Store, Mailbox Assistants and Mail Submission services. 1 2 3 4 From the Admin panel, select Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. If not already selected, click the Active tab. Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. Select Exchange Monitor and click OK. The New Exchange Server Monitor dialog appears. a) In the Name box, type ExchangeMailServer to identify that this monitor checks system parameters. b) In the Category field, select Mailbox Server. c) Highlight the Mailbox Server role, then click Configure. The Configure Mailbox Server Thresholds menu appears. d) In the RPC Averaged Latency must not exceed: field, type an appropriate threshold for the average latency for Remote Procedure Calls, and click OK. The New Exchange Monitor screen appears. e) Under Services to monitor, select the System Attendant service. Make sure these items have a check in the box to the left. You need to clear the selections for the other parameters and also for the other processes. f) Click OK to add the ExchangeMailServer monitor to the Active Monitor library. 5 Add the ExchangeMailServer monitor to your Exchange server device. a) In your device list, find the device that represents the Exchange server. Right-click the device, then select Properties. Select Active Monitors. b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears. c) Select the ExchangeMailServer monitor, and continue with the wizard to configure any actions for the monitor. After you complete the wizard, the monitor immediately begins to monitor the Exchange server. Monitoring Microsoft Exchange 2003 Servers The Exchange 2003 Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ 2003 Server applications. The Exchange 2003 Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of Microsoft Exchange servers on your network. 189 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The Exchange 2003 Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft Exchange Server versions 2000 and 2003, which can be on any machine in your network. To create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be WMI-enabled. Why use it? WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with any mail server, such as SMTP, POP3, and IMAP. If any of these services fail, your users are unable to get mail. It is a good idea to set up monitoring on these services so that you are the first to know if they fail. The Exchange Monitor extends monitoring to parameters reported by Microsoft Exchange, allowing you to get an early warning of a degradation in performance. For example, you can monitor the SMTP queues to see if performance is within an expected range, and if not, you can intervene before the SMTP service fails. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). xi) Getting Started with Exchange 2003 Monitors This topic describes the overall process for configuring an Exchange 2003 Monitor, assigning it to a device, and getting feedback from the monitor. A basic approach to using the Exchange 2003 Monitor: 1 2 3 Determine which Exchange 2003 parameters (on page 191) to monitor. Determine which Exchange 2003 services (on page 192) to monitor. Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple parameters and services, several monitors with one parameter or service, or some combination. To start, it may be easier to create one monitor for each parameter or service that you want to monitor. Whether you set up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the information is reported in WhatsUp Gold logs and by actions. For example, a single monitor to check disk space, named Exchange2003Disk, is reported in logs with this name. If Exchange2003Disk is reported down, you know it's a disk space problem. 4 Adding and Editing an Exchange 2003 Monitor (on page 190) with your selected parameters and/or services. 5 Add the Exchange 2003 Monitor to the device that represents your Microsoft Exchange 2003 server. 6 Set up an Action to tell you when the monitor goes down or comes back up. Note: The monitor is reported down if any of the parameters or services in that monitor are down. 190 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide xii) Adding and Editing an Exchange 2003 Monitor The Exchange Monitor lets you monitor the Microsoft® Exchange™ 2003 Server application. The Exchange 2003 Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of Microsoft 2003 Exchange servers on your network. The Exchange 2003 Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft Exchange Server version 2003 only, which can be on any machine in your network. To create custom parameters to monitor, the Exchange Server host must be WMI-enabled. Important: Use the Exchange 2003 Monitor to monitor Exchange 2003 servers only. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit an Exchange 2003 active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select Exchange 2003 Monitor from the list to create a new Exchange 2003 monitor. - or Select the Exchange 2003 monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. 5 Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Thresholds to monitor. Select the thresholds you want to monitor. To configure the setting for a threshold, highlight the parameter, and click Configure. Services to monitor. Select the services you want to monitor. By default, all services are selected. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). 191 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide a. Exchange 2003 parameters You can set thresholds on the following parameters: Select this parameter: If you want to: CPU (on page 892) Monitor CPU state on the Exchange host. Memory Monitor free memory on the Exchange host. Disk Monitor available disk space on the Exchange host. System Monitor operating system performance on the Exchange host, including context switches, CPU queue length, and system calls. Links Monitor message-handling links between mail servers. A link can contain zero or more ExchangeQueue objects, depending on the current message traffic along the link. In the Exchange System Manager, these links are called queues. Queues (on page 887) Monitor the dynamic queues created to transfer individual messages between mail servers. An ExchangeQueue is part of an ExchangeLink. ExchangeQueue objects are not the same as the queues listed in the Exchange System Manager. Cluster Monitor the state of the clustered resources on the Exchange server. This parameter will return a value of Unknown - 0; OK - 1; Warning - 2; Error - 3. Custom Thresholds Browse and select from the large number of additional parameters that Microsoft Exchange reports. b. Exchange 2003 services You can monitor the following critical Exchange services to determine whether the service is available (Up) or is disabled (Down). Select this process: If you want to: Information Store Monitor the MAPI message store service. The information store can contain messages, forms, documents, and other information created by users and applications. It provides each user with a server-based mailbox and stores public folder contents. Site Replication Service Monitor the Site Replication service. Management Monitor the Management service. MTA Stacks Monitor the Mail Transport Agent (MTA) service. The MTA service provides the engine for sending messages and distributing information between Microsoft Exchange Server systems or between Microsoft Exchange Server and a foreign system. Each MTA is associated with one information store. It is accessed using MAPI calls only and has no direct programmer interface with Microsoft Exchange Server. The MTA conforms to the 1988 X.400 specification. System Attendant Monitor the System Attendant service. Routing Engine Monitor the Routing Engine, which determines the routes for delivering messages to remote addresses. It forwards the message to remote Exchange 192 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Select this process: If you want to: addresses using SMTP. If some addresses are on a foreign messaging system, the routing engine assigns the message to a gateway that handles the address type of the recipient and passes the message to the message transfer agent (MTA). Event Monitor the Event service, which reports warnings and errors. POP3 Monitor the POP3 service, which lets a mail client access mail on the server. IMAP4 Monitor the IMAP4 service, which lets a mail client access mail on the server. xiii) Example: Exchange Server 2003 Monitor To monitor the condition of the operating system on the Exchange server, you can create a monitor called ExchangeSystemCheck and add several parameters. The purpose of this monitor is to give an indication of the general state of the system on which your Exchange server is running. To this end, you can configure the monitor to check thresholds for the CPU, Memory, and System parameters. The monitor will also check the state of the System Attendant service. 1 2 3 4 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab inside the dialog. Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. Select Exchange 2003 Monitor and click OK. The New Exchange Server 2003 Monitor dialog appears. a) In the Name box, enter ExchangeSystemCheck to indicate that this monitor performs a check on system parameters. b) Under Thresholds to monitor, select the CPU, Memory, and System parameters; then under Services to monitor, select the System Attendant service. Make sure these items have a check in the box to the left. Clear the selections for the other parameters and services. c) Highlight the CPU parameter, then click Configure. The CPU Threshold dialog opens. Enter an appropriate threshold and click OK. d) Highlight the Memory parameter, then click Configure. The Memory Threshold disappears. Enter an appropriate threshold for the amount of free memory and click OK. e) Highlight the System parameter, then click Configure. The System Threshold dialog appears. Enter an appropriate threshold and click OK. f) Click OK to add the ExchangeSystemCheck monitor to the Active Monitor library. 5 Add the ExchangeSystemCheck monitor to your Exchange server device. a) In your device list, find the device that represents the Exchange server. Right-click the device, then select Properties. Select Active Monitors. b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears. 193 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide c) Select the ExchangeSystemCheck monitor, and continue with the wizard to configure any actions for the monitor. For more information on setting up an action, see Configuring an action (on page 273). After you complete the wizard, the monitor immediately begins to monitor the Exchange server. xiv) Adding and editing a Fan Monitor The Fan Monitor checks select Cisco, Dell, and HP device fans and cooling devices, such as active and passive cooling components, to see that they are enabled and returning values that signal they are working properly. The monitor first checks to see if a device is a Dell, Cisco, or HP device, then checks any enabled fans and other cooling devices. If a fan is disabled, the monitor ignores it; if a fan does not return a value of 1 - Normal (for Cisco devices), 3 - OK (for Dell Servers), 1 - Normal (for Dell PowerConnect switches and routers), devices), 4 - OK (for HP ProCurve Servers), 2 - OK (for ProLiant switches and routers) the monitor is considered down. Note: Not all types of device fans and cooling components can be monitored using the Fan Monitor. Check the make and model of your device fan or cooling component before attempting to monitor. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit a fan active monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New, then select Fan Monitor to create a new fan monitor. Click OK. - or Select the fan monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Tip: Click Advanced to change the SNMP timeout and number of retries. 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). 194 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and editing a File Properties Monitor This monitor checks to see if a file in a local folder, or on a network share, meets the conditions specified in the monitor's configuration. Note: The File Properties Monitor only checks files in folders local to a device on which WhatsUp Gold is installed, or files in network shares accessible from the WhatsUp Gold device. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To configure a file properties active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select File Properties Monitor to create a new file properties monitor. Click OK. - or Select the file properties monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Path of the file to monitor. Type the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) file path that WhatsUp Gold uses to access the file. For example: \\192.168.3.1\website\product\index.htm Note: Mapped drive paths are not permitted for the File Properties Monitor 5 Complete the information in the Monitor is up if section: File. Select the appropriate option: exists or does not exist. If you select exists, the monitor is up if the selected file is found in the folder on the local directory. If you select does not exist, the monitor is up if the file is not found in the folder on the local directory. Note: The following options are not required for the monitor scan: File size is. Select this option, then select the appropriate variable to determine the success or failure of the monitor scan: less than less than or equal to 195 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide greater than greater than or equal to equal to not equal to Then enter a numerical value for the file size. The default unit used for the file size is bytes. Optionally, you can change the unit to either KB, MB, or GB. Click the file properties button to obtain the file's current size. This current value populate the file size value field and is used to set the file size threshold. The File size option must be selected for the file properties button to appear. Last modified date is. Select this option make the monitor dependent on the date on which the file is last modified. This field is populated using the file properties button; click this button to populate the field with the most recent date and time on which the file was modified. This option must be selected for the file properties button to appear. File checksum using ____ is _____. Select this option to make the monitor dependent on the file's checksum. Select the option, then select the algorithm (SHA1, SHA224, SHA256, SHA384, SHA512) WhatsUp Goldl uses to calculate the checksum. This field is populated using the file properties button; click this button to populate the field with the file's current checksum. This option must be selected for the file properties button to appear. Warning: Selecting this option can greatly increase the amount of time it takes to complete the monitor scan and can possibly have an adverse affect on WhatsUp Gold performance. The probability of lengthy monitor scans and slower performance increases when you use algorithms other than SHA1 when you are scanning large files, or when you scan files located on network shares. 6 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). xv) About file checksum File checksums are fingerprint-like fixed data strings assigned to files when they are saved. Checksum algorithms, such as SHA1 and SHA512, are used to monitor checksum files to detect accidental modification of a file, such as corruption during the storage or transmission process. These algorithms match checksums against each other to look for discrepancies; if any exist, the file is known to have been modified. The File Properties Monitor can monitor current checksum for a file to ensure that it has not been modified by matching the checksum specified in the monitor-configuration to the current checksum. If the monitor finds mismatched checksums, the file is corrupted. 196 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and editing a Folder Monitor The Folder Monitor checks to see if a local or network share folder meets the conditions specified in the monitor configuration. Note: The Folder Monitor only checks folders local to a machine on which WhatsUp Gold is installed, or folders on a network share accessible from the WhatsUp Gold device. Note: This monitor uses the Windows credentials assigned to the device. Note: If folder or directory contents change during a poll, the change is ignored and is not counted toward folder/file size. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit a folder monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select Folder Monitor from the list to create a new folder monitor. Click OK. - or Select the folder monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Path of the folder to monitor. Type the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) file path that WhatsUp Gold uses to access the file. For example: \\192.168.3.1\website\product\ Include sub-folders. Select this option to include all folders within the parent folder in the monitor scan. Important: Selecting this option can greatly increase the amount of time it takes to complete the monitor scan and possibly have an adverse affect on WhatsUp Gold performance. 5 Complete the information for the Files to include section. Include all files. Select this option to include all files within the parent folder in the monitor scan. 197 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Include files with names matching following wildcard expression. Select this option, then type a wildcard expression. Files that match the wildcard expression aree included in the monitor scan. For example, enter *.exe to check for executable (.exe) files in the selected folder. Note: This option only works for a single wildcard expression at a time. If you enter more than one expression, the monitor reads the entry as one wildcard expression. Important: When enabled, this option has the probability to greatly slow WhatsUp Gold performance, dependent on the wildcard expression specified. The probability of slower performance increases when this option is used in conjunction with the Include sub-folders option. 6 Complete the information in the Monitor is up if section. Folder. Select the appropriate option: exists or does not exist. If you select exists, the monitor is up if the selected folder is found. If you select does not exist, the monitor is up if the folder is not found. Note: The following options are not required for the monitor scan. For the following options, select the appropriate variables to determine the success or failure of the monitor scan: less than less than or equal to greater than greater than or equal to equal to not equal to Actual folder size is. Select this option to make the monitor dependent on the actual folder size. The default unit used for the folder size is bytes. Optionally, you can change the unit to either KB, MB, or GB. Folder size on disk is. Select this option to make the monitor dependent on the folder size on the disk. The default unit used for the folder size on disk is bytes. Optionally, you can change the unit to either KB, MB, or GB. Number of files is. Select this option to make the monitor dependent on the number of files in the folder. Tip: To obtain the current actual folder size, folder size on disk, and number of files, first select the appropriate option, then click the folder properties button. These current values populate the option value field and can be used to set the monitor threshold. 7 Click OK to save changes. 198 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing an FTP Monitor The FTP active monitor performs upload, download, and delete tasks on designated FTP servers to ensure that the FTP servers are functioning properly. You can configure a single monitor to perform all three tasks, but note that if any one of the tasks fails, the entire monitor is considered down. Note: We recommend that you create a separate FTP monitor for each FTP server you are monitoring, unless the same username and password are used for each of the servers. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select FTP Monitor from the list to create a new FTP monitor. Click OK. - or Select the FTP monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. 5 Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Complete the information in the Server Settings section: FTP Server. Type the device address of the FTP server for which the FTP monitor is configured. The monitor performs tasks on this FTP server. Port. Type the port over which the monitor should use to connect to the FTP server. The default port is 21. Username. Type the username used to log in to the FTP server for which the monitor is configured. Password. Type the password used to log in to the FTP server for which the monitor is configured. Important: You must specify an account with the appropriate user permissions for the file actions you select. For more information, see FTP user permissions (on page 883). 199 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Use Passive Mode. Select this option to instruct WhatsUp Gold to use passive (PASV) mode as it attempts to connect to the FTP server and then to perform the selected tasks. If you do not select this option, the monitor uses Active mode. This option is selected by default. For more information, see Active and Passive modes. Make the appropriate selections in the File Actions section: 6 Upload. Select this option to have the active monitor upload a file to the designated FTP server. This option is selected by default. Download. Select this option to have the active monitor download a file from the designated FTP server. This option is selected by default. Delete. Select this option to have the active monitor delete a file from the designated FTP server. This option is selected by default. Note: You cannot select the Download or Delete options if you have not selected the Upload option. 7 Timeout (sec). Type a timeout (in seconds) for the amount of time WhatsUp Gold should wait for each attempted task to complete. The default timeout is 3 seconds. Use in Rescan. Select this option to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing an HTTP Content Monitor This monitor requests a URL and checks the HTTP response against the expected content. If the response does not return the expected content, the monitor fails. You can use this monitor to ensure that your web pages are available for viewing or that they are rendering on certain browsers. For example, you can check to see that a web page contains specific content that is to be listed after a certain date, such as "Ipswitch introduces its newest release, WhatsUp Gold v15." If the monitor does not find the content that you request it to find, the monitor fails and you know to update your web page. Note: You can access some HTTPS sites, such as Gmail's login screen, using the HTTP content monitor. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). 200 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add or edit an HTTP content active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select HTTP Content Monitor from the list to create a new HTTP content monitor. Click OK. - or Select the HTTP content monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. 5 Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Complete the information in the HTTP server settings section. URL. Type the URL address that you want to check using the monitor. The URL must begin with a proper URI, such as http:// or https://. Note: The URL can include the full path to the document, including the document's file name and any query string parameters. For example, http://www.domain.com/nmconsole/reports.htm?ReportID=100. Authentication username. If required, type the username the web site uses for authentication. Authentication password. Type the password that coincides with the username that the web site uses for authentication. Note: The HTTP Content Monitor only supports basic authentication. Proxy server. If the content that you want WhatsUp Gold to check is behind a proxy server, type the IP address of the proxy server. Proxy port. Type the port on which the proxy server listens. Timeout (seconds). Type the number of seconds WhatsUp Gold should attempt the connection (min timeout is 1 second / max timeout is 30 seconds) Complete the information in the Web page content section. 6 Web page content to find. Type the content you want WhatsUp Gold to look for on the web page it checks. Type either plain text or a regular expression. Use regular expression. Select this option to use regular expression in Web page content search. 201 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: The HTTP Content Monitor uses standard regular expression processing as supported by the .NET framework. 7 Complete one or more of the following actions: Click Request URL contents to populate the dialog box with the Web page contents of the URL you entered above. Click Advanced to configure the user agent and custom headers. Check Use in Rescan to have the monitor appear in the Active Monitor list on the Device Properties dialog. WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor type to the device during a rescan, which is launched using the Rescan button on the Device Properties dialog, if the protocol or service is active on the device. Click OK to save changes. 8 After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). xvi) Example: Monitoring and alerting on web page content The HTTP Content monitor checks a specified web page to make sure that content appears on the page. If the results of the web page content are not what is expected, you can be notified through an associated action. For example, to check whether a page is up and available, you can look for a text string contained in the web page. The following script checks for the words "WhatsUp Gold Tech Support" on the WhatsUp Gold main Support page. If this HTTP Content monitor shows as UP, the web page is displaying as expected. If this HTTP Content monitor shows as DOWN, he web page is down, missing, or has been changed: Send=GET /support/index.aspx HTTP/1.0\r\nAccept: */*\r\nHost:www.whatsupgold.com\r\nUser-Agent: WhatsUp/1.0\r\n\r\n Expect=WhatsUp Gold Tech Support To configure a web page monitor: 1 2 3 4 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab inside the dialog. Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. Select HTTP Content Monitor, then click OK. The Add HTTP Content Monitor dialog appears. 5 Complete the following information for the monitor: Name. Enter a name for the monitor as it will appear in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Enter a short description for the monitor as it will appear in the Active Monitor Library. 202 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide HTTP server settings URL. Enter the URL address that you want to check using the monitor. The URL must begin with a proper URI, such as http:// or https://. Note: The URL can include the full path to the document, including the document's file name and any query string parameters. For example, http://www.domain.com/nmconsole/reports.htm?ReportID=100 . Authentication username. If required, enter the username the web site uses for authentication. Authentication password. Enter the password that coincides with the username that the web site uses for authentication. Note: The HTTP Content Monitor only supports basic authentication. Timeout (seconds). Enter the number of seconds WhatsUp Gold should attempt the connection (min timeout is 1 second / max timeout is 30 seconds). Proxy server. If the content that you want WhatsUp Gold to check is behind a proxy server, enter the proxy server's IP address. Proxy port. Enter the port on which the proxy server listens. Web page content Web page content to find. Enter the content that you would like WhatsUp Gold to look for on the web page it checks. Enter either plain text or a regular expression. Use regular expression. Select this option to use regular expression in Web page content to find. Note: The HTTP Content Monitor uses standard regular expression processing as supported by the .NET framework. Note: Refer to the script above as an example for setting up a check for expected content on a specific web page URL. To configure a web page monitor and email alert for a device: 1 Right-click the device (web server) that hosts the web page content for which you want to monitor. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Active Monitors. The Active Monitors dialog appears. 3 Click Add. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. 4 Select the monitor to add to the device from the list. Look for the monitor name that you assigned to the monitor created in the previous steps. This is your HTTP Content Monitor. 203 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Complete the settings for the monitor: a) Leave the default settings selected (Enable polling for this Active Monitor and Use default network interface), then click Next. The Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog appears. b) Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Select or Create Action dialog appears. c) Select Select an action from the Action Library, then click Next. The Select Action and State dialog appears. d) In the Select an action from the Action Library list, select an existing email action or click browse (...) to create a new email action. Refer to the Help for creating a new email action. e) In the Execute the actions on the following state change list, select Down, and then click Finish to save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for State screen. f) Click Finish to save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog. g) Click Finish. The Device Properties dialog appears. h) Click OK. The active monitor and resulting E-mail Action are now enabled. When the web page cannot return the web content, the page is triggered as down and the HTTP Content Monitor fails, triggering the E-mail Action that tells you that the page is down the Web server cannot return web content. Adding and editing a Network Statistics Monitor This monitor uses Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to query a device to collect data on three device protocols, Internet Protocol (IP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), and User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and alerts you when the thresholds you specify are met or exceeded. For example, you can use the IP received discarded threshold monitor to watch for situations where a router with Quality of Service (QOS) has priorities set for Voice over IP (VoIP). For more information, see Example - Using a Network Statistic Monitor to check for IP data received and discarded. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit a network statistics monitor: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 204 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Click New and select Network Statistics Monitor to create a new network statistics monitor. Click OK. - or Select the network statistics monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Thresholds to monitor. Select the IP, TCP, and/or UDP thresholds you want to monitor. Tip: To configure individual settings, highlight a selected threshold, then click Configure. Note: You can only configure one threshold at a time. 5 Object ID. The OID of the most recently selected parameter. Description. The description of the most recently selected parameter. Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). xvii) Example: Using a Network Statistics Monitor to check for IP data received and discarded You can use the Network Statistics Monitor to verify that various types of packet and connection statistic information for network protocols, such as IP, TCP, and UDP, are within the thresholds that you define as acceptable. By doing so, you can ensure that devices handle specific types of network data as expected. For example, you can use the IP received discarded threshold monitor to watch for situations where a router with Quality of Service (QOS) has priorities set for Voice over IP (VoIP). In these situations, other IP datagrams that a router receives are buffered for delayed processing to give processing priority to the VoIP data. If the buffer space is overrun, lower priority IP datagrams are discarded even though the router initially received them. This example describes configuring and assigning a network statistic monitor that monitors thresholds set for IP data received by a router but discarded from the buffer. It also configures and assigns an Email Action to notify you if the monitor fails. To configure a Network Statistics Monitor: 1 2 3 4 From the Admin panel, select Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. If not already selected, select the Active tab. In the Active Monitor Library, click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. Select Network Statistics Monitor from the list, and then click OK. 205 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 6 Type a Name for the monitor, such as Cisco Router Buffer Overflow Monitor. Type a Description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor name in the Active Monitor Library. 7 In the Thresholds to monitor section of the dialog, select IP received discarded. 8 Click OK to save changes. After configuring the IP received discarded monitor, you need to assign it to the device(s) that you want to check using the monitor. In the next steps of this example, you will assign the monitor to a single device, then using the Action Builder, configure and assign an Email Action that will notify you when the monitor goes down. Tip: You can also assign the monitor to multiple devices at one time via Bulk Field Change. For more information, see Assigning a monitor to multiple devices (on page 227). To assign the IP Received Discarded monitor, and configure and assign an Email Action: 1 Go to the properties for the device to which you want to assign the monitor. a) From either the Device View or Map View, right-click the device. The right-click menu appears. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 b) Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. Click Add. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears. Select the Cisco Router Buffer Overflow Monitor, then click Next. Set the monitor polling properties, then click Next. Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Action Builder appears. Select Create a new action, then click Next. Select the Email Action, then click Next. Under Execute the action on the following state change, select Down; this option specifies that WhatsUp Gold issues a state change after the monitor has detected that the router has received IP data, but the buffer has been overrun with too much data. Click Finish. The New Email Action dialog appears. Type a Name for the monitor, such as Cisco Router Buffer Overflow Monitor. Optionally, edit the description. In the SMTP Server box, type the IP address or Host (DNS) name of your email server (SMTP mail host). Type the Port on which the SMTP Server is installed. The default SMTP port is 25. Optionally, change the Timeout from the default of 5 seconds. In the Mail To box, type the email addresses which will receive the notification. You can enter two addresses, separated by commas (with no spaces). The address should not contain brackets, spaces, quotation marks, or parentheses. Optionally, edit the address in the Mail from box. The address appearing here appears as the notification sender. Select SMTP server requires authentication if your SMTP server uses authentication. This enables the Username and Password options. 206 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 18 Type a Username and Password for authentication, if necessary. 19 Select Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS) if your SMTP server requires data encryption over a TLS connection. 20 Click Mail Content to enter the notification content. 21 In Subject, type %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed (%Device.HostName). This message indicates the device type, its down state, and the hostname of the device on which the monitor has failed. 22 In Message body, type This %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed on %Device.Address. Please check or restart the %Device.HostName. ---------------------------------------This mail was sent on %System.Date at %System.Time Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold This message indicates that the device, such as a router, has reached the threshold where IP data has overrun the buffer and should be checked or restarted. Tip: Optionally, you can add a link to the Device Status or Mobile Device Status report for the device to which the monitor is assigned. 23 Click OK to save changes. 24 On the Active Monitor Properties dialog, click Finish. Adding and editing a Power Supply Monitor The Power Supply Monitor checks Cisco switches/routers, Dell servers, Dell Power Connect switches/routers, and HP ProCurve and switches/routers, HP ProLiant servers, and other device power supplies to see that they are enabled and return a value that signals they are in an up state. The monitor first checks to see if a device is a Cisco, Dell, or HP device, then checks any enabled power supply devices. If a power supply is disabled, the monitor ignores it; if a power supply does not return a value of 1 - Normal (for Cisco switches/routers), 3 - OK (for Dell server devices), 1 - OK (for Dell switches/routers), 4 - Good (for HP ProCurve switches/routers), or 2 - OK (for HP ProLiant servers), the monitor is considered down. Note: Not all types of device power supplies may be monitorable using the Power Supply Monitor. Check the make and model of your device power supply before attempting to monitor. This monitor is pre-configured and exists in the Active Monitor Library upon installation of WhatsUp Gold. Unlike many pre-configured active monitors, the Power Supply Monitor default configuration cannot be modified. However, you can modify the monitor name and description, as well as the SNMP timeout and number of retries used while attempting to connect to devices. 207 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit a power supply monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Click New and select Power Supply Monitor from the list to create a new power supply monitor. Click OK. - or Select the supply monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries. 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing a Printer Monitor This monitor uses SNMP to collect data on SNMP-enabled network printers. If a failure criteria is met, any associated actions fire. For example, you can monitor for printer ink levels, for a paper jam, for low input media (paper), for a fuse that is over temperature, and more. Important: In order for the Printer Active Monitor to work, in addition to being SNMPenabled, the printer you are attempting to monitor must also support the Standard Printer MIB. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit a printer monitor: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 208 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Click New and select Printer Monitor from the list to create a new printer monitor. Click OK. - or Select the printer monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Complete the information in the Failure Criteria section: 5 If the ink level in any of the cartridges falls below___%. Type a numerical value for the threshold. If the ink level of any printer ink cartridge falls below this percentage, the monitor is considered down. By default, this option is not selected. If the printer registers any of the following alerts. By default, the monitor watches for all of the listed printer alerts. If you do not want to monitor a particular alert, clear its selection in the list. If the printer registers one of the selected alerts, the monitor is considered down. Note: Your printer may not support all of the SNMP objects associated with the available monitor alert checks. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries. 6 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing a Process Monitor This monitor uses SNMP to monitor the status of device processes and issues state changes as needed. The Process Monitor can detect whether a process is running. You can use this monitor to verify that anti-spyware or antivirus software is running of a device. If the monitor does not find the specified program running, an associated action notifies you of this potentially harmful vulnerability. For more information, see the example Using the Process Monitor to Check for Antivirus Software. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). 209 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add or edit a process monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select Process Monitor from the list to create a new process monitor. Click OK. - or Select the process monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Process name. Type or browse (...) to the process name you want to use in the monitor. Completed the information for the Thresholds to monitor section. 5 Down if the process is. Select this option to instruct the monitor to verify that the selected process is either not loaded, or is running, on a device, and issue a down state change accordingly. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries, and to decide if the monitor is used in Discovery. 6 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). xviii) Example: Using the Process Monitor to check for antivirus software You can use the Process Monitor to verify that antivirus or anti-spyware software is a running on a device. If the monitor does not find the specified program running, an associated action notifies you of this potentially harmful vulnerability. For this example, you will configure and assign a Process Monitor that checks to see if Norton AntiVirus™ is running on a device. You will also configure and assign an Email Action to notify you if the monitor fails. 210 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure the Process Monitor: 1 In the Active Monitor Library, click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. 2 Select Process Monitor from the list, then click OK. The Add Process Monitor dialog appears. 3 4 Enter a Name for the monitor, such as Norton AntiVirus Monitor. Enter a Description for the monitor. This description is displayed next to the monitor name in the Active Monitor Library. 5 Type or browse (...) to the Process name that the monitor will check. To monitor Norton AntiVirus software, enter rtvscan.exe. 6 Under the Thresholds to monitor section of the dialog, select Down if the process is and not loaded. If the monitor does not find the rtvscan.exe process running on the device to which the monitor is assigned, the monitor is considered down. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries, and to decide if the monitor is used in Discovery. 7 Click OK to save changes. After configuring the Norton AntiVirus Monitor, you need to assign it to the device(s) that you want to check are running the monitor. In the next steps of this example, you will assign the monitor to a single device, and then, using the Action Builder, configure and assign an Email Action that will notify you when the monitor goes down. Tip: You can also assign the monitor to multiple devices at one time via Bulk Field Change. For more information, see Assigning a monitor to multiple devices (on page 227). 211 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To assign the Norton AntiVirus Monitor, and configure and assign an Email Action: 1 Go to the properties for the device to which you want to assign the monitor. From either the Device View or Map View, right-click the device. The right-click menu appears. Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. Click Add. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears. Select the Norton AntiVirus Monitor, then click Next. Set the monitor polling properties, then click Next. Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Action Builder appears. Select Create a new action, then click Next. Select the Email Action, then click Next. Under Execute the action on the following state change, select 20 minutes (Down at least 20 min). This option specifies that WhatsUp Gold will issue a state change after the monitor has been unable to find rtvscan.exe on the device for 20 minutes. 10 Click Finish. The New Email Action dialog appears. Note: On the console, ensure that the Mail Destination tab is selected. 11 Enter a Name for the monitor, such as Norton AntiVirus Email Notification. 12 In SMTP Mail Server, enter the IP address or Host (DNS) name of your email server (SMTP mail host). 13 Enter the Port on which the SMTP Server is installed. The default SMTP port is 25. 14 Optionally, change the Timeout from the default of 5 seconds. 15 In Mail To, enter the email addresses to which you want send the notification. You can enter two addresses, separated by commas (with no spaces). The address should not contain brackets, spaces, quotation marks, or parentheses. 16 Select SMTP server requires authentication if your SMTP server uses authentication. This enables the Username and Password options. 17 Enter a Username and Password to be used with authentication. 18 Select Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS) if your SMTP server requires data encryption over a TLS connection. 212 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 19 Click Mail Content to enter the notification content. 20 In From, enter the email address that will appear in the From field of the email that is sent from WhatsUp Gold. 21 In Subject, enter %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed (%Device.HostName). This message indicates the monitor's name, its failed state, and the hostname of the device on which the monitor has failed. 22 In Message body, enter This %ActiveMonitor.Name has failed on %Device.Address. Please restart the Norton AntiVirus software on this device. ---------------------------------------This mail was sent on %System.Date at %System.Time Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold This message indicates that the Norton AntiVirus software has stopped on the specified device and that it should be restarted. Tip: Optionally, you can add a link to the Device Status or Mobile Device Status report for the device to which the monitor is assigned. 23 Click OK to save changes. 24 On the Active Monitor Properties dialog, click Finish. Adding and editing a SQL Server Monitor The SQL Server Monitor provides real-time information about the state and health of Microsoft SQL Server applications on your network. The SQL Server Monitor supports monitoring of Microsoft SQL Server 2000 or later versions, and MSDE 2000 or later versions, which can be installed on any machine in your network. To create custom parameters to monitor, the SQL Server host must be WMI-enabled. 213 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with TCP/IP servers, such as SMTP, POP3, and IMAP, FTP, HTTP. If any of these services fail, users are unable to get mail, transfer files, or use the web. It is a good practice to set up monitoring on these services so you are the first to know if they fail. The SQL Server Monitor extends monitoring to parameters reported by Microsoft SQL Server (and Microsoft MSDE), allowing you to get an early warning of a degradation in performance. For example, you can monitor system parameters on your SQL Server database server to see if performance is within an expected range, and if not, you can intervene before the SQL Server fails. In other words, you can detect a looming problem before it causes an application or service failure. To configure an instance of the SQL Server Monitor: Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. Tip: The Active Monitor Library is the starting point for creating any Active Monitor in WhatsUp Gold. This dialog shows all of the Active Monitors in your database. 3 Add a SQL monitor: a) Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. 214 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide b) Select SQL Server Monitor from the list and click OK. The New SQL Server Monitor dialog appears. c) In the Name box, type the name you want to use to identify this instance of the SQL Server monitor. For example, if you are configuring a monitor to check disk space, you might enter SQLServerDisk. d) In the Description box, type any text information to further describe the monitor. e) In the SQL Server Instance Name box, type the name of the database you want to monitor. f) Select the thresholds to add to the monitor. For more information about specific thresholds, see SQL Server Parameters. g) Select the services to add to the monitor. For more information about specific services, see SQL Server Services (on page 217). h) Click OK to save the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. 4 Add the monitor to your SQL Server device. 215 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide a) In your device list, find the device that represents the SQL Server. b) Right-click the device, then select Properties. c) Select Active Monitors. d) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears. e) Select the monitor from the list, and continue with the wizard to configure any actions for the monitor. For more information on setting up an action, see Configuring an action (on page 273). Note: If you select Use in rescan, WhatsUp Gold adds the monitor to the Active Monitors list. From that list, you can select to scan for that service on all applications found during discovery. 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). 1 xix) Getting Started with SQL Server Monitors Determine which SQL parameters to monitor. Note: To use some parameters, configure your System Data Source (ODBC) name for the SQL Server. This is done in the Windows Data Sources (ODBC) administrator. 2 3 Determine which SQL services to monitor. Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple parameters and services, several monitors with one parameter or service, or some combination. Whether you set up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the information is reported in WhatsUp Gold logs and by actions. For example, if you create a single monitor to check disk usage, you can name it SQLDisk and it will be reported in logs with this name. 4 Configure an SQL Server Monitor with your selected parameters and/or services. 5 Add the SQL Monitor to the device that represents your SQL server. 6 Set up an action to tell you when the monitor goes down or comes back up. Note: The monitor is reported down if any of the parameters or services in that monitor are down. 216 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide a. SQL Server Parameters You can set thresholds on the following parameters: Select this parameter: If you want to: CPU Monitor the CPU state on the SQL host. Memory Monitor free memory on the SQL host. Disk Monitor disk usage on the SQL host by the SQL server. Disk space Monitor free disk space on the SQL host. System Monitor system processes on the SQL host. Buffers Monitors SQL page buffers. Cache Monitors cache usage on the SQL server. Locks Monitors wait locks on the SQL server. Transactions Monitors the transactions on the SQL server. Users Monitors the users on the SQL server. Alerts Monitors SQL alerts and severity of alerts. Custom Thresholds Browse and select from the large number of additional parameters that SQL reports. b. SQL Server Services You can monitor the following critical SQL services to determine whether the service is available (Up) or is disabled (Down). Select this process: To monitor this function: MSSQLSERVER This is the database engine. It controls processes all SQL functions and manages all files that comprise the databases on the server. SQLSERVERAGENT This service works with the SQL Server service to create and manage local server jobs, alerts and operators, or items from multiple servers. Microsoft Search A full-text indexing and search engine. Distributed Transaction Coordinator The MS DTC service allows for several sources of data to be processed in one transaction. It also coordinates the proper completion of all transactions to make sure all updates and errors are processed and ended correctly. SQL Server Analysis Services Implements a highly scalable service for data storage, processing, and security. SQL Server Reporting Services Used to create/manage tabular, matrix, graphical, and free-form reports. SQL Server Integration Services A platform for building high performance data integration solutions. SQL Server FullText Search Issues full-text queries against plain character-based data in SQL Server tables. 217 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Select this process: To monitor this function: SQL Server Browser Listens for incoming requests for SQL Server resources and provides information about SQL Server instances installed on the computer. SQL Server Active Directory Helper View replication objects, such as a publication, and, if allowed, subscribe to that publication. SQL Server VSS Writer Added functionality for backup and restore of SQL Server 2005. xx) Example: SQL Server Monitor To monitor user activity on an SQL Server, you can create a monitor called SQLUser, then select Users as the only parameter to monitor. 1 2 3 4 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library appears. If not already selected, select the Active tab. Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. Select SQL Server Monitor and click OK. The New SQL Server Monitor dialog appears. a) In the Name box, enter SQLUser. b) In the SQL Server Instance Name box, enter the name of your database. c) Make sure that Users is the only parameter selected. d) Clear the selections for all other parameters and for the services as well. e) Highlight the Users parameter, then click Configure. The Users Threshold dialog appears. You should have in mind how many users or connections you want to consider as a threshold, and enter those values in the appropriate boxes on the dialog. f) When finished, click OK to add the SQLUser monitor to the Active Monitor Library. 5 Add the SQLUser monitor to your SQL server device. a) In the device list, select the device that represents the SQL server. Right-click the device, then select Properties. Select Active Monitors. b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears. c) Select the SQLUser monitor and continue with the wizard to add to configure actions for the monitor. For more information on setting up an action, see Configuring an action (on page 273). After you complete the wizard, the monitor immediately begins to monitor the SQL Server application. 218 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and editing a SQL Query Monitor This monitor lets you check that certain conditions exists in a Microsoft SQL or MySQL database, based on a database query. You can define the criteria you want to exist in the database, and as long as the specified conditions are present, the SQL Query Monitor is in an up state. If the database data changes outside the boundaries of the query criteria, the monitor triggers to a down state. After the monitor is configured, you must assign the monitor to a device through the Device Properties > Active Monitors dialog. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). Important: To use the SQL Query Monitor to monitor a MySQL database, you must first download and install the MySQL .NET connector. Because of compatibility issues with later versions, only MySQL version 5.2.5 .NET connector is supported. This connector is located on the WhatsUp Gold website (http://www.whatsupgold.com/MySQL525connector ). This link downloads the mysql-connector-net-5.2.5.zip file. Once downloaded, extract the MySQL.Data.msi and run the MySQL Connector Setup utility by double-clicking on the MySQL.Data.msi icon. On the Choose Setup Type screen, select Typical and click Install. The MySQL .NET connector is installed at the following location: C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Connector Net 5.2.5\. After the .NET connector has been installed, restart WhatsUp Gold. Note: The SQL Query monitor does not support Windows authentication. Make sure that ADO credentials are set up in the Credentials Library for the database for which you want to query. The Credentials system stores ADO database credentials information in your WhatsUp Gold database to be used when a database connection is required. For more information, see Using Credentials. Note: When connecting to a remote SQL instance, WhatsUp Gold only supports the TCP/IP network library. To add or edit a SQL Query monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select SQL Query Monitor from the list to create a new SQL Query monitor. Click OK. - or Select the SQL Query monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 219 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 5 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Complete the information for the Server Properties section. Server Type. Select the database server type. Note: MySQL database is supported and listed as a Server Type option if the MySQL 5.2 or later .NET connector is installed. You can download the connector on the MySQL Connectors Download site. Server Address. Type the server address in the ServerName\Instance format. Note: The ServerName\Instance format is only required for SQL Server. MySQL only requires the ServerName. Port (optional). Type the database server port number if other than the standard database port number. SQL Query to Run. Type a query you want to run against a database to monitor and check for certain database conditions. Only SELECT queries are allowed. Important: Ensure that you include the full database name in your query. For query help, click Build. The SQL Query Builder assists in developing proper query syntax. 6 Build. Click to open the SQL Query Builder dialog for assistance building queries. Verify. Click to check that the query is valid. If there is a syntax error with the SQL query, a message appears with tips about the syntax issue. Complete the information for the Monitor is up if section. Important: All database rows must match the criteria settings in the Monitor is up if section for the monitor to be considered up. If multiple threshold criteria is used in the Content of each retrieved row matches the following criteria, all thresholds must match the criteria in each row. Number of rows returned is. Select this option to determine the success or failure of the monitor scan based on rows returned by the SQL query. For the following options, select the appropriate variables to determine the success or failure of the monitor scan: less than less than or equal to 220 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide greater than greater than or equal to equal to not equal to Enter a numeric value for number of rows in the box to the right of the conditions list. Content of each retrieved row matches the following criteria. Select to set criteria that each database row must match to determine the success or failure of the monitor scan. Add. Click to open the New Row Content Threshold dialog. This dialog lets you set the database column values and conditions that must be matched for each table row. Edit. Click to modify existing row criteria. Delete. Click to remove existing row criteria. As you specify the desired monitor criteria settings, this description updates to illustrate the monitor you have configured. 7 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and Editing a WMI Monitor The WMI active monitor watches for specific values on WMI enabled devices. Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) is a Microsoft Windows standard for retrieving information from computer systems running Windows. WMI is installed by default on Windows 2000, Windows 2003, Windows XP, and Windows Vista systems. WhatsUp Gold can monitor and report the status of the standard services associated with TCP/IP servers, such as SMTP, POP3, IMAP, FTP, HTTP. If any of these services fail, network users cannot send mail, transfer files, or use the web. It is good practice to set up monitoring on these services so you are the first to know if they fail. The WMI Monitor extends monitoring to parameters reported by Windows-based applications and servers, allowing you to get an early warning of a degradation in performance. For example, you can monitor system parameters on your Oracle® database server to see if performance is within an expected range, and if not, you can intervene before the Oracle server fails. In other words, you can detect a looming problem before it causes an application or service failure. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). 221 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add or edit a WMI active monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select WMI Monitor from the list to create a new WMI monitor. Click OK. - or Select the WMI monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Performance counter/Instance. Click the browse (...) button next to this box to select a performance counter and instance for the monitor. Note: When WhatsUp Gold is run on Windows 2000, the performance counters are not supported and are not displayed. Check type. Select the type of check you want the WhatsUp Gold WMI monitor to make on the performance counter selected above. Constant Value. Monitors the performance counter/instance for a specific value. If that value changes, the monitor triggers a device state change. Range of Values. Monitors the performance counter/instance to make sure the returned value falls within a range of values. If the value falls outside of the range, the monitor triggers a device state change. Rate of Change. Monitors the performance counter/instance to make sure the change in value matches the rate you enter in the check values section. If that rate changes, the monitor triggers a device state change. Check values. Enter the values for the check type selected above. For Constant Value and Rate of Change, select the state of the device when the check value is met. Note: You can also click Advanced to access Advanced Monitor Properties. 5 Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). 222 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Troubleshooting Having problems with your WMI monitor returning false negatives? xxi) How to use WMI Monitors This topic describes the overall process for configuring a WMI monitor, assigning it to a device, and getting feedback from the monitor. 1 2 Determine which WMI object you want to monitor. Decide whether to create a single monitor with multiple WMI objects, several monitors with one object, or some combination. To start, it may be simpler to create one monitor for each WMI object that you want to monitor. Whether you set up one monitor or many has a bearing on how the information is reported in WhatsUp Gold logs and by actions. For example, a single monitor to check errors on logon, named LogonErrors, is reported in logs with this name. If LogonErrors is reported down, you know it's a specific problem. 3 4 5 Configure a WMI Monitor with your objects. Add the WMI Monitor to the device that represents your application host or server. Set up an action to inform you when the monitor goes down or comes back up. Note: The monitor is reported down if any of the objects that you select to monitor are down. xxii) Example: WMI Monitor Imagine that a device on your network has been illegally logged into through a brute force attack (an attack where an intruder runs a script to try random usernames and passwords on a range of IP addresses on your network). These types of attacks are extremely dangerous if the device in peril is on your domain or is storing sensitive information. You can use a custom WMI Active Monitor to check the appropriate performance counters on a Windows device and notify you when this type of attack occurs, so you can do something about it before a potential intruder gains access to your network. To configure this type of active monitor: 1 Using the WhatsUp Gold web interface, create the WMI monitor. a) Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Active Monitor Library appears. b) Click the Active tab inside the dialog. c) Click New. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. d) Select WMI Monitor and click OK. The Add WMI Monitor dialog appears. e) In the Name box, enter "ErrorsLogon" to identify that this monitor checks for logon errors. f) Click the Browse (…) button next to Instance to access the Performance Counters dialog. 223 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide g) Enter the computer name or IP address of the computer in which you want to connect. h) Select a credential from a list of Windows credentials (pulled from the Credentials Library), then click OK to connect to the computer. i) Select Server from the Performance object list. j) Under Performance Counters, select the ErrorsLogon. k) Click OK to add the Performance counter to the New WMI Monitor dialog. l) Select Rate of Change from the the Check type list. m) In the Rate of Change box, enter the number of logon errors you feel is acceptable. This is the number of failed logon attempts between polls. n) In the If the value is above the rate, then the monitor is box, select Down. o) Click OK to add the active monitor to the library. 2 Enter the credentials for logging on to the device to which you will add this monitor. a) In the Device Properties dialog for the device, select Credentials. b) Select Windows, then click Edit. c) Click the browse (…) button next to Windows credentials to access the Credentials Library. d) Create a Windows credential using the administration login and password for the device you want to create the monitor for. When you have configured the credential, click Close. e) On the Credentials page, select the new Windows credential, then click OK. 3 Add the ErrorsLogon monitor to the device. a) In your device list, find the device. Double-click the device to display its properties, then select Active Monitors. b) Click Add. The Active Monitor wizard appears. c) Select the ErrorsLogon monitor, and continue working through the wizard to configure any actions for the monitor. For more information on setting up an action, see Configuring an Action (on page 273). Consider creating several levels of the active monitor, each with a higher threshold than the other, and with more severe actions associated with it. For example, create a monitor with 30 as the threshold that simply sends you an email, letting you know that at least 31 attempts have been made. Next, create another monitor that uses 60 as the threshold. This monitor may have an SMS action associated with it that sends a text message to you when at least 61 attempts are made. For the most severe level you could create a 100 threshold and have the action send messages to several people who could block the IP or take the device off the network while the attack is addressed. 224 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and editing a VoIP Monitor The VoIP Active Monitor lets you set the acceptable Mean Option Score (MOS) threshold for an IP SLA device. If the threshold is exceeded, an alert can be sent specifically to notify the appropriate network manager about the issue. For more information, see Using the WhatsUp Gold VoIP Monitor on the WhatsUp Gold web site. Note: The WhatsUp Gold VoIP Monitor must be activated to use the VoIP Active Monitor. Note: This feature is only available in WhatsUp Gold Premium Edition. To update your license, visit the MyIpswitch portal (http://www.myipswitch.com). To add or edit a VoIP monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Active tab. The Active Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select VoIP to create a new VoIP monitor. Click OK. - or Select the VoIP monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the active monitor. This name displays in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Active Monitor Library. Acceptable MOS threshold. Use the slide bar to adjust the acceptable MOS (Mean Opinion Score) threshold. Check MOS values of all jitters configured on the device. Select this option to include all of the device RTT entries to check MOS performance thresholds. For example, if the following tags define the source and destination devices: SLA 1 (Atlanta to Augusta Sat Office) SLA 200 (Atlanta to Lexington) SLA 300 (Atlanta to Florida Sat Office) then all entries are monitored for the acceptable MOS threshold compliance. Only check MOS if tag contains. Select this option to limit the device RTT entries that use this MOS performance threshold. Enter all, or a portion, of the tag used to identify the source and destination devices. For example, if the following tags define the source and destination devices: SLA 1 (Atlanta to Augusta Sat Office) SLA 200 (Atlanta to Lexington) 225 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 6 SLA 300 (Atlanta to Florida Sat Office) then if you include Sat Office in this box, only the source/destination devices with Sat Office as part of the tag entry is monitored for the acceptable MOS threshold compliance. Click Advanced to configure the active monitor SNMP timeout and number of retries. Click OK to save changes. After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Adding and editing an Active Script Active Monitor The Active Script monitor lets you write either VBScript or JScript code to perform specific customized checks on a device. If the script returns an error code, the monitor is considered down. A variety of active script resources are available on the Active Scripts Resource page (http://www.whatsupgold.com/script_library). Note: Ipswitch does not support any custom scripts you create, only the ability to use them in the Active Script monitor. For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909). After configuring an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 226). Assigning active monitors After you configure an active monitor in the Active Monitor Library, you must add it to the individual devices for which you want to monitor services. Note: When you assign an active monitor to a device, an instance of the monitor is added to the device. Changes that you make to the monitor configuration via the Active Monitor Library affect all instances of the monitor. For example, if you assign a monitor to four separate devices and then make changes to the monitor from the Active Monitor Library, all four instances of the monitor adopt the changes. To assign an active monitor to a device: Note: If you are assigning an active monitor to a device that uses WMI or SNMP credentials, before assigning an active monitor, make sure that the device has the proper credentials assigned. For more information, see Using Credentials (on page 75). There are a number of ways to assign Active Monitors to devices: 226 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To manually assign an active monitor to the device: 1 In the Device Properties Active Monitor dialog, click Add. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears. 2 Select the active monitor type you want to assign to the device, then click Next. 3 Set the polling properties for the monitor, then click Next. 4 Set up actions (on page 297) for the monitor state changes. 5 Click Finish to add the monitor to the device. To use Bulk Field Change to add an active monitor to multiple devices: 1 Select the devices in the device list, then right-click on one of the selected items. 2 From the right-click menu, select Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor. 3 Select the active monitor type you want to add. 4 Click OK. xxiii) Assigning a monitor from Device Properties To assign an active monitor to a device from its properties: 1 Go to the properties for the device to which you want to assign the monitor. a) From either the Details View or Map View, right-click the device. The right-click menu appears. b) Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 3 4 5 6 Click Active Monitors. The Active Monitors dialog appears. Click Add. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears. Select the active monitor type you want to assign to the device, then click Next. Set the monitor polling properties, then click Next. Set up the actions for the monitor state changes, then click Finish. The active monitor is assigned to the device. xxiv) Assigning a monitor to multiple devices To assign an active monitor to multiple devices through Bulk Field Change: 1 From Details View, select multiple devices or a group to which you want to assign an active monitor, then right-click the selected devices or group. The right-click menu appears. 2 Select Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor. The Bulk Field Change: Active Monitor dialog appears. 3 Select the active monitor type that you want to assign, then click OK. The active monitor is assigned to the selected devices. Removing and deleting active monitors Because active monitors are assigned to devices on an individual basis, active monitors can only be removed from devices, and must be deleted from the Active Monitor Library. You also have the option to disable a monitor on the device-level, rather than completely removing it from a device. If you want to stop monitoring a particular device, but would like to keep the device-specific historical data associated with the active monitor, you should disable the monitor rather than removing it from the device. 227 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide xxv) Disabling an active monitor To disable an active monitor from monitoring a device: 1 In the Details or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to disable polling for the active monitor. The right-click menu appears. 2 Select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 3 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. 4 Select the monitor you want to disable, then click Edit. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears. 5 Clear Enable polling for this active monitor, then click Next. 6 On the following dialog, click Finish. When you return to the Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog, you will see that the monitor is disabled for the device. xxvi) Removing an active monitor To remove an active monitor from a device: 1 From Device or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the active monitor, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. 3 Select the monitor you want to remove. 4 Click Remove. A warning dialog appears that states all data for that instance of the monitor is deleted when the monitor is removed. 5 Click Yes to remove the monitor. To remove an active monitor from multiple devices: 1 2 3 4 5 Select the appropriate devices in Device View or Map View, then right-click on one of the selected items. The right-click menu appears. Select Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor. The Bulk Field Change: Active Monitor dialog appears. Under Operation, select Remove. Under Active Monitor type, select the active monitor that you want to remove. Click OK to remove the monitor from the selected devices. About critical active monitors Critical active monitors allow you to define a specific polling order for a device's active monitors; you can make one monitor dependent on another monitor on the same device, such as making an HTTP monitor dependent on the Ping monitor, so that you are not flooded with multiple alerts on the same device if network connectivity is lost. In a critical monitor polling path, critical monitors are polled first. If you specify more than one critical monitor, you also specify the order in which they are polled. Critical monitors are "up" dependent on one another; if critical monitors return successful results, non-critical monitors are polled. If any of the critical monitors go down, all monitors behind it in the critical polling order are no longer polled and are placed in an unknown state for the duration of the polling cycle. If at the start of the next polling cycle, the critical monitor returns successful results, polling of successive critical monitors and non-critical monitors resumes. 228 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: Up and Down device dependencies take precedence over critical monitor polling; if WhatsUp Gold detects device dependencies, the configured dependencies are respected. When critical monitoring is enabled, and you specify a critical polling order, you now receive only one alert when a device loses its network connectivity. Note: When a monitor is placed in the unknown state, assigned actions are not fired. Likewise, when a monitor comes out of the unknown state into an up state, assigned actions are not fired. Only monitors that you specify as critical follow a specific polling order; non-critical monitors are not polled in any specific order. Additionally, if multiple non-critical monitors fail, all associated actions fire. Critical active monitors can be viewed and configured from the Device Properties - Active Monitors (on page 123) dialog. Note: Independent poll frequency for all monitors is ignored when a monitor is specified as critical. xxvii) Configuring a critical polling path To configure a critical polling path for device active monitors: 1 Right-click the device for which you want to configure a critical polling path in the Details or Map View and select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Select Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. 229 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Select an active monitor, then click Critical. The Critical Active Monitor properties appear. 4 5 Select Enable critical monitor polling for this device. Under the Non-critical monitors list, select the monitor(s) that you would like polled first in the critical polling path, then click Critical. Tip: To remove a monitor from the Critical monitors list, select the monitor in the Critical monitors (polling order) list, then click Non-critical. 6 Under the Critical monitors list, use the Up and Down buttons to place critical monitors in the order that you want the monitors polled. The first monitor is the first polled in the critical polling path. If the first monitor goes down, all monitors below it are not polled until the first monitor returns to an up state. If you select only one critical monitor, this is the first and only critical monitor in the critical polling path; all noncritical monitors are not polled unless the critical monitor is in the up state. Additionally, if a critical monitor fails, all subsequent critical and non-critical monitors are forced into an unknown state until the critical monitor returns to an up state. Tip: The paragraph at the bottom of the dialog describes the critical monitor path as it is configured. 230 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 7 Click OK to save changes. Group and Device active monitor reports The following reports display information for devices and device groups that have active monitors configured and enabled. Access these reports from the WhatsUp Gold web interface's Reports tab. State Change Acknowledgement Active Monitor Availability Active Monitor Outages Device Health State Change Timeline State Summary Device Status 231 Passive Monitor Library In This Chapter Passive monitors overview............................................................................232 Passive Monitor Icon .......................................................................................233 Using the Passive Monitor Library ..............................................................233 Understanding Passive Monitor Listeners ...............................................235 Configuring passive monitors......................................................................238 Assigning passive monitors ..........................................................................243 Group and device passive monitor reports.............................................245 Passive monitors overview Passive monitors are the WhatsUp Gold feature responsible for listening for device events. As active monitors actively query or poll devices for data, passive monitors passively listen for device events. Because passive monitors do not poll devices, they use less network bandwidth than active monitors. Passive monitors are useful because they gather information that goes beyond simple Up or Down service and device states by listening for a variety of events. For example, if you want to know when someone with improper credentials tries to access one of your SNMP-enabled devices, you can assign the default Authentication Failure passive monitor. The monitor listens for an authentication failure trap on the SNMP device, and logs these events to the SNMP Trap Log. If you assign an action to the monitor, every time the authentication failure trap is received, you are notified as soon as it happens. Although passive monitors are useful, you should not rely on them solely to monitor a device or service—passive monitors should be used in conjunction with active monitors. When used together, active and passive monitors make up a powerful and crucial component of 360degree network management. Passive monitor types are specific configurations of SNMP traps, Windows Log Events, and Syslog Events. After the monitor types are configured, you can associate them to devices on the Passive Monitors section of Device Properties dialog. Using the Passive Monitor Library, you can: Click New to create a new passive monitor. Select a monitor type in the list, then click Edit to change the settings. Select a monitor type in the list, then click Copy to create a new monitor type based on the selected type. Select a monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list. 232 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Successful passive monitors Creating a successful passive monitor requires that you take several steps: Important: Before you attempt to create a passive monitor, you should know the specific traps (and coinciding MIBs) for which you want WhatsUp Gold to listen —this makes the process much easier. 1 2 3 4 Turn on traps on the device from which you want to receive logs, entries, and/or alerts. Point the traps on that device to the WhatsUp Gold machine. Enable the WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners (on page 235). Create a passive monitor for each of the traps for which you want WhatsUp Gold to listen. 5 Assign the passive monitor to the device on which you want to listen for traps. Additionally, after you create a passive monitor, you can configure alerts to notify you when a particular trap is received. Passive Monitor Icon Passive Monitors Icon When a passive monitor is configured on a device, the device icon displays a diamond shape on the upper left side. This shape changes color when an unacknowledged state change occurs on the monitor. After the device has been acknowledged, the icon returns to the above appearance. Using the Passive Monitor Library The Passive Monitor Library stores all passive monitor types that have been created for WhatsUp Gold. The library includes a variety of pre-configured SNMP passive monitors, as well as a generic "Any" passive monitor for SNMP, Syslog, and Windows Event Log types. The Any passive monitor listens and receives all traps and events that occur on the device to which it is assigned. Though you can create three types of passive monitors, SNMP passive monitors are the type most widely used. 233 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide SNMP Trap passive monitors in the library The SNMP Trap monitors listed in the Passive Monitor Library are based on one of three things: Passive monitors already in the database. By default, the passive monitor database comes with a few of the most Common SNMP traps already in it. Passive monitors automatically created by WhatsUp Gold Trap Definition Import Tool. Use the Trap Definition Import Tool to create SNMP Traps from MIB files stored in the \Program Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\Data\Mibs folder. Passive monitors that you define yourself. This can be done either by copying and pasting actual trap information directly from your existing logs, or by browsing the MIB for OID values that you are interested in, and adding the Generic type (Major) and Specific type (Minor) information if required. To access and use the Passive Monitor Library: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Passive tab inside the dialog. Use the Passive Monitor Library dialog to configure new or existing passive monitor types: Click New to create a new passive monitor type. Select a monitor type in the list, then click Edit to change the settings. Select a monitor type in the list, then click Copy to create a new monitor type based on the selected type. Select a monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list. 234 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Understanding Passive Monitor Listeners A Passive Monitor Listener is the component in passive monitors that listens for events to occur. When an event occurs, the listener notifies WhatsUp Gold and associated actions are fired. WhatsUp Gold in installed with three Passive Monitor Listeners: SNMP Trap Listener. This listens for SNMP traps, or unsolicited SNMP messages, that are sent from a device to indicate a change in status. Syslog Trap Listener. This listens for Syslog messages forwarded from devices regarding a specific record and/or text within a record. Windows Event Log Listener. This listens for any WinEvent; for example a service start or stop, or logon failures. Important: Before you can configure passive monitors, you must configure the coinciding Passive Monitor Listener(s) on the WhatsUp Gold console via Program Options. For more information, see Enabling the SNMP Trap listener (on page 873), Enabling the Syslog listener (on page 875), and Enabling the Windows Event Log listener (on page 874). Configuring the SNMP Trap Listener To configure the SNMP Trap Listener: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold console main menu, select Configure > Program Options. The Program Options dialog appears. Note: If the Windows SNMP Trap Service (Control Panel > Services) is running on the WhatsUp Gold console PC, you should stop the service. This is a precaution to prevent any conflict with the WhatsUp Passive Monitor Listener. 235 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Click Passive Monitor Listeners. The WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners display in a list. 3 Select the SNMP Trap listener, then click Configure. The SNMP Listener Configuration dialog appears. 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields: Listen for messages on port. Select this option if you want WhatsUp Gold to listen for SNMP traps. The standard SNMP trap port is 162, but you can change this port to a non-standard port number. Note: When you change the port number, the change takes place as soon as you save the change; you do not have to re-start WhatsUp Gold for the change to take effect. Accept unsolicited SNMP traps. Select this option to receive and log all incoming SNMP traps, including those not assigned to devices as passive monitors. By default, SNMP traps assigned to devices as passive monitors are logged and can trigger actions. Incoming traps received as unsolicited traps are logged to the System SNMP Trap Log. Caution: When this option is selected, every SNMP trap that is received by WhatsUp Gold is logged to the database. Enabling this option can result in a large database that impacts performance; we strongly advise that you leave this option disabled, except when you are troubleshooting. 236 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: To configure SNMP traps initially, we recommend enabling the Any SNMP trap on the source device; you can then see all incoming traps sent from that device in the Device SNMP Trap Log. After you configure the trap successfully, you should disable the Any trap, as it may also log large amounts of data. Forward traps. Select this option to forward traps to the IP address(es) you specify in Forward traps to. Forward unsolicited traps. Select this option to forward all traps, including unsolicited traps. Forward traps to. Click Add to add in IP address and port to which to forward traps. Note: You can forward traps to multiple IP addresses. Tip: You can Edit and/or Remove IP addresses from this list. 5 Click OK to save changes. Configuring the Syslog Listener WhatsUp Gold has an internal SNMP trap handler, which when enabled, listens for and accepts SNMP traps. WhatsUp Gold records the trap in the device's SNMP Trap Log. To configure WhatsUp Gold to receive traps: 1 On the devices that are to be monitored, set the SNMP agent to send traps to WhatsUp Gold. Trap manager addresses must be set on each physical device. This cannot be done from WhatsUp Gold. 2 Set up the MIB entries for traps by placing the MIB text file in the C:\Program Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\Data\Mibs directory. 3 Enable the SNMP Trap Handler. To configure the Syslog Passive Monitor Listener: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold console main menu, select Configure > Program Options. The Program Options dialog appears. Note: If the Windows SNMP Trap Service (Control Panel > Services) is running on the WhatsUp Gold console PC, you should stop the service. This is a precaution to prevent any conflict with the WhatsUp Passive Monitor Listener. 2 Click Passive Monitor Listeners. The WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners display in a list. 3 Select the Syslog Trap listener, then click Configure. The Syslog Listener Configuration dialog appears. 237 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields: Listen for messages on port. Select this option if you want WhatsUp Gold to listen for Syslog messages.The Syslog Listener runs on port 514 by default, but can be changed if necessary. Accept unsolicited passive monitors. If option this is cleared, ONLY Syslog entries which are specifically added to devices as passive monitors are logged to the System Syslog report. If you select this option, ALL incoming Syslog messages are detected and logged to the System Syslog report. Note: Regardless of this filter setting, only Syslog messages that are solicited are logged to the devices' Syslog reports and are able to trigger actions. 5 Click OK to save changes. Configuring the Windows Event Log Listener To configure the Windows Event Log Listener: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold console main menu, select Configure > Program Options. The Program Options dialog appears. Note: If the Windows SNMP Trap Service (Control Panel > Services) is running on the WhatsUp Gold console PC, you should stop the service. This is a precaution to prevent any conflict with the WhatsUp Passive Monitor Listener. 2 Click Passive Monitor Listeners. The WhatsUp Gold Passive Monitor Listeners display in a list. 3 Select the Windows Event Log Listener, then click Configure. The Windows Event Log Listener Configuration dialog appears. 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields: Start Server. Select this option if you would like WhatsUp Gold to listen for Windows Event logs. Do not generate payload. Select this option to only add the event time and message to the Windows Event Log; the payload is withheld from the entry. Check connections interval. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold check for and close inactive connections at the interval you specify. The default interval is 60 seconds. Click OK to save changes. 5 Configuring passive monitors You can configure passive monitors two ways: 1 2 Automatically using the Trap Definition Import Tool. Manually using the Passive Monitor Library. 238 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The Trap Definition Import Tool allows you to search for the specific SNMP trap for which you want WhatsUp Gold to listen, and then import that trap into the Passive Monitor Library. After you import the trap, you can make specifications to the passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library using the Rules Expression Editor dialog. For example, if you want WhatsUp Gold to monitor when a specific IP address causes an authentication failure on your SNMPenabled device, you would create a rule that tells WhatsUp Gold to log an event only when that particular IP address attempts to access the SNMP-enabled device. While using the Trap Definition Import Tool or any of the pre-configured passive monitors are two easy ways to configure SNMP Trap passive monitors, you still have the option to manually configure all passive monitor types via the Passive Monitor Library. Using the Trap Definition Import Tool The Trap Definition Import tool is used to import SNMP Trap definitions into the Passive Monitor Library. The list in this dialog is populated by the MIBs typically in your WhatsUp Gold MIB folder (\Program Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\Data\Mibs). To import SNMP trap definitions into the Passive Monitor Library: 1 In the WhatsUp Gold console, select Tools > Import Trap Definitions. The Trap Definition Import Tool dialog appears. 2 Select the traps you want to import, then click Import to passive monitor library. The Trap Import Results dialog appears and provides a message about the import results. Note: Traps that already exist in the database are not imported. Tip: Use the dialog's scroll bar to scan available traps. 239 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Passive Monitor Library You can use the Passive Monitor Library to manually create new instances of a passive monitor type, or to edit the configuration of monitors you import using the Trap Definition Import Tool. xxviii) Adding and Editing a SNMP Trap Monitor To add or edit a SNMP trap passive monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Passive tab. The Passive Monitor list appears. Click New and select SNMP Trap from the list to create a new SNMP trap passive monitor. - or Select the SNMP trap passive monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors , and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Passive Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Passive Monitor Library. Enterprise/OID. Use the browse button to select the desired object identifier (OID) from the Enterprise section of the MIB. This is the SNMP enterprise identifier in the trap, which is used for unique identification of traps for a particular application. If you specify the OID in this field, then an incoming trap matches this rule only if the trap enterprise field begins with the OID that you have specified. If you are unsure of the OID to use, or you do not need to be specific, you can leave this field blank and it is ignored. Note: This option is only available if Generic Type is set to 6-EnterpriseSpecific. Generic Type (Major). Each trap has a generic type number. This number is part of the rule that determines the matching criteria for an incoming trap. For more information, see Common SNMP Traps. Note: The definitions of 0 through 6 are not WhatsUp Gold definitions, but come from the SNMP specifications. Specific Type (Minor). This can have an integer value from 0 to 4294967296. To use this option, Generic Type must be always enterprise-specific. If you want to ignore this field, select Any. Payload. Click Add to view the Expression Editor where you can create an expression, test it, and compare it to potential payloads. After creating an expression, click OK to insert that string into the list under Match On. 240 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Click the Add button to view the Expression Editor where you can create an expression, test it, and compare it against potential payloads you can receive. After creating the expression, click OK to insert that string into the Match on box. Note: If you have multiple payload "match on" expressions, they are linked by "OR" logic— not "AND" logic. If you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA", it matches against a trap containing any of the following: "AB" or "BA" or "ABBA". 6 Click OK to add the monitor to the Passive Monitor Library. After configuring a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 243). xxix) Adding and Editing a Syslog Monitor To add or edit a Syslog monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Passive tab. The Passive Monitor list appears. Click New and select Syslog from the list to create a new Syslog monitor. Click OK. - or Select the Syslog monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Passive Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Passive Monitor Library. Match On. You can click the Add button to access the expression editor (on page 166), where you can create your expression, test it, and compare it against potential payloads you can receive. After creating the expression, click OK to insert that string into the Match on box. Note: If you have multiple payload "match on" expressions, they are linked by "OR" logic not "AND" logic. Example: If you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA", it will match against a trap containing any of the following: "AB" or "BA" or "ABBA". 5 Click OK to list this event in the Passive Monitor Library as a Syslog Passive Monitor. After configuring a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 243). For an example of why you might create a Syslog Event, see Sample of a Syslog Monitor Event. 241 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide xxx) Adding and Editing a Windows Event Log Monitor When assigning a Windows Event Log passive monitor to a device, make sure the device has credentials assigned to it before creating the passive monitor. To use multiple Windows Event Log passive monitors, assign a unique Windows Event Log passive monitor for each device. The upgrade process to WhatsUp Gold from previous versions automatically migrates Windows Event Log passive monitor credentials into the Credentials Library. If you experience upgrade problems with Windows Event Log passive monitors, look in the Credentials Library for the Windows (WMI) credentials that work for the device. If the device credentials do not exist, create new credentials for the device. To add or edit a Windows Event Log monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Passive tab. The Passive Monitor list appears. Click New and select Windows Event Log to create a new Windows Event Log monitor. Click OK. - or Select the Windows Event Log monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Passive Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Passive Monitor Library. Condition. Enter a list of conditions to match. Only log entries matching these expressions are converted to events. Conditions are processed sequentially from top to bottom. As each condition is evaluated, its results are applied to the next condition until all conditions are evaluated. For complex sets of conditions involving both ANDs and ORs, this serial logic may produce different results than intended. As a best practice, we recommend keeping conditions simple by opting for multiple Passive Monitors over complex sets of conditions. When complex conditions are unavoidable, we recommend grouping all OR conditions together at the beginning of the set of conditions, followed by the ANDs. Click Edit to add or edit a condition or Clear to remove a condition from the box. Match On. You can click the Add button to access the expression editor (on page 166), where you can create your expression, test it, and compare it against potential payloads you can receive. After creating the expression, click OK to insert that string into the Match On list. Note: If you have multiple payload Match On expressions, they are linked by OR logic, not AND logic. For example, if you have two expressions, one set to "AB" and the other to "BA", it is matched against any log entry that includes either of the two strings. 5 Click OK to save changes. 242 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide After configuring a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, add the monitor to devices (on page 243). xxxi) Using the Any Passive Monitor The Any passive monitor receives all type-specific (SNMP, Syslog, Windows Event Log) traps and events sent from the device to which it is assigned. This monitor can be useful when you are trying to pinpoint the specific trap and coinciding MIB for which you want to WhatsUp Gold to listen and monitor. As the monitor gathers traps and events, this data is added to the respective log (SNMP Trap Log, Syslog Entries, Windows Event Log). You can scan the report entries to find the specific trap that you would like to monitor, and create a passive monitor for that specific trap. If, after running the monitor for some time, you do not notice the trap for which you are looking, the MIB may not be loaded in the WhatsUp Gold MIB directory. If this is the case, import the MIB. For more information, see Using the SNMP MIB Manager. Important: Because of the volume of data gathered when this monitor is enabled, we strongly advise that this monitor only be used for troubleshooting purposes. If this monitor is enabled for more than short periods of time, you run the risk of flooding your database and compromising the performance of WhatsUp Gold. As the monitor has been pre-configured for you, to use it, you are required only to assign it to the device for which you researching traps and events. For more information, see Assigning passive monitors (on page 243). It is important that you remember to remove the monitor when you have completed troubleshooting because of the monitor's potential to fill up the WhatsUp Gold database. Assigning passive monitors After you configure a passive monitor in the Passive Monitor Library, you must add it to the individual devices for which you want to monitor services. Note: If you are assigning a Windows Event Log passive monitor type to a device, make sure that the device has credentials assigned before creating a passive monitor for it. For more information, see Using Credentials (on page 75). If want to use multiple Windows Event Log passive monitors, you must assign a unique Windows Event Log passive monitor for each device. Note: The upgrade process to WhatsUp Gold from previous versions, automatically migrates Windows Event Log passive monitor credentials into the Credentials Library. If you experience upgrade problems with Windows Event Log passive monitors, look in the credentials library for the Windows (WMI) credentials that will work for the device. If the device credentials do not exist, create new credentials for the device. For more information, see Using Credentials (on page 75). 243 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: When you assign a passive monitor to a device, an instance of the monitor is added to the device. Changes that you make to the monitor's configuration via the Passive Monitor Library affect all instances of the monitor. For example, if you assign a monitor to four separate devices and then make changes to the monitor from the Passive Monitor Library, all four instances of the monitor adopt the changes. To assign a passive monitor to a device: 1 From the Details or Map View, right-click a device and select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Passive Monitors. The Device Properties Passive Monitor dialog appears. 3 Click Add. The Passive Monitor Properties dialog appears. 4 Select the passive monitor type and passive monitor you want to assign, then click Next. The Setup Actions for Passive Monitors dialog appears. 5 Click Add to setup a new action for the passive monitor. The Select or Create Action dialog appears. 6 Click either: Select an action from the Action Library - or Create a new action Follow the remaining Wizard dialog screens for the selection you made. 7 Click Finish to add the passive monitor to the device. 244 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: You can view the monitor logs by selecting an option on the Logs tab. Group and device passive monitor reports The following reports display information for devices or device groups that have passive monitors configured and enabled. Access these reports from the WhatsUp Gold web interface's Reports tab. SNMP Trap Log Syslog Entries Windows Event Log Passive Monitor Error Log 245 Using Performance Monitors In This Chapter Performance monitors overview ................................................................ 246 Using the Performance Monitor Library...................................................247 Working with Performance Monitors ........................................................248 Adding and editing an SNMP Performance Monitor ...........................249 Adding and editing an SSH Performance Monitor ...............................250 Adding and editing an Active Script Performance Monitor..............250 Adding and editing a WMI Performance Monitor ................................ 254 Performance monitors overview Performance monitors are the WhatsUp Gold feature responsible for gathering data about the performance components of the devices running on your network; for example, CPU and memory utilization. The data is then used to create reports that trend utilization and availability of these device components. WhatsUp Gold performance monitors gather data from the following components: CPU utilization Disk utilization Interface utilization Interface traffic Memory utilization Ping availability Ping response time Additionally, you can create custom performance monitors to track specific performance monitors for APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP, SSH, and WMI performance counters. Performance Monitors are configured in the Performance Monitor Library (on page 247) and are added to individual devices through a the Device Properties dialog. From the Device Properties Performance Monitor dialog, you can add: Pre-configured (standard) Performance Monitors Device-specific (custom) Performance Monitors Note: Unlike the other performance monitors, because a printer monitor is specific to an individual printer device, the Printer Performance Monitor can only be added as an individual performance monitor in the Device Properties Performance Monitor dialog. 246 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Performance Monitor Library The Performance Monitor Library stores and displays the Performance Monitors that have been created for WhatsUp Gold. Performance monitors gather information about specific WMI and SNMP values from network devices. There are several default performance monitors, such as CPU and Disk Utilization, available in the library and you can add new monitors to the library. Performance monitors can be applied to devices from the Device Properties dialog for that device. To access the Performance Monitor Library: 1 Click the Admin tab, and then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 3 If it is not already selected, click the Performance tab. Use the Performance Monitor Library dialog to configure new or existing performance monitor types: Click New to configure a custom performance monitor. Select an existing performance monitor, then click Edit to modify its configuration. Click Copy to create a duplicate of a monitor. You can use the Copy option to create new monitors based on existing monitors. Note: The five default global monitors cannot be edited, copied or deleted: CPU Utilization, Disk Utilization, Interface Utilization, and Ping Latency and Availability. Select an existing performance monitor, then click Delete to remove it from the list. 247 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Caution: When you delete a performance monitor from the Performance Monitor Library, any instance of that monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is also lost. Click Configure Alerts to view the Alert Center Threshold Library. For more information on Performance Monitors, see Enabling performance monitors (on page 622). Working with Performance Monitors The Performance Monitor Library is a central storehouse of all global performance monitors configured for your network. Performance monitors (on page 630) gather information about specific WMI and SNMP values from the network devices. Note: Default monitors in the library cannot be edited or removed: CPU Utilization, Disk Utilization, Interface Utilization, and Ping Latency and Availability. You can use the Performance Monitor Library to configure and manage performance monitors. Use the Performance Monitor Library dialog to configure new or existing performance monitor types: Click New to configure a custom performance monitor. Select an existing performance monitor, then click Edit to modify its configuration. 1 Note: The five default global monitors cannot be edited or deleted: CPU Utilization, Disk Utilization, Interface Utilization, and Ping Latency and Availability. 2 Select an existing performance monitor, then click Delete to remove it from the list. Caution: When you delete a performance monitor from the Performance Monitor Library, any instance of that monitor is also deleted, and all related report data is lost. Tip: Click Configure Alerts to view the Alert Center Threshold Library. Caution: When custom Performance Monitors are changed, the changes affect each instance of that particular monitor across device groups. 248 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure Performance Monitors for the devices to which they are assigned: 1 From the Device Properties page, right-click a device you want to configure. The rightclick menu appears. 2 Click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 3 Select the monitor from the list and click Configure to enable a pre-configured monitor for this device. - or Click Add and create a device-specific monitor. - or Double-click an existing monitor to change its configuration. - or Select a performance monitor type, then click Delete to remove it from the list. 4 Click OK to save changes. Adding and editing an SNMP Performance Monitor To add or edit an SNMP Performance Monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears. Click New and select SNMP Performance Monitor from the list to create a new SSH performance monitor. Click OK. - or Select the SNMP performance monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type a Name and Description for the monitor as you want it to appear in the Performance Monitor Library. 249 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Either type the OID and instance or click the browse (...) button next to the Instance box to access the SNMP MIB Walker dialog. 6 Click OK to save the changes. Adding and editing an SSH Performance Monitor To add or edit a SSH performance monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears. Click New and select SSH Performance Monitor from the list to create a new SSH performance monitor. Click OK. - or Select the SSH performance monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Performance Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library. Command to run. Type the command you want to run and execute on the remote device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for example, a Unix shell command or a Perl script. Important: The command or script must return a single numeric value. Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed, tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support manipulation of the remote script. 5 SSH Credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold uses to connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned. If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials assigned, click browse (...) to open the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library and configure a set of credentials. Click OK to save changes. Adding and editing an Active Script Performance Monitor Warning: Modifying the configuration of any of the VoIP Active Script Performance monitors is not recommended; doing so prevents the VoIP setup utility from detecting pre-existing VoIP configuration. For more information on the Active Script Performance Monitor, see Scripting Performance Monitors. 250 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide This script performance monitor has a context object used to poll for specific information about the device in context. We have provided several code samples to help you in creating useful Active Script Performance Monitors for your devices. To add or edit an active script performance monitor: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears. 3 Click New and select Active Script Performance Monitor from the list to create a new active script performance monitor. Click OK. - or Select the active script performance monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Performance Monitor Library. Script type. VBScript or JScript. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library. Timeout. The length of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold waits for a response to the poll. Note: Though the maximum timeout allowed is 60 seconds, you are highly discouraged from using a timeout longer than the default of 10 seconds. You are encouraged to use the shortest timeout possible. Collection interval. (For the device-specific Active Script Performance Monitor only). The length of time, in minutes, for the monitor polling interval. Reference variable. Add, Edit, or Remove SNMP and WMI reference variables using the respective buttons on the right of the dialog. Script text. Write or paste your monitor code here. 251 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Add a new variable to the Reference Variables list by clicking Add. Important: You can add up to 100 reference variables. Reference variables simplify your scripting code and enable you to write scripts efficiently, without having to grab a list of device properties, as with the Script Action and Script Active Monitor. They manage the underlying SNMP or WMI mechanisms you would normally have manage to access SNMP or WMI counters on a remote device. By using the Context.GetReferenceVariable (variable name), you only need to specify the name of a pre-defined variable. WhatsUp Gold uses device credentials and connects to the target device using SNMP or WMI to retrieve the requested information. This information is stored in a variable that you can use later in your script. Important: The use of reference variables in the Active Script Performance Monitor is optional. If you do use them, you must use Context.GetReferenceVariable,for reference variables to be polled and their data graphed. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 On the Add reference variables dialog, type a name and description for the variable. Select the type of object (SNMP) from the Object type list. If needed, adjust the Timeout and Retries count for connection to the device. Click the browse (...) button next to the Instance box. The SNMP MIB Browser appears. Type the share name or IP address of the computer to which you are trying to connect. Type the SNMP credential used to connect to the device (or click the browse (...) button to access the Credentials Library to create a new credential.) If needed, adjust the Timeout and Number of retries for the computer to which you are trying to connect. Click OK. The SNMP MIB Browser appears. Use the navigation tree in the left panel to select the specific MIB you want to monitor. You can view more information about the property/value at the bottom of the dialog. Click OK to add the OID to the Performance counter and Instance box in the Add new reference variable dialog. Verify the configuration and click OK to add the variable to the Reference variable list on the Add active script performance monitor dialog. Write or paste your monitor code in the Script text box. Click OK to save changes and add the monitor to the Performance Monitor Library. Tip: The SNMP API is useful for writing Active Script Performance Monitors using SNMP. For more information, see Using the SNMP API. 252 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure a WMI active script performance monitor: 1 On the Add Active Script Performance Monitor dialog, type a Name and Description for the monitor as you want it to appear in the Performance Monitor Library. 2 Type a number for the timeout (in seconds), and for the device-specific Active Script Performance Monitor, type a number (in minutes) for the Collection interval. 3 Choose the type of script (JScript or VBScript) you are using to write the monitor from the Script type drop down menu. 4 Add a new variable to the Reference Variables list by clicking Add. Important: You can add up to 10 reference variables. Reference variables simplify your scripting code and enable you to write scripts efficiently, without having to grab a list of device properties, as with the Script Action and Script Active Monitor. They manage the underlying SNMP or WMI mechanisms that you would normally manage to access SNMP or WMI counters on a remote device. By using the Context.GetReferenceVariable (variable name), you only need to specify the name of a pre-defined variable. WhatsUp Gold uses device credentials and connects to the target device using SNMP or WMI to retrieve the requested information. This information is stored in a variable you can use later in your script. Important: The use of reference variables in the Active Script Performance Monitor is optional. If you do use them, you must use Context.GetReferenceVariable,for reference variables to be polled and their data graphed. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 On the Add reference variables dialog, type a name and description for the variable. Select the type of object (WMI) from the Object type drop-down menu. Click the browse (...) button next to the Instance box. The Performance Counters dialog appears. Type the computer name or IP address of the computer to which you want to connect. Select a credential from a list of Windows credentials (pulled from the Credentials Library), then click OK to connect to the computer. Use the Performance counter tree to navigate to the performance counter you want to monitor. Once you select the performance counter, select the specific instance you want to monitor. Click OK to add the variable to the Reference variable list on the Add active script performance monitor dialog. Write or paste your monitor code in the Script text box. Click OK to save changes and to add the monitor to the Performance Monitor Library. Warning: The first time that you poll a WMI reference variable that requires two polls in order to calculate an average (such as "Processor\% Processor Time"), it returns "Null." 253 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Troubleshooting Having problems with your WMI monitor returning false negatives? Adding and editing a WMI Performance Monitor From here you can update the name and description of the performance monitor and open the WMI Performance Counter tree. To add or edit a WMI performance monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears. Click New and select WMI Performance Monitor from the list to create a new WMI performance monitor. Click OK. or Select the WMI performance monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the monitor. This name displays in the Performance Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library. Browse (...). Connects to the WMI Performance Counter tree. Performance counter/Instance. Click the browse (...) button next to this box to select a performance counter (on page 322) for the monitor. Click OK to save changes. 5 Enabling global performance monitors In order for a performance monitor to gather performance data from a device, it must be enabled on that device. You can enable a monitor on a single device (on page 254) through the Device Properties dialog, or enable a monitor on multiple devices (on page 255) through the Bulk Field Change feature. Enabling a global performance monitor on a single device To enable a global performance monitor for a single device: 1 In Device or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. 3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select the global monitor you would like to enable. 254 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Click Configure to complete the settings for the selected performance monitor. Important: To enable a CPU, disk, interface, or memory global performance monitor, you must first select an SNMP credential for the device from the Credentials Library. For more information, see Using credentials (on page 75). 5 Click OK to save the changes. Enabling a global performance monitor on multiple devices To enable multiple a performance monitor on multiple devices: 1 In Details or Map View, select the devices or group for which you would like to enable the monitor, then right-click. Select Bulk Field Change > Performance Monitors. The Bulk Field Change: Performance Monitors dialog appears. 2 Under Collect data for, select the desired option for the appropriate performance monitor. After you have selected the monitor for which you want to collect data, you also have the option to modify the monitor Data collection interval. 3 Click OK to save changes. Configuring the CPU monitor collection settings To configure the CPU utilization monitor collection settings for a device: 1 On the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. 3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select CPU Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure CPU Utilization dialog appears. 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Collect data for. Select the CPU(s) for which you want to gather data. You can choose to track all CPUs or a specific CPU. If you select All CPUs, all CPUs in the list are automatically selected. Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected CPUs. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, and how WhatsUp Gold is to determine uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one CPU. 5 Click OK to save the changes. 255 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configuring the disk monitor collection settings To configure the disk utilization monitor collection settings for a device: 1 On the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. 3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Disk Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure Disk Utilization dialog appears. 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Collect data for. Select the disk(s) for which you want to gather data. You can choose to track all disks, one disk, or a combination of disks. If you select All disks, all disks in the list are automatically selected. Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected disks. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, and how WhatsUp Gold is to determine uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one disk. 5 Click OK to save changes. Configuring the interface monitor collection settings To configure the interface utilization monitor collection settings for a device: 1 From the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. 3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Interface Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure Interface Utilization dialog appears. 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Collect data for. Select the interface(s) for which you want to gather data. You can select all interfaces, active interfaces, specific interfaces, or custom active interfaces. If you select custom active interface, you can specify to track high speed interfaces, interfaces whose name contain a certain variable, or interfaces that match a certain type. Additionally, if you chose to track a specific interface, you can override the interface Speed. Important: Be aware when you use the Collect errors and discards data for selected interfaces feature, it has potential to increase the database size quickly because there is potential for a significant amount of errors and discards data. You can set WhatsUp Health thresholds in the Alert Center to stay informed when the database size exceeds specified thresholds. For more information, see Configuring system thresholds (on page 790). 256 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Tip:To disable the errors and discards data collection, you can disable for the individual device (Device Properties > Performance Monitor) or disable for multiple devices with the bulk field change option: 1. Select multiple devices that have the Interface Utilization performance monitor enabled, right-click, then select Bulk Field Change > Performance Monitors. The Bulk Field Change dialog appears. 2. In the Interface section of the dialog, under the Collect errors and discards data for enabled interfaces list, click Yes. For more information, see Editing multiple devices with the Bulk Field Change feature (on page 116). Collect errors and discards data for all selected interfaces. Select this option to collect the following device interface data: ifInErrors. Lists the number of inbound packets with errors, on the selected interface, that prevent the packets from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol. The associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14. ifOutErrors. Lists the number of outbound packets with errors, on the selected interface, that prevent the packets from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol. The associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.20. ifInDiscards. List the number of inbound packets, on the selected interface, that were discarded though no errors were detected to prevent their transmission. One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space. The associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13. ifOutDiscards. List the number of outbound packets, on the selected interface, that were discarded though no errors were detected to prevent their transmission. One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space. The associated OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19. Note: All of the above OIDs point to values of type "counter," and therefore their raw value by itself is not meaningful. The difference between the values obtained from two consecutive polls provides meaningful data. Speed. Click to specify the speed for the currently selected interface. Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected interfaces. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, how WhatsUp Gold is to determine uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one disk, and which interface traffic counters to poll. 5 Click OK to save changes. 257 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configuring the memory monitor collection settings To configure the memory utilization monitor collection settings for a device: 1 On the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. 3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Memory Utilization, then click Configure. The Configure Memory Utilization dialog appears. 4 Complete the information for the following fields. Collect data for. Select the memory item(s) for which you want to gather data. You can choose to track all memory items, or specific memory items. If you select All memory items, all memory items in the list are automatically selected. Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected CPUs. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of retries, and how WhatsUp Gold determines uniqueness when the monitor is tracking more than one memory item. 5 Click OK to save changes. Configuring the ping monitor collection settings To configure the ping latency and availability monitor collection settings for a device: 1 On the Device or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. 3 Under Enable pre-configured performance monitors for this device, select Ping Latency and Availability, then click Configure. The Configure Ping Latency and Availability dialog appears. 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Collect data for. Select the interface(s) for which you want to gather data. You can choose to track the default interface, all interfaces, or a specific interface. If you select All interfaces, all interfaces in the list are automatically selected. Data collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected CPUs. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. Tip: Click Advanced to specify the timeout and number of iterations. 5 Click OK to save changes. 258 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Enabling SNMP on Windows devices Before you can collect performance data on a Windows computer using SNMP, you must first install and enable the Microsoft SNMP Agent on the device itself. For more information, see Using SNMP Features (on page 898). To install SNMP Monitoring : 1 From the Windows Control Panel, do one of the following: Click Add or Remove Programs. - or - Click Programs. 2 Do one of the following: 3 4 5 6 7 Click Add/Remove Windows Components. - or - Click Turn Windows features on or off. Do one of the following: From the Components list, select Management and Monitoring Tools, then click Details to view the list of Subcomponents. - or - Locate Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) in the list. Make sure Simple Network Management Protocol is selected. Click OK. Click Next to install the components. After the install wizard is complete, click Finish to close the window. To enable SNMP Monitoring: 1 2 3 Click the Start button and type services.msc in the box. In the Services (Local) list, double-click SNMP Service to view the Properties. On the Agent tab, enter the Contact name for the person responsible for the upkeep and administration of the computer, then enter the Location of the computer. These items are returned during some SNMP queries. 4 On the Security tab, click Add to add a community string for the device. Community strings are pass codes that allow applications like WhatsUp Gold to read information about the computer. This community string will be later used to create credentials (on page 75) for connecting to this device. 5 On the General tab, click Start to start the service (if necessary). 6 Click OK to close the dialog. 259 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide You can test the device by connecting to it through SNMP View. In addition to the five default performance monitors, WhatsUp Gold gives you the option to create custom performance monitors to track specific APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP, and WMI performance counters. You can create global monitors (on page 260) for system-wide use through the Performance Monitor Library, or create device-specific monitors (on page 264) through device Properties. Creating global custom performance monitors Global custom performance monitors are stored in the Performance Monitor Library and can be enabled on any device with the proper credentials that supports the performance counters utilized in the monitor. You can create global custom monitors for APC UPS, Active Script, SNMP, and WMI performance counters. Creating global SNMP performance monitors To create an SNMP performance monitor for system-wide use: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Performance tab inside the dialog. 3 Click New. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. 4 Select SNMP Performance Monitor, then click OK. The Add SNMP Performance Monitor dialog appears. 5 Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor, as it will appear in the Performance Monitor Library. 6 Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to access the SNMP MIB Browser. The MIB Browse dialog appears. 7 Enter the or select (using the browse (...) button) the IP address of the computer to which you want to connect to browse MIBs. 8 Select the SNMP credential set used to connect to the device to which you are attempting to connect. Tip: If you do not see the appropriate credential set listed, click the browse (...) button to access the Credentials Library where you can create a new set of SNMP credentials. 260 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 9 Optionally, adjust the values for the Timeout and Number of retries, then click OK. The SNMP MIB Browser appears. 10 Use the navigation tree in the left panel to select the MIB for which you want to monitor. 11 In the right pane, select the specific property of the selected MIB for which you want to monitor. Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the property/value pair. 12 Click OK to add the OID to the Performance counter and Instance fields of the Add SNMP Performance Monitor dialog. 13 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the Performance Monitor Library. 14 After the monitor has been added to the library, you can enable the monitor through Device Properties > Performance Monitors. For more information, see Enabling global performance monitors (on page 254). Creating global WMI performance monitors To create a WMI performance monitor for system-wide use: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Performance tab inside the dialog. 3 Click New. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. 4 Select WMI Performance Monitor, then click OK. The Add WMI Performance Monitor dialog appears. 261 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information appears in the Performance Monitor Library and helps you identify the monitor. 6 Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to connect to the WMI Performance Counter tree. 7 Enter the computer name, or use the browse (...) button to locate the computer you want to monitor. In the following window, enter the coinciding Windows Credentials for the computer to which you are attempting to connect, then click OK. The Performance Counters dialog appears. 8 Use the Performance Object list to select an object to monitor in the left pane. 9 Use the navigation tree in the left pane to select the counter you want to monitor. 10 In the right pane, select the specific instance of the selected counter you want to monitor. Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the counter/instance pair. 11 Click OK to add the appropriate values to the Performance counter and Instance fields on the Add WMI Performance Monitor dialog. 12 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the Performance Monitor Library. 13 After the monitor has been added to the library, you can enable the monitor through Device Properties > Performance Monitors. For more information, see Enabling global performance monitors (on page 254). 262 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and Editing an APC UPS Performance Monitor Global performance monitors are configured in the Performance Monitor Library and can be applied to a device via its Device Properties dialog. This monitor collects statistical output power usage information and graphs APC UPS power utilization over time. This monitor detects when UPS devices are close to maximum performance level, and what time of day networking devices connected to UPS devices are using the most power--both indicating the need to equally distribute the load across several UPS devices. To add or edit an APC UPS performance monitor: 1 2 3 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. Click the Performance tab. The Performance Monitor list appears. Click New and select APC UPS Performance Monitor to create a new APC UPS performance monitor. Click OK. - or Select the APC UPS performance monitor you want to change from the list of current monitors, and then click Edit. 4 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the performance monitor. This name displays in the Performance Monitor Library. Description. Type a short description for the monitor. This description displays next to the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library. 5 Click OK to save changes. 6 After the monitor has been added to the library, you can enable the monitor through Device Properties > Performance Monitors. For more information, see Enabling global performance monitors (on page 254). Creating global SSH performance monitors To create an SSH performance monitor for system-wide use: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Monitor Library. The Monitor Library dialog appears. 2 Click the Performance tab inside the dialog. 3 Click New. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. 4 Select SSH Performance Monitor and click OK. The New SSH Performance Monitor dialog appears. 5 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Enter a name for the monitor. This name is displayed in the Performance Monitor Library. Description. Enter a short description for the monitor. This description is displayed next to the monitor name in the Performance Monitor Library. Command to run. Enter the command that is to be ran and executed on the remote device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for example, a basic Unix command or a Perl script. 263 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Important: The command or script must return a single numeric value. Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed, tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support manipulation of the remote script. SSH Credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold will use to connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned. If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials assigned, browse (...) to the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a set of credentials. Click OK. Click Close to close the Monitor Library. 6 7 Creating device-specific custom performance monitors Device-specific custom performance monitors are configured for use only on the devices for which they are configured. You can create device-specific custom monitors for APC UPS, Printer, Active Script, SNMP, and WMI performance counters. Creating device-specific SNMP performance monitors To create a device-specific SNMP performance monitor: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. Select SNMP, then click OK. The Add SNMP Performance Monitor dialog appears. Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to identify the monitor later. Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to access the SNMP MIB Browser. The MIB Browse dialog appears. Enter the or select (using the browse (...) button) the IP address of the computer to which you want to connect to browse MIBs. Select the SNMP credential set used to connect to the device to which you are attempting to connect. Tip: If you do not see the appropriate credential set listed, click the browse (...) button to access the Credentials Library where you may create a new set of SNMP credentials. 9 Optionally, adjust the values for the Timeout and number Number of retries, then click OK. The SNMP MIB Browser appears. 264 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 10 Use the navigation tree in the left pane to select the MIB for which you want to monitor. 11 In the right pane, select the specific property of the selected MIB for which you want to monitor. Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the property/value pair. 12 Click OK to add the OID to the Performance counter and Instance fields of the Add SNMP Performance Monitor dialog. 13 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device Properties. Creating device-specific WMI performance monitors To create a device-specific WMI performance monitor: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. Select WMI Performance Monitor from the list, then click OK. The Add WMI Performance Monitor dialog appears. Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to identify the monitor later. Click the browse (...) button next to Instance to connect to the WMI Performance Counter tree. Enter or select (using the browse (...) button) the computer name, and coinciding Windows Credentials for the computer to which you are attempting to connect, then click OK. The Performance Counters dialog appears. Use the navigation tree in the left pane to select the counter for which you want to monitor. In the right pane, select the specific instance of the selected counter for which you want to monitor. Tip: The bottom of the dialog displays any available information about the counter/instance pair. 10 Click OK to add the appropriate values to the Performance counter and Instance fields on the Add WMI Performance Monitor dialog. 11 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device Properties. 265 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Creating device-specific APC UPS performance monitors To create a device-specific APC UPS performance monitor: 1 2 3 4 5 6 In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. Select APC UPS Performance Monitor from the list, and then click OK. Enter a Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to identify the monitor later. Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Collection interval. Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected APC UPS. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. Timeout. The length of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold attempts to connect to the selected device. Retries. Enter the number of times you want to attempt to make the connection to the selected device. 7 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device Properties. Creating device-specific Printer performance monitors To create a device-specific Printer performance monitor: 1 In Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Important: In order for the Printer Performance Monitor to work, in addition to being SNMPenabled, the printer you are attempting to monitor must also support the Standard Printer MIB. Make sure that you select a device that supports the Standard Printer MIB. 2 3 4 5 6 Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. Select Printer Performance Monitor, then click OK. The New Printer Performance Monitor dialog appears. Enter the Name and short Description for the monitor. This information helps you to identify the monitor later. Select the ink/toner cartridge from which you want to collect ink/toner level data. Note: You must set up a Printer performance monitor for each color ink/toner cartridge you want to monitor. 266 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 7 Select the Collection interval (in minutes) for how often you want data to be collected for the selected toner cartridge. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. 8 You can click the Advanced button to select Advanced options: 9 Timeout. Enter the timeout in seconds. If a device does not respond to within this time, the monitor is considered down. Retries. Enter the number of attempts to communicate with the device over the network. After this number is exceeded, the monitor is considered down. Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device Properties. Creating device-specific SSH performance monitors To create a device-specific SSH performance monitor: 1 2 3 4 5 6 In Device or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Performance Monitors. The Device Properties - Performance Monitors dialog appears. In the Configure and enable performance monitors for this device section, click Add. The Select Performance Monitor Type dialog appears. Select SSH Performance Monitor, then click OK. The New SSH Performance Monitor dialog appears. Enter the Name and short Description for the monitor, as it will appear in the Performance Monitor Library. Enter the Command to run, or the command that is to be executed on the remote device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for example, a basic Unix command or Perl script. Important: The command or script must return a single numeric value. Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed, tested and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support manipulation of the remote script. 7 Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold will use to connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device to which the monitor is assigned. If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials assigned, browse (...) to the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a set of credentials. 8 Enter how often (in minutes) you want data to be collected for the selected APC UPS in the Collection interval box. This number represents the number of minutes between each collection. 9 Verify the configuration of the monitor, then click OK to add the monitor to the device Properties. 267 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Example: monitoring router bandwidth You can configure WhatsUp Gold to gather bandwidth usage on your SNMP enabled devices (routers, switches, etc.) and then track that usage through performance logs. For bandwidth monitoring, the Interface Utilization monitor is the most useful as it illustrates percent utilization and throughput. The Interface Utilization monitor gathers statistics on the volume of bytes traveling to and from the active interfaces on a device. You can collect data on all interfaces, active interfaces, or specific interfaces. This monitor is configured and enabled through Device Properties > Performance Monitors. Note: Before you can configure the monitor for a device, you must enable SNMP and assign the proper credentials via the Credentials Library (on page 836). The Performance Monitoring system uses these credentials to connect to the device during the configuration process, and during normal performance gathering. For more information, see Enabling SNMP on Windows devices (on page 259). Configuring the monitor The Interface Utilization Performance Monitor is one of the default performance monitors installed with WhatsUp Gold, and needs no global configuration to configure the monitor for a single device. To configure the Bandwidth Monitor: 1 In either the Details or Map View, right-click on a device, then select Properties from the right-click menu. 2 Select Performance Monitors on the Device Properties dialog. 3 Select the Interface Utilization monitor from the list. 4 Click Configure to set up the monitor for the device. WhatsUp Gold scans the device and discovers the interfaces on the device. When the scan completes, the Configure Interface Data Collection dialog appears. If the credentials for the device are not configured properly, the scan fails (return to the Credentials Library to fix it). If the device is not SNMP-enabled, the scan fails. 5 6 7 8 9 Select the interfaces you want to collect data for. From the Collect data for list, select All, Active, Specific, or Custom active. If you select Specific, select just the interfaces you want to monitor in the list below. By default, active interfaces are measured. On the Configure Interface Data Collection dialog, enter a time interval (in minutes) for how long you want the application to wait between polls in the Data collection interval box. The default is 10 minutes. See Program Options - Report Data (on page 815) for more information on data collection and roll-up. Select Collect errors and discards data for selected interfaces to record this data. Optionally, click Advanced to change the retry and timeout settings for the SNMP connection to the device. Click OK to save the changes to the Advanced Settings. Click OK to save the Interface Utilization configuration. 268 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Viewing data WhatsUp Gold takes several polling cycles to produce meaningful graphs (with a 10 minute poll interval, this may mean a few hours). After enough data is gathered, several reports display this data. By Device. Click the Monitoring tab, click the Interface or Interface Errors & Discards monitor report, and then select a device. By Group. Click the Monitoring tab, click the Interface or Interface Errors & Discards monitor report, and then select a group. System Wide. Use the Top 10 Dashboard to view the top performers in terms of bandwidth utilization across your network. Example: troubleshooting a slow network connection The real-time reporting provided by performance monitors can provide both the raw data and the data trend analysis that can help you isolate network problems. For example, we recently experienced a problem with a network connection between two of our Ipswitch office sites. This example shows how we used Performance Monitors to troubleshoot the slow network connection. Scenario: A developer working in Augusta, GA on an Atlanta-based project complained of a slow network connection between the Augusta and Atlanta offices. He stated it took 40 minutes to check in files to the source library over the T1 connection. The Atlanta office network administrator reacted by completing the following steps: 1 On the WhatsUp Gold web interface, he accessed the Monitoring tab to select the Ping Response Time report. 2 From the Ping Response Time report, he checked the connection from the Atlanta WhatsUp Gold application to the Augusta primary server. The report showed an increased response time beginning at 11:45 a.m. This connection was previously configured with the appropriate Performance Monitors and had accumulated data for several weeks. This data enabled the administrator to accurately narrow down the possible cause of the problem to the primary server connection. He was then able to troubleshoot that specific connection and take steps to fix the slowness issue. To set up this type of monitor for a connection, configure the Ping Latency and Availability monitor on a device located on the other end of the connection. For more information, see Learning about network monitors (on page 641). 269 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Active Script Performance Monitor Active Script Performance Monitors let you write VBScript and JScript to easily poll one or more SNMP or WMI values, perform math or other operations on those values, and graph a single output value. You should only use the Active Script Performance Monitor when you need to perform calculations on the polled values. A variety of Active Script resources are available on the Active Scripts resources page. (http://www.whatsupgold.com/script_library) Note: Please be aware that Ipswitch does not support the custom scripts that you create; only the ability to use them in the Active Script Monitor. For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909). 270 Using Actions In This Chapter Actions overview ..............................................................................................271 About the Action Library ...............................................................................272 Selecting an Action Type ...............................................................................273 Configuring an action .....................................................................................273 About Percent Variables ................................................................................293 Testing an action ..............................................................................................296 Assigning an action .........................................................................................296 Removing an action.........................................................................................298 Creating a Blackout Period............................................................................299 Action Policies ...................................................................................................299 Actions overview WhatsUp Gold actions are designed to perform a task as a device or monitor state change occurs. As you configure an action, you choose the task it is to perform. Actions can try to correct the problem, notify someone of the state change, or launch an external application. Also, when you configure an action, you choose whether to assign it to a device, or to an active or passive monitor. When assigned to an active monitor, actions fire according to the state changes it issues. For example, you can configure an Email Action to send an email alert when the active monitor for a Web server issues a down state change. You can configure actions on a single device or monitor, or define an Action Policy to use across multiple devices or monitors. Managing Action Strategies As you configure and assign actions, you should take several things into consideration. Assigning an external notification action (email, SMS, beeper) to a large list of devices greatly increases the chance of numerous notifications being sent at one time. 271 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For example, an email action assigned to a router and each of the devices that depend on that router for their Internet connectivity, would send email notifications not only from the router, but also from every single connected device, should the router go down. In a situation like this, it considers using dependencies allowing you to restrict email notifications to only the router and the critical devices to which it is connected. For more information, see Dependencies overview (on page 108). An action can be assigned to a device or to an active or passive monitor. If you want to be notified if and when any or all of the monitors on a device go down, assign the action to the device. If you are concerned with specific monitors on a device, assign the action to the monitor itself. If you assign to both the device and a specific monitor, both actions fire when the monitor goes down. Action policies (on page 299) are easier to manage than lists of actions built on a device. Whenever possible, use action policies in lieu of configuring multiple actions for one device. If the existing WhatsUp Gold device states do not fit your monitoring needs, you can modify them, or configure new ones. Consider adding device states for longer periods of downtime, such as creating a Down at least 60 mins state, and sending an escalated message to show that the device is still down after an hour. Web Alarms are only useful if someone is able to hear the notifications. While Web Alarms are useful in many situations, they are not the most efficient way to monitor devices and services overnight. Visual notifications are usually ample enough for most of the devices on your network. Unless the device is vital to the daily-operation of your network or business, the color and shape of each device state easily informs you of current network device status. You can check on the status of firing alerts via Running Actions. From here, you can cancel single alerts, or all currently firing alerts. About the Action Library The Action Library displays all actions currently configured for use in WhatsUp Gold. WhatsUp Gold includes five pre-configured actions. These actions display in the Action Library. As you create new actions, they are added to the Action Library. To access the Action Library: From the web interface, click Admin, then click Action Library. Use the Action Library to configure new or existing action types: Click New to configure a new action type. Select an action type, then click Edit to change its configuration. 272 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: If the action you are editing was previously created in the Alert Center, any changes that you make here are made to the version of the action in the Alert Center Notification Library. Select an action type, then click Copy to make a duplicate of the selected action type. Select an action type, then click Delete to remove it from the library. Caution: When you delete an action from the Action Library, all instances of that action are also deleted, and all related report data is lost. Selecting an Action Type Select the type of action you want to create for this device. The list menu lists all possible actions that can occur through the WhatsUp Gold action system. Active Script Action. Write code to perform a customized action. Beeper Action. Activate a beeper with this type of action. Email Action. Send an Email to a specific address. Log to Text File. Write a message to a text file. Pager Action. Send a message to a pager. Program Action. Execute an external application. Service Restart Action. Start or stop a Windows service. SMS Action. Send a text message to a specific target. SMS Direct. Send a text message to a wireless phone or other wireless device. SNMP Set. Use SNMP to set the value of an attribute of a managed object. Sound Action. Play a specific sound. SSH Action. Connect to remote devices via SSH to execute commands or scripts. Syslog Action. Write a message to a log in the Syslog system. Text to Speech Action. Plays a voice message on your computer. VMware Action. Use the VMware API to perform an action on a virtual machine. Web Alarm Action. Activate a Web Alarm in the WhatsUp Gold Web Interface Windows Event Log Action. Write an event in the Windows Event Log. Winpopup Action. Send a Winpopup to a user or specific computer. All Action Types are executed based on a state change specified in the next dialog. 273 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configuring an action There are two aspects of fully configuring an action. First, you create the action itself in the Action Library dialog or through the Action Builder wizard. The setup consists of: Defining the target of the action (for example, a pager or email address) Entering the notification variables or program arguments (that specify what information to report in the action message, or to pass to another program). Next, you assign the action or action policy to a device or active monitor and to link it to a state change (action policies are already linked to a state change during the policy definition). For more information see: Assigning an action to a device (on page 296) Assigning an action to an active monitor (on page 297) Creating a custom action policy (on page 299) After the actions have been completely configured, WhatsUp Gold launches the action as soon as the proper state change is reached. Adding and editing an Active Script Action This action allows you to write either VBScript or JScript code to perform a customized action. If the script returns an error code, the action failed. To add or edit an active script action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New to create a new active script action, and then select Active Script Action from the list. Click OK. - or From the list of current actions, select the action you want to change, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Timeout. The amount of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold should wait for the action script to run. Note: Though the maximum timeout is 60 seconds, you are highly discouraged from using a timeout longer than the default of 10 seconds. You are encouraged to use the shortest timeout possible. Script type. Select the scripting language that you want to use to write this active script (either VBScript or JScript). Script text. Write or insert your action code here. 274 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note:It is not recommend that you use percent variables in script text, because they may resolve to text containing special characters (' ' (quotes), " " (double-quotes), % (percent), new line characters, and the like) that may break your script. This script action has a context object you can use to get specific information about the context of the action. We have provided several code samples for you to create useful script actions for your devices. All script features in WhatsUp Gold utilize the SNMP API. Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. Adding and editing a Beeper Action You can define beeper actions to activate a beeper when a device reaches a certain state change. The settings below are used to automatically build a dial string for use by the modem sending the beeper action. To add or edit a beeper action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New and select Beeper Action to create a new beeper action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Complete the information for the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Beeper number. Type the phone number to dial. You can use parentheses to delimit the area code and a dash to separate the exchange from the extension numbers, for example: (617) 555-5555. Pause after answer. Type a number of seconds the modem should pause before sending the signal codes once a connection is made. End transmission. By default, # is the correct symbol for the end transmission command. Some international systems require other or additional symbols. Modem setup. Select either Primary, or one of the Alternate setups. Click Port Settings to further define your selection. Modem Setup is used specifically to support different service providers in case you use more than one provider for sending your beeper notifications. There could also be times you want to change your settings to meet a specific service provider requirements for a specific notification (for example, a 275 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide lower baud rate). To do this, set up an alternate Modem Setup and associate this to the notification instead of using your Primary setting. Note: Changing the Port Settings for the desired Modem Setup affects all uses of that setting. Up code. Specifies the characters sent to the beeper to indicate that the device is up after being down (the default value is 0*). Down Code. Specifies the code sent to indicate the device is down (the default value is 1*). On passive monitor code. Specifies the code sent to indicate that an active monitor has been received for the device. (Default value is 2*) You can use the asterisk (*) character to separate codes from a subsequent message. Recurring action code. The percent variables for the action. The default action code is: %System.NumberofUpDevices*%System.NumberofDownDevices 4 Click OK to save changes. Tip: The Beeper Action can identify network devices through a specific device attribute, for more information. Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. Adding and editing a Log to Text File Action This action logs custom messages to specified text files. To add or edit a log to text file action: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. 2 Click New and select Log to Text File to create a new log to text file action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library.Specify a Name for the action as it will appear in the Action Library. Tip: On the console, click the Browse _ button to browse to the log file. Log file. Type the full path to the location where the log file will bee written. 276 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Select the Log file write mode. Select Append to have log messages appended to the Log file. Select Overwrite to have log messages overwrite existing log messages. Type the Log Message that will be written to the log file. This message supports percent variables. The default log message is: %Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames is %Device.State on %Device.Type: %Device.HostName (%Device.Address). Details: Monitors that are down include: %Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames Monitors that are up include: %Device.ActiveMonitorUpNames Notes on this device (from device property page): %Device.Notes ---------------------------------------This message was logged on %System.Date at %System.Time Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold Tip: Right-click in the Log Message box to select the percent variables you would like to use in the action. 4 Click OK to save changes. Adding and editing a Pager Action To add or edit an Email action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New and select Pager Action from the list to create a new Pager action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Terminal number. Type the pager number to dial. Your service provider can provide you with this number. Terminal password. If required, type the pager password here. This is a password that is required to log in to some paging services. 277 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Modem Setup. Select either Primary, or one of the Alternate setups. Port Settings. Click to further define your modem setup selection. Modem Setup is used specifically to support different service providers in case you use more than one provider for sending your pager notifications. There could also be times you want to change your settings to meet a specific service provider’s requirements for a specific notification (for example: a lower baud rate). To do this, you can set up an alternate Modem Setup and associate this to the notification instead of using your Primary setting. Note: Changing the Port Settings for the desired Modem Setup affects ALL uses of that setting. Protocol. Select the type of protocol used by your pager service. Pager ID. Type the pager identification number. Message. Type a text message plus any of the percent variable codes used to deliver WhatsUp Gold information with the page. Click OK to save your changes. 4 Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. Adding and editing a Program Action You can define Program actions to launch an external application when a state change occurs. To add or edit a program action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New and select Program Action from the list to create a new program action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Program filename. Type or browse to the executable of the application you want to launch. Working path. Type or browse to the directory where the working files for the application are stored. The working path is located on the server where WhatsUp Gold is running. Program arguments. Type any percent variables you want to pass to the specified program. 278 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Click OK to save the changes. Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. Adding and editing a SMS Action The SMS Action sends a Short Message Service (SMS) notification to a pager or cell phone using an email gateway or dial-up modem. An SMS Action can also be used as an SMS notification in the WhatsUp Gold Alert Center. To add or edit an SMS action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New and select SMS Action from the list to create a new program action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Country. Using the list box, select the country for the SMS provider. Provider. Using the list box, select the desired provider. Note: If the provider list is incomplete and/or incorrect, you can click the Providers browse button to add, edit, or delete providers in this list. Mode. Either Email or Dialup, depending on how the Provider was created in the system. Email to. If the connection setting is Email, type the email address of the SMS device. Phone Number. If the connection setting is Dialup, type the phone number to call with the message. You can enter multiple phone numbers, separated by a comma. There is a 2,000 character limit in this field, so you can enter many numbers. Note: Non-numeric characters such as "-" and "." are ignored. 4 The New/Edit SMS Action dialog contains two tabs. Select a tab to configure message settings. The Message tab contains options pertaining to the message sent as the result of an active or passive monitor. Message. Type a text message plus any desired percent variable codes. If you use percent variables, character count is greatly increased. 279 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message is broken into up to 3 parts and is sent as separate messages. ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.) Tip: Click Mobile Device Status to insert a link to the device status in the message. The Alert Center Message tab contains options pertaining to the message that is to be sent from an WhatsUp Gold Alert Center notification. Alert Center Message. Type a text message plus any desired percent variable codes. If you use percent variables, character count is greatly increased. Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message is broken into up to 3 parts and is sent as separate messages. ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.) Tip: To enter Alert Center Percent variables, right-click inside the message box. 5 Click OK to save changes. Configuring an SMS Action on the web To configure an SMS Action on the web interface: 1 Go to Admin > Action Library. The Action Library appears. 2 In the Action Library, do one of the following: Click New, then select SMS Action. - or - Select an existing SMS Action, then click Edit. The action properties page appears. 3 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Enter a unique display name to identify the SMS notification. Description. Enter a short description of the action. This is displayed in the Action Library along with the entry in Name. Country. Using the list box, select the country for the SMS provider. Provider. Using the list box, select the desired provider. Note: If the provider list is incomplete and/or incorrect, you can click the Providers button to add, edit, or delete providers in this list. Mode. Either Email or Dialup, depending on how the Provider was created in the system. Email to. If the connection setting is Email, enter the email address of the SMS device. 280 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Phone Number. If the connection setting is Dialup, enter the phone number to call with the message. You can enter multiple phone numbers, separated by a comma. There is a 2,000 character limit in this field, so you can enter many numbers. Note: Non-numeric characters such as "-" and "." will be ignored. 4 The New/Edit SMS Action dialog contains two tabs. Select a tab to configure message settings. The Message tab contains options pertaining to the message sent as the result of an active or passive monitor. Enter a text message plus any desired percent variable codes. Keep in mind that if you use percent variables, this will greatly increase the character count. Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message will be broken into up to 3 parts and will be sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.). Tip: Click Mobile Device Status to insert a link to the device status in the message The Alert Center Message tab contains options pertaining to the message that is to be sent from an WhatsUp Gold Alert Center notification. Enter a text message plus any desired percent variable codes. Keep in mind that if you use percent variables, this will greatly increase the character count. Tip: To enter Alert Center percent variables, right click inside the message box. Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message will be broken into up to 3 parts and will be sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.). 5 Click OK to save changes. Adding and editing a SMS Direct Action SMS direct messages are similar to SMS messages, except a phone line is not required. Instead, messages are sent directly to a cell phone, or other texting capable device, via a GSM modem. If the receiving phone is not active or is out of range when a SMS message is sent, messages are received when the phone is turned on. SMS messages are listed in the WhatsUp Gold Action log. 281 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Required for SMS Direct Actions You need several items in order to use the SMS Direct Action: GSM modem to connect to the WhatsUp machine SIM card for the GSM modem Cell service/signal in the room in which the WhatsUp machine and GSM modem reside To add or edit a SMS direct action: 1 2 Access the Action Library. Click New to create a new SMS direct action or from the list of current actions, select the action you want to change, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Phone number. Type the cell phone number(s) of the intended SMS message recipients. You can enter multiple phone numbers, separated by a comma. For example: 555-555-5555, 55 555 55 55 55, (555) 555 5555 Note: All non-numeric characters, other than the comma, such as "-" and ".", are ignored. There is a 2,000 character limit in this field, so you can enter many numbers. COM Port. Select the COM port you want to use with this notification. Note: The list displays all ports associated with the GSM modem, including virtual and hardwired, serial ports. You must select the port that is assigned to the modem in the Windows Device Manager. The New/Edit SMS Direct Action dialog contains two tabs. Select a tab to configure message settings. The Message tab contains options pertaining to the message sent as the result of an active or passive monitor. Type a text message, plus any desired percent variable codes. If you use percent variables, the character count is greatly increased. Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message may be broken into up to three parts and is sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.), each message containing up to 140 characters, for a total of up to 420 characters. Spaces are included in the character count. 282 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The Alert Center Message tab contains options pertaining to the message that is to be sent from an WhatsUp Gold Alert Center notification. Type a text message, plus any desired percent variable codes. If you use percent variables, the character count is greatly increased. Tip: To enter Alert Center percent variables, right click inside the message box. Note: If the message exceeds 140 characters, the message may be broken into up to three parts and is sent as separate messages ("1 of 3", "1 of 2", etc.), each message containing up to 140 characters, for a total of up to 420 characters. Spaces are included in the character count. 4 Click OK to save changes. Adding and editing a SSH Action This action connects to remote devices via SSH to execute commands or scripts. To add or edit an SSH action: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. 2 Click New and select SSH Action from the list to create a new SSH action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. IP address. Type the IP address of the device to which you want to connect using SSH. Note: You can enter %Device.Address into the IP Address field; however, an SSH action that does not specify a specific IP address in this field is not available in the Recurring Actions wizard. Command to run. Type the command to be run and executed on the remote device. This command can be anything that the device can interpret and run; for example, a Unix shell command or a perl script. Note: If you create a script to run on the remote device, the script must be developed, tested, and/or debugged on the remote machine. WhatsUp Gold does not support manipulation of the remote script. 283 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide SSH credential. Select the appropriate SSH credential that WhatsUp Gold uses to connect to the remote device. If you select Use the device SSH credential, WhatsUp Gold uses the SSH credential assigned to the device for which the IP address is listed above. If the appropriate SSH credential is not listed, or the device has no SSH credentials assigned, browse (...) to the WhatsUp Gold Credentials Library to configure a set of credentials. Click OK to save changes. 4 Adding and editing a Syslog Action When a device does not respond to polling, you can send a Syslog message to a host that is running a Syslog server. To add or edit a Syslog action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New and select Syslog Action from the list to create a new Syslog action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Syslog Server. Type the IP address of the machine that is running the Syslog server. Port. Type the UDP port that the Syslog listener is listening on. The default port is 514. Message. Type a text message to send to the Syslog server. This message may include notification variables. The Syslog message box limits input to 511 characters. If notification variables are used, then the message that actually gets sent is limited to 1023 bytes, in order to comply with the Syslog protocol. Non-visible ASCII characters such as tabs and line feeds are replaced by space characters. Click OK to save changes. 4 Note: If you attempt to run another application on the same system that also listens on the same Syslog port as WhatsUp Gold, the error message Unable to Open Socket displays. The WhatsUp Gold Syslog listener runs on Port 514 by default. This port can be configured in the console at Configure > Program Options > Passive Monitor Listeners > Syslog. Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. 284 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using the Email Action The Email Action sends an SMTP mail message to a specific email account. An Email Action can also be used as an email notification in the WhatsUp Gold Alert Center. While you can configure this action on both the console and web interface, you can only configure the Alert Center notification message on the web. For more information, see Configuring an Alert Center email notification (on page 736). Adding and editing an Email Action The Email Action sends an SMTP mail message to a specific email account. An Email Action can also be used as an email notification in the WhatsUp Gold Alert Center. To add or edit an Email action: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. 2 Click New, then select E-mail Action from the list to create a new E-mail action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Complete the appropriate information for the following fields. 4 Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Complete the information on the Configuration tab. This tab contains options pertaining to the action email destination. SMTP Mail Server. Type the IP address or Host (DNS) name of your email server (SMTP mail host). Port. Type the port number on which the SMTP server is installed. Timeout. Type the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for user authentication on the SMTP server. The authentication fails if this time limit is exceeded. Mail To. Type the email addresses to which you want to send the alert. Email addresses must be fully qualified. You can enter two addresses, separated by commas (but no spaces). The address should not contain brackets, braces, quotes, or parentheses. Mail From. Type the email address you want to appear in the From field of the email that is sent by the Email action. SMTP server requires authentication. Check this option if your SMTP server uses authentication. This enables the Username and Password fields. The Email action supports three authentication types: CRAM-MD5 login plain 285 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The authentication type is not configurable. It is negotiated with the SMTP server automatically. Username. Type the username for SMTP authentication. Password. Type the password of the username for authentication. Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS). Check this option if your SMTP server requires the data to be encrypted over a TLS connection (formerly known as SSL). 5 Complete the information on the Mail Content tab. This tab contains options pertaining to the action email message content. Subject. Type a text message or edit the default message. You can use percent variable codes to display specific information in the subject. Message body. Type a text message or edit the default message. You can use percent variable codes to display specific information in the message body. Tip: You can add a link to either or both the Device Status and Mobile Device Status reports by clicking the appropriate button. 6 Complete the information on the Alert Center Settings tab. This tab contains options pertaining to the message sent from WhatsUp Gold Alert Center. Alert Center email subject. Type a subject for the message. This text appears as the subject in the email that is sent by the Alert Center notification. This subject can include percent variables. Tip: To include Alert Center percent variables, right click inside the above field. Alert Center Link. Select Include hyperlink to Alert Center in the email content to include a link to the Alert Center home page in the email message sent by the Alert Center notification. Select to use either HTTP or HTTPS in the link address. Select to either Use dynamic address or Use static hostname or IP address. If you select to use the dynamic address, WhatsUp Gold automatically generates the URL using the current IP address or hostname at the time the action runs. When static hostname or IP address is selected, specify the Hostname or IP address to include in the link address. Specify the Port to include in the link address. Important: The address you enter here must be the exact address of the Alert Center home page to which you want to connect. Verify the address and enter its exact contents in the above options. 7 Click OK to save the changes. 286 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and editing a SNMP Set Action This action sends an SNMP Set to a device in order to change a specific SNMP action. You can configure SNMP Set actions to perform a number of tasks, including rebooting a device, changing the state of a network remotely, disabling or enabling a device feature, etc. The SNMP Set action can use any SNMP credential defined in the WhatsUp Gold Credential Library and supports all types of writable objects (strings, integers, timeticks, etc.). If the action operation fails, errors are reported to the Action log. To add or edit a SNMP Set action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New, then select SNMP Set from the list to create a new SNMP Set action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. IP address. Type the IP address or hostname of the device to which the action to send the SNMP Set. SNMP Credential. Select the SNMP credential that the action is to use. This list is populated with credentials currently configured in the Credentials Library. Object Identifier. Type the object identifier (OID) that the action is to use. Instance. Type the instance that coincides with the OID that the action is to use. Tip: You can browse (...) to select both the OID and instance. Value Type. Select the type of written object the action is to use. Value to set. Type a value for the type you selected. Note: The action only allows you to set one value at a time. 4 5 Click Advanced and change the default advanced settings (optional). SNMP Timeout. Use the slider to select the amount of time (in seconds) that you want WhatsUp Gold to wait before it generates an error while attempting to perform the action. Number of Retries. Use the slider to select the number of times you want WhatsUp Gold to attempt the action. Click OK to save changes. 287 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and editing a Sound Action The sound file can be assigned to an action by creating an Action policy, or by adding an action to a specific device. For more information. Note: The Desktop Actions application must be running for the Sound and Text-to-Speech actions to work. For more information, see About the Task Tray and Desktop Actions applications. Note: If you want to bring the text-to-speech action sound to a Windows 2003 or Windows 2008 server class remote desktop (RDP) system, you need to enable audio mapping for the remote system Terminal Services Configuration. 1. In Windows, click Start > Run, in the Run dialog type TSCC.msc, then click OK. 2. In the Connections folder, double-click RDP-tcp. The RDP-TCP Properties dialog appears. 3. Select the Client Settings tab, then click to clear the Audio Mapping check box. When enabled, the text-to-speech action sound only plays on the remote desktop system. To add or edit a sound action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New, then select Sound Action from the list to create a new Sound action. Click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Sound file name. Type the full path to the sound file, or click the folder icon to select it from your computer. The sound file name is located on the server where WhatsUp is running. Continuous play. Select this option to have the sound play continuously until the Cancel Sound button is clicked on the main WhatsUp Gold toolbar. Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. 4 Click OK to save changes. 288 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and editing a Service Restart Action After you configure this Action, you can start or stop a Windows service when another device or monitor experiences a state change. In order for the Service Restart Action to work: Both the WhatsUp Gold computer and the target device (where the Windows service is to restart) must have identical user accounts. The Ipswitch WhatsUp Engine service needs to log on as a user account that belongs to the administrators group and that exists on the target machine. To set up the service restart action: 1 Click Windows Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services. Right click Ipswitch WhatsUp Engine, then select Properties. 2 Click the Log On tab, select Log on as: This account, then type the user name and password. Important: If the service that is to be stopped or started by the action is running on a Windows XP machine, then the machine requires the following settings. Set Local Security settings. Click Local Security Settings > Local Policies > Security Options > Network Access: Sharing and security model for local accounts > Classic - local users authenticate as themselves. 3 In the Action Library, in the Service Restart action properties, complete the appropriate information: Name. Type a name of the action. This displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description for the action. This displays in the Action Library along with the entry Name. Host. Click the browse button to select the desired host from your Network Neighborhood. User name (domain\username). Type a user login to use with this monitor. In order to monitor the service on another machine, the WinEvent monitor has to be configured with the correct user name and password and a user account that belongs to the administrators group on the remote machine. If a domain account is used, then the expected user name is domain\user. If the device is on a workgroup, there are two possible user names: workgroup name\user or machine name\user. No user name and password is needed for local services (services on the machine where WhatsUp Gold is running). Password. Type the password for the login used above. To monitor Windows services on a XP machine with an account that has empty password, the XP Local Security Settings might have to be modified: From Administrative tools > Local Security Settings, select Security Settings > Local Policies > Security Options. Next, right click on Account: Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only, then click Properties, and select Disable. 289 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Service. Click the browse (...) button to select the desired service associated with your host. Command. Use the list box to select either Start or Stop, depending on whether you want the associated alert to Start or Stop the service you have selected. Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. Adding and Editing a Web Alarm Action For more information on how Web Alarms work, see the Working with Web Alarms topic. To add or edit a Web alarm action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New, then select Web Alarm from the list to create a new Web alarm action. Click OK. - or Select the Web Alarm you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. 4 Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Message. Type a short message to send to the visual cue part of the Web Alarm in the web interface. You can use percent variable codes to display specific information in the message body. Play Sound. Select this option to play the sound file whenever a web alarm action fires. Clear this option to only have the visual cue appear in the Web Interface. Sound file name. Select a sound file that is installed in your \Program Files\Ipswitch\WhatsUp\HTML\Nm.Web.UI\WebSounds directory. Custom sounds added to this directory appear in the drop-down list. Click OK to save changes. Note: For Web Alarms to work properly, your browser must support embedded sound files. The Web Alarm popup window When a Web Alarm Action fires, and you are logged in to the WhatsUp Gold web interface, the Web Alarm popup box appears in your browser. From here, you can dismiss one or all of the alarms listed. You can also mute them. Muting an alarm leaves the alarm listed, but stops the alarm from sounding. Note: You cannot disable Web Alarms from the popup window. 290 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: If there are web alarms in the list with different sounds configured for each, the oldest web alarm's sound takes priority. To hear a new or different sound for a web alarm, dismiss the previous web alarm from the list. To access more information on one of the devices listed in the popup window, double-click the device to bring up its Device Status Dashboard. Note: In order for a WhatsUp Gold user to view the Web Alarm popup window and hear the alarm that sounds, a user account must have the Manage Devices user right enabled. For more information, see About user rights. Enabling and disabling Web Alarms While you can mute and dismiss Web Alarms from the Web Alarms popup window, you cannot disable, or turn them off, from there. Instead, you enable and disable Web Alarms on the web interface on the Preferences dialog (click your username in the upper right of the application and clear Enable web alarms). You can also adjust the Web Alarms check interval from the User Preferences dialog. The Check every box indicates the number of seconds WhatsUp Gold waits before checking for new Web Alarms. By default, Web Alarms are enabled on the web interface and are checked every 120 seconds. Accessing Web Alarms on the web interface There are two places users can access Web Alarms from the WhatsUp Gold web interface: The Web Alarm window. Click Devices > Web Alarms. The Web Alarms dialog appears. The Web Alarms dashboard report. This is an optional dashboard report you can add to a view on the Home Dashboard. This report displays recent Web Alarms. You can also create a dynamic group to provide easy access to your current network Web Alarms. For more information on Dynamic Groups in WhatsUp Gold, please see Configuring Dynamic Groups (on page 80). Adding and Editing a Windows Event Log Action This action allows you to configure log messages to post to the Windows Event Viewer. To add or edit a Windows Event log action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. Click New to create a new Windows Event log action. Select Windows Event Log from the list, then click OK. - or Select the action you want to change from the list of current actions, and then click Edit. 291 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library.Specify the Source for the messages that are logged to the Windows Event Viewer. The default source is the Ipswitch WhatsUp Log Action. Source. The origin of messages logged to the Windows Event Viewer. The default source is the Ipswitch WhatsUp Log Action. Event ID. Type an event ID for the messages that are logged to the Windows Event Viewer. The default event ID is 1000, the WhatsUp engine event ID. Level. Select a level for messages logged to the Windows Event Viewer. You can select Error, Warning, or Information. The default level is Error. Log Message. Type a log message that displays in the Windows Event Viewer. This message supports percent variables. The default log message is: %Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames is %Device.State on %Device.Type: %Device.HostName (%Device.Address). Details: Monitors that are down include: %Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames Monitors that are up include: %Device.ActiveMonitorUpNames Notes on this device (from device property page): %Device.Notes ---------------------------------------This message was logged on %System.Date at %System.Time Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold Tip: Right-click in the Log Message field to select the percent variables you would like to use in the action. 4 Click OK to save changes. Using the WinPopup Action The WinPopup Action displays a user-specified message in a pop-up window on a Windows NT system. To configure a WinPopup Action: 1 2 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. The Action Library dialog appears. In the Action Library, do one of the following: Click New, then select WinPopup Action from the list. Click OK. - or Select an existing WinPopup Action, then click Edit. The Action Properties page appears. 292 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 4 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Enter an identifying name for this winpopup action. Description. Enter a short description of the action. This is displayed in the Action Library along with the entry in Name. Destination. Specify the Windows NT host or domain that you want to receive this notification. Message. Enter a text message using percent variables (on page 293) if needed. Refresh. Click this button to refresh the Destination list. This populates the list with all of the targets you can choose in which to send a winpopup action. Click OK to save changes. About Percent Variables Percent variables allow you to customize the message notification sent from an action. These variables can be used in all of the WhatsUp Gold actions, though we do not recommend that you use them in the Active Script Action, as they may cause the action's code to break. Percent Variables You can customize an action's message by adding any of the percent variables in the following table. Note: We do not recommend that you use percent variables in script text (Active Script Action), because they may resolve to text containing special characters (' ' (quotes), " " (double-quotes), % (percent), new line characters, and the like) that may break your script. Active Monitor Variables Description %ActiveMonitor.Argument SNMP instance number. This is only used when an action is associated directly with an active monitor, and not the device as a whole. %ActiveMonitor.Comment The human readable name that coincides with the network switch. This is only used when an action is associated directly with an active monitor, and not the device as a whole. %ActiveMonitor.Name The name of the active monitor that fired an action. This is only used when an action is associated directly with an active monitor, and not the device as a whole. %ActiveMonitor.NetworkInterfaceAddress IP address for the network interface. This is only used when an action is associated directly with an active monitor, and not the device as a whole. 293 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Active Monitor Variables Description %ActiveMonitor.Payload The payload returned by a WMI, Exchange, SQL, SNMP or Active Script active monitor. This is only used when an action is associated directly with an active monitor and not the devices as a whole. For Active Script Active Monitors, the payload is the text that is passed to the SetResult() method in the script. %ActiveMonitor.State The Current status of the monitor, such as "Down at least 5 min." This is only used when an action is associated directly with an active monitor, and not the device as a whole. Device Variables Description %Device.ActiveMonitorDownNames List of down services using the abbreviated name if available. %Device.ActiveMonitorUpNames Full service names of all UP monitored services on a device. %Device.Address IP address (from device properties). %Device.Attribute.[Attribute Name] Returns an attribute from the SNMP information available for the device, such as the Contact name. To specify the attribute, append the category name (listed below) to the end of the variable. For example: %Device.Attribute.Contact, returns the contact name. Default categories: · *. Returns all attributes · Info1. Upgrade path from v8 · Info2. Upgrade path from v8 · Contact. Contact information from SNMP · Location. Location information from SNMP · Description. Description information from SNMP · Custom. If you have created a custom attribute you can use the name of that custom attribute in the percent variable. Example: %Device.Attribute.Phone %Device.Attribute.RackPosition To avoid an error, always place a space or line break after the attribute name. 294 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Device Variables Description %Device.DatabaseID Returns the database ID of a device. %Device.DisplayName Display Name (from General of device properties) %Device.HostName Host Name (from General of device properties) %Device.Notes Notes. (Notes are from the device properties Notes) %Device.SNMPOid SNMP Object identifier. %Device.State The state's description (such as "Down at least 2 min" or "Up at least 5 min") %Device.Status This shows the name of the active monitor, preceded by the device state id : 10|DNS %Device.Type Device Type (from General of device properties) Passive Monitor Variables Description %PassiveMonitor.DisplayName The name of the monitor as it appears in the Passive Monitor Library. %PassiveMonitor.LoggedText Detailed Event description. (SNMP traps - Returns the full SNMP trap text.) (Windows Log Entries Returns information contained in the Windows Event Log entries.) (Syslog Entries - Returns the text contained in the Syslog message.) %PassiveMonitor.Payload.* Payload generated by a passive monitor. %PassiveMonitor.Payload.EventType The type of passive monitor (Syslog, Windows Event, or SNMP Trap) %PassiveMonitor.Payload.LogicalSource Shows the device's logical IP address. %PassiveMonitor.Payload.PhysicalSource Shows the device's physical IP address. System Variables Description %System.Date The current system date. Configure the date format in Regional Options (from Program Options) %System.DisplayNamesDownDevices Display names of devices with down monitors %System.DisplayNamesDownMonitors Shows the name of a device and each monitor that is down on that device. The format of the response is 'device name':'monitor 1','monitor 2','...' Example: ARNOR: FTP, HTTPS, Ping %System.DisplayNamesUpDevices Display names of up devices 295 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide System Variables Description %System.DisplayNamesUpMonitors Shows the name of a device and each monitor that is up on that device. The format of the response is 'device name':'monitor 1','monitor 2','...' Example: ARNOR: FTP, HTTPS, Ping %System.InstallDir Displays the directory on which WhatsUp Gold is installed %System.NumberofDownDevices Number of down devices on your network %System.NumberOfDownMonitors Shows the number of down monitors on your network %System.NumberofUpDevices Number of up devices on your network %System.NumberOfUpMonitors Shows the number of up monitors on your network %System.Time The current system time. The format is hh:mm:ss Testing an action After you create an action, you can test it to make sure it works properly. You must access WhatsUp Gold through the console to access the Test option. To test an action: 1 From the WhatsUp Gold console, click Configure, then click Action Library. The Action Library appears. 2 In the Action Library, select the action you want to test. 3 Click Test. 4 Review the action in the Action Progress dialog. Click Details to view more information about the progress of the action. Assigning an action After you configure an action in the Action Library, you must add it to the individual devices and monitors for which you want to receive notifications or related tasks performed. You can assign one or more individual actions to a device, or an instance of an active or passive monitor assigned to a single device. Note: When you assign an action to a device or monitor, an instance of that action is added to the device or monitor. Changes that you make to the action's configuration via the Action Library affect all instances of that action. For example, if you assign an action to four separate devices and then make changes from the Action Library, all four instances of that action adopt the changes. 296 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Assigning an action to a device To assign an action to a device: 1 In the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Actions. The Device Properties - Actions dialog appears; the Apply individual actions option is selected by default. 3 Click Add. The Action Builder appears; you can choose to add an action from the Action Library, or create a new action. 4 Follow the directions in the Action Builder wizard. 5 At the end of the wizard, click Finish to add the action to the monitor. 6 On the Device Properties dialog, click OK to save changes. Assigning an action to an active monitor As you configure active monitors for a device, you have the opportunity to assign actions; however, it is not required that you assign them at that time. If you decide to assign an action to the monitor at a later time, you can do so through the device Properties. To assign an action to an active monitor: 1 In the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. 3 Select the monitor to which you would like to assign an action, then click Edit. The Set Polling Properties dialog appears. 4 Make any adjustments to polling selections, then click Next. The Setup Actions for Monitor State Change dialog appears. The Apply individual actions option is selected by default. 5 Click Add. The Action Builder appears; you can choose to add an action from the Action Library, or create a new action. 6 Follow the directions in the Action Builder wizard. 7 At the end of the wizard, click Finish to add the action to the monitor. 8 On the Device Properties dialog, click OK to save changes. Assigning an action to a passive monitor As you configure passive monitors for a device, you have the opportunity to assign actions; however, it is not require that you assign them at that time. If you decide to assign an action to the monitor at a later time, you can do so through the device Properties. To assign an action to a passive monitor: 1 In the Details or Map View, right-click a device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Passive Monitors. The Device Properties -Passive Monitors dialog appears. 3 Select the monitor to which you would like to assign an action, then click Edit. The monitor properties dialog appears. 4 Click Add. The Action Builder appears. 297 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 6 7 Select the action you would like to assign to the monitor. Optionally, create a Blackout Schedule. Click OK to add the action to the monitor. Removing an action Because actions are assigned to devices and monitors on an individual basis, actions can only be removed on the device- and monitor-level, and must be deleted from the Action Library. Additionally, if you have assigned action policies to your devices, you can remove the action from the policy itself. When you remove an action from a device or monitor, the action still exists in the Active Monitor Library and is available for use with other devices and monitors. When you delete an action, you remove it from the database, and from all devices and monitors to which it is assigned; further, all log data related to the action is lost. Therefore, we recommend that you only delete an action when you are absolutely positive that you will not use it in the future, and feel that the related log data is not useful to your monitoring records. Removing an action from a device To remove an action from a device: 1 From Details or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the active monitor, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Actions. The Device Properties - Actions dialog appears. 3 Select the action you want to remove, then click Remove. A dialog appears and asks you if you are sure you want to remove the action. 4 Click OK to remove the action. Removing an action from an active monitor To remove an action from an active monitor: 1 2 3 4 5 6 From the Device or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the action, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. Select the monitor from which you want to remove the associated action, then click Edit. The Active Monitor Properties dialog appears. Click Next. The Actions associated with the active monitor are listed. Select the action you want to remove, then click Remove. A dialog appears and asks you if you are sure you want to remove the action. Click Yes to remove the action, then click Finish. Removing an action from a passive monitor To remove an action from a passive monitor: 1 From the Details or Map View, right-click the device from which you want to remove the action, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Passive Monitors. The Device Properties - Passive Monitors dialog appears. 3 Select the monitor from which you want to remove the associated action, then click Edit. The Passive Monitor Properties dialog appears. 298 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Under Actions for this passive monitor, select the action that you would like to remove, then click Remove. A dialog appears and asks you if you are sure you want to remove the action. 5 Click OK to remove the action. Creating a Blackout Period You can create a Blackout Period to have WhatsUp Gold suspend specific actions during a scheduled period of time. Use this feature to keep from sending a notification to someone who is on vacation, or to keep from sounding a Web Alarm when there is no one near-by to hear the alert. Note: Polling dependencies & blackouts only apply to the collection of device active monitors. To create a Blackout period: 1 On the device from which you want to create a Blackout Period, right-click, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Actions. The Device Properties - Actions dialog appears. 3 Select the action for which you want to create the Blackout Period, then click Edit. The monitor properties dialog appears. 4 Click Edit. The Action Builder appears. 5 Click Blackout Period. The Weekly Blackout Schedule dialog appears. 6 Set the times for which you want the blackout to occur. Note: The schedule that you set is repeated weekly. 7 Click OK. Action Policies Action policies allow you to group or sequence multiple actions together for use on any device or monitor. If you make changes to actions in a policy, the changes are applied to all of the devices and monitors that use that particular policy. For more information, see: Adding and editing Action Policies (on page 300) Configuring an implicit Action Policy (on page 301) 299 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Creating an action policy To create an action policy: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library. The Action Policies dialog appears. 2 Click New. The New Action Policy dialog appears. 3 Enter a name in Policy name. This name is used to identify the policy later, so you should make sure the name is something that helps you remember what is contained in this policy. 4 Click Add. The Action Builder wizard appears. 5 Follow the directions in the wizard. 6 Click Finish at the end of the wizard to add the action to the policy. 7 Add as many actions as you need to complete the policy. You can move actions up and down in the list by clicking Up and Down above the action list. If you select Only execute first action, WhatsUp Gold executes the actions in the list for each state, starting at the top, and stops as soon as an action successfully fires. 8 After you have added all of the you would like for the policy, click OK to create the policy and add it to the active list. Note: During Device Discovery, you can assign an existing action policy (if one has been created previously), create a simple action policy through a wizard, or access the Action Policy Editor to create an action policy yourself. Assigning an Action Policy to a Device To assign an action policy to a device: 1 In Device or Map View, right-click a device, then click Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Actions. The Actions dialog appears. 3 Select Apply this Action Policy. 4 Click the list and select the action policy to apply. Note: If the list is empty, click browse (...) and create a new action policy. Click Add to access the Action Builder dialog. 5 Click OK to save changes. After an action has been added to the device, the action fires when that device reaches the specified state. 300 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Adding and Editing an Action Policy To add or edit an action policy: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library. The Action Policies dialog appears. 2 Click New to create a new action policy. - or Select the policy you want to change from the list of current action policies, and then click Edit. 3 Complete the appropriate information for the following fields. 4 Policy Name. Type a name for the policy. The name should be something you can easily associate with the actions performed in the policy. Actions in the policy. This list shows all of the actions configured for this policy. The list displays which state change triggers what action. Click Add to configure an action to add to the policy. Select an action on the list and click Edit to change how the action is configured. Select and action on the list and click Delete to remove the action from the list. Select Only execute first action (for each state) to keep from firing multiple actions assigned to the current policy. Use the Up and Down arrows to change the order of the actions. Click OK to save changes. Configuring an implicit action policy The Implicit Action policy automatically assigns actions to all devices in your database. You cannot opt out of the Implicit Action policy. Note: The Implicit Action Policy only assigns actions to devices. You must create separate action policies for device monitors. If at any time during the normal operation of WhatsUp Gold you notice that actions are firing and you cannot find the action associated to the down device or monitor, remember to check the Implicit Action Policy. Note: In previous versions of WhatsUp Gold, the Web Alarm action was included in the Implicit Action Policy. This is no longer true in Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold. For more information on the Web Alarm action, see About Web Alarms (on page 117). 301 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure the Implicit Action Policy 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Policy Library. The Action Policies dialog appears. 2 Select the Implicit Action Policy, then click Edit. The Edit Action Policy dialog appears. To add an action to the policy, click Add. To modify an action in the policy, select it, then click Edit. To delete an action from the policy, select it, then click Remove. To have WhatsUp Gold execute only the first action in the list for each state, and stop when that action fires successfully, select Only execute first action. Tip: Use Up and Down to modify an action's placement in the list. 3 Click OK to save changes. Example: getting an Email alert when the Web server fails This example shows how to set up monitoring for your Web server so that an email alert is sent when the Web server fails, or when web content is not available. First, you need to set up the monitors for your web server. Then, create an Email Action and assign it to the monitors. Setting up monitors for a Web server and creating an Email Action that is assigned to monitors: 1 In either Details or Map View, right-click on the web server device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. 3 Click Add. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. 4 Use the following dialogs to add the HTTP active monitor to your web server device; this monitor checks that HTTP (port 80) is active. a) On the Select Active Monitor Type dialog, select HTTP, then click Next. The Set Polling Properties dialog appears. b) Ensure that the default settings are selected (Enable polling for this Active Monitor and Use default network interface), then click Next. The Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog appears. c) Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Select or Create Action dialog appears. d) Select Create a new action, then click Next. The Select Action Type dialog appears. e) In the Select the actions type to create list, select E-Mail Action, then click Next. The Select State Change dialog appears. f) Select Down from the Execute the action on the following state change list, then click Finish. The New Email Action dialog appears. 302 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide g) Enter the information using your mail and SMTP server settings: 303 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide h) Click Mail Content. The following information is included in the Edit Mail Content tab and can be customized: i) Click OK to save changes and to return to the previous dialog. Click OK again to return to the Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog, then click Finish. Setting up an HTTP Content active monitor with an email alert: 1 In either Details or Map View, right-click on the web server device, then select Properties. The Device Properties dialog appears. 2 Click Active Monitors. The Device Properties - Active Monitors dialog appears. 3 Click Add. The Select Active Monitor Type dialog appears. 4 Use the same process to add the HTTP active monitor; this monitor checks that the Web server returns valid content in response to an HTTP request. a) On the Select Active Monitor Type dialog, select HTTP, then click Next. The Set Polling Properties dialog appears. b) Ensure that the default settings are selected (Enable polling for this Active Monitor and Use default network interface), then click Next. The Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog appears. 304 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide c) Select Apply individual actions, then click Add. The Select or Create Action dialog appears. d) Select Select an action from the Action Library, then click Next. The Select Action and State dialog appears. e) Under Select an action from th Action Library, select MailtoWebmaster. This is the action that you created in the previous steps. f) Under Execute the actions on the following state change, select Down, then click Finish to save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog. g) On the Select Action and State dialog, select MailtoWebmaster, then click Finish to save the changes and return to the Setup Actions for Monitor State Changes dialog. h) Click Finish. The two active monitors and resulting email actions are now enabled. When the Web server is down, the HTTP Active Monitor fails and triggers the Email Action, which sends an email message similar to the following: Web1 is down on server: web1.YourDomain.com (192.168.5.5) Details: Monitors that are down include: Monitors that are up include: HTTP Content Notes on this device (from device property page): Lamar Bldg; 2nd floor ----------------------This mail was sent on 11/28/2007 at 15:34:01 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold If the Web server cannot return web content, the Email Action report reads: HTTP Content is down on server: web1.YourDomain.com (192.168.5.5) Any details or notes specified in the action are also reported. 305 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Using Scripting Actions Active Script Actions can be configured to trigger when an active monitor's state changes. They can be programmed to perform a variety of tasks, from running automated remediation scripts to posting data to external, third party services via API. Note: Please be aware that Ipswitch does not support the custom scripts that you create; only the ability to use them in the Active Script Monitor. For more information, see Extending WhatsUp Gold with scripting (on page 909). Adding and editing an Active Script Action This action allows you to write either VBScript or JScript code to perform a customized action. If the script returns an error code, the action failed. To add or edit an active script action: 1 Click the Admin tab, then click Action Library. 2 Click New to create a new active script action, and then select Active Script Action from the list. Click OK. - or From the list of current actions, select the action you want to change, and then click Edit. 3 Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Type a name for the action. This name displays in the Action Library. Description. Type a short description. This description displays next to the action in the Action Library. Timeout. The amount of time (in seconds) WhatsUp Gold should wait for the action script to run. Note: Though the maximum timeout is 60 seconds, you are highly discouraged from using a timeout longer than the default of 10 seconds. You are encouraged to use the shortest timeout possible. Script type. Select the scripting language that you want to use to write this active script (either VBScript or JScript). Script text. Write or insert your action code here. Note:It is not recommend that you use percent variables in script text, because they may resolve to text containing special characters (' ' (quotes), " " (double-quotes), % (percent), new line characters, and the like) that may break your script. This script action has a context object you can use to get specific information about the context of the action. 306 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide We have provided several code samples for you to create useful script actions for your devices. All script features in WhatsUp Gold utilize the SNMP API. Tip: To check the status of an action, or to cancel an action, on the console go to Tools > Running Actions. Select a Device Use this dialog to select the device(s) for which to add. Click + to expand the preferred device group. The device list displays. Select a single device, multiple devices, or device group from the list, then click OK. Dynamic Groups - Delete Devices Use this dialog to confirm that you want to delete the selected device(s) from a WhatsUp Gold dynamic group. The devices you select to delete are shown in the Display Name column, and the groups in which those devices exist are listed in the Groups column. Select the devices you want to delete, then click OK to remove the device permanently from WhatsUp Gold. Caution: Devices deleted from this dialog are removed completely from WhatsUp Gold and cannot be recovered. All configuration information and historical data about deleted devices is discarded. Configure Data Collection Advanced Settings Use the following data collection settings for WhatsUp Gold to use as it attempts to collect data on the current device. Timeout. Enter the time (in seconds) that you want WhatsUp Gold to wait before it throws an error while attempting to collect data on a device. Retry. Enter the number of times you want WhatsUp Gold to attempt collecting data, when the device does not respond. Determine uniqueness by. This option is relevant to the Disk, Memory, and Interface performance monitors. Select to determine uniqueness by: Interface index. Select to determine uniqueness by the interface index. 307 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface description. Select to determine uniqueness by the interface description. This prevents interruptions in data gathering if a re-index occurs. This option is not relevant for CPUs because most Windows machine CPUs are named "Intel." Poll interface traffic counters. This option allows you to select either the default 32bit counters, or high capacity 64-bit counters. Most devices support 32-bit counters, but a device with SNMP v2 or v3 counters can use the high capacity counters. Important: If you monitor high capacity counters for a device, make sure that the device has a v2 or v3 credential assigned to it. Note: If you do not select the Interface Utilization Performance Monitor to be used during the discovery scan for the device, 64-bit high capacity counters will not be used to poll interface traffic counters. After the discovery scan has completed, you will have to manually change the device's polling properties in the device properties to use the high capacity counters. Using Network Tools to view real-time data WhatsUp Gold includes two network tools you can use to view real-time data on network devices, the Web Task Manager and Web Performance Manager. These network tools provide the capability to view real-time device data directly from the WhatsUp Gold web interface. Network Interfaces This dialog displays all network interfaces currently configured for the device. Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold monitors all interfaces listed here, displaying the worst state of the interfaces as the device status. Click Add to configure a new network interface. Select an interface from the list and click Edit to make changes to the settings for that interface. Select an interface and click Remove to delete it from the list. Select an interface and click Set default to make the current device the default interface. Add/Edit Network Interface Polling type. Select the type of polling you want WhatsUp Gold to use for this device. ICMP (TCP/UDP) IPX NetBIOS Note:If NetBIOS is selected, the Host Name box must contain a valid NetBIOS name. 308 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide If IPX is selected, the Address box must contain a valid IPX address. If NetBIOS or IPX is selected, you cannot monitor TCP/IP services on this device. Poll using. Select if you want WhatsUp Gold to use the IP address or the Host name (DNS) of the device for polling. Host name (DNS). This should be the official network name of the device if the polling method is ICMP. The network name must be a name that can be resolved to an IP address. If the polling method is NetBIOS or IPX, this must be the NetBIOS or IPX name. Address. Enter an IP or IPX address. Ping Advanced Settings Use this dialog to set advanced ping data collection settings. Timeout. The amount of time (in seconds) you want the system to wait before failing the connection to the computer. Iterations. The number of times WhatsUp Gold will attempt to send the command before the device is considered down. Passive Monitor: Select Event Type From the list, select the Passive Monitor type that you want to configure for this device, then click Next to continue. Monitor Properties - Select Monitor Type From the type of monitor list, select the active monitor type that you want to configure for this device. Click the browse (...) button to access the Active Monitor library and configure new or existing types. Click Next to continue. Monitor Properties - Set Polling Interval and Dependencies Set polling options for the monitor. Enable polling for this Active Monitor. Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold poll the Active Monitor. Clear the option to stop polling. Network interface to use for poll. Select the configured network interface for the current device. 309 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Passive Monitor: Actions Configured alerts appear in the list, displaying the action type that is to be fired. You may have multiple actions on a single monitor. Click Add to configure an action for the monitor. Click the hyperlinked Action column to edit the settings for that action. Select a configured action and click Remove to delete the action from the list. Monitor Properties - Setup Actions for Device State Changes On this dialog, you can select an Action Policy to use on this monitor, or configure alerts specifically for this monitor. Configured alerts appear in the list, displaying the action type that is to be fired, and the state change that will trigger the action. You may have multiple actions on a single monitor. To apply an Action Policy to the monitor, select one from the Action policy pull-down menu. You can also create a new, or edit an existing action policy by clicking the ... button next to the pull-down menu box. Click Add to configure an action for the monitor. Select a configured action and click Edit to change the settings for that action. Select a configured action and click Remove to delete the action from the list. Removing the action from the list also deletes all records for this action (on this monitor) from the Action Log. Active Monitor Advanced Properties Argument. The text entered in this box is appended to the OID for the interface on the device. By default, it identifies the number used by the SNMP interface. Comment. User defined text that appears in the Active Monitor list. Use independent poll frequency for this monitor. Select this option to have the device polled based on the frequency entered in the Poll frequency box. Poll frequency. Enter the amount of time (in seconds) between polls for this device. This box is not available unless the Use independent poll frequency for this monitor option has been selected. Note: Independent poll frequency for all monitors is ignored when a monitor is specified as critical. 310 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide APC UPS Performance Monitor Use this dialog to configure a global APC UPS Performance Monitor. Global performance monitors are configured in the Performance Monitor Library and can be applied to a device via its Properties dialog (on page 121). This monitor collects statistical output power usage information and graphs APC UPS power utilization over time. This monitor detects when UPS devices are close to maximum performance level, and what time of day networking devices connected to UPS devices are using the most power--both indicating the need to equally distribute the load across several UPS devices. Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Collection interval. Use the slider to select the amount of time (in minutes) that WhatsUp Gold should wait between collection attempts. SNMP Timeout. Use the slider to select the amount of time (in seconds) that you want WhatsUp Gold to wait before it throws an error while attempting to collect data. SNMP Retries. Use the slider to select the number of times you want WhatsUp Gold to attempt collecting data. Click OK to save changes. Select Action and State Select the action you want executed when the selected state change occurs. The Action to execute pull-down menu is populated by entries in the Actions Library. Click the ... button to access this library to create new actions, or to edit the actions listed there. If the action selected is an Up action, then you must make a selection in the Only if the following state was reached box. If the device reaches this state at any time, then reaches the Up state, the Up action is fired. This means that the state can change again before it reaches Up and since it reached at least the selected state, it still fires on the Up state. Select Maintenance state if you want to fire an action when a device state changes to Up after it is in Maintenance mode. Click Blackout period to schedule a blackout time for the action. Select Credentials In the credentials list, select the credential to use - or Click the browse (...) button to browse to the Credentials Library. 311 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Device Dependencies There are two ways to set dependencies in WhatsUp Gold: Using Device Properties. Double-click on a device in My Network view (View > Device View) to display Device Properties, and click the Polling Icon. Click either the Up Dependencies... or the Down Dependencies... button to bring up the Device Dependencies dialog and configure the up or down dependency. Using the Map View. In My Network view, go to View > Map View. Right-click on a selected device and select Set Dependencies and either Set Up Dependency on or Set Down Dependency on. The cursor changes to the Set Dependency arrow. Click on any device in the current group to set the dependency. Selected Display > Polling Dependency Arrows to view the dependency between the two devices. In the Map View, you are not able to set dependencies across groups. However, you can make shortcuts to the devices you want to set dependencies on in a group, and set the dependencies there. Device Dependencies dialog The Device Dependencies dialog is the same for both up and down dependencies with the exception that one sets up dependencies and the other sets down dependencies. Up dependencies is signified with a upward green arrow icon, while down dependencies is signified with a downward red arrow. Checking the first box on the dialog to either poll only if Any one or Every one of the active monitors selected below are up or down on device, depending on the type of dependency you are setting. To select a device for the dependency, click the browse (...) button. Choose either All active monitors or Specific active monitors and check the active monitors you want to associate with the dependency. The statement at the bottom of the dialog is automatically generated for you to assist you in understanding the type of dependency you are creating. An example statement would read: "ATL145 is dependent on QATEST-WIN2K's FTP and HTP and Ping active monitors being up. (ATL145 is "behind" QATEST-WIN2K.)" 312 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide About Dynamic Group Properties You can create a new Dynamic Group using the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder or by using the more advanced dialog to write your own SQL code. Note: Dynamic groups in the web interface: Dynamic groups do not follow group access rights. Anyone with the ability to view the device group that a dynamic group is in can access that dynamic group. However, only devices the user has the ability to view appear in the group. To create a new Dynamic Group using the Dynamic Group Builder: 1 Enter a name and description for the new dynamic group: Group Name. Enter a name for the Dynamic Group as it will appear in the WhatsUp Gold Device List. Description (Optional). Enter a short description for the new Dynamic Group. This description is visible to all users who can open the dynamic group. 2 In Filter, select which groups to search for devices that match the dynamic group criteria. Select All devices to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group. Select All devices in the parent group to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is located. Select All devices in the parent group and its children groups to show all devices that match the criteria of the dynamic group and are located in the group in which the dynamic group is located or any of that group's children groups. Create and edit rules to form an SQL filter for the Dynamic Group. 3 To begin writing the rules for your SQL filter, click Add. The Dynamic Group Editor appears. 4 In the Dynamic Group Editor, enter the appropriate information (for more information, see the help topic for this dialog). As you create rules, they are added to the Dynamic Group Builder dialog where you can add more rules, edit, or delete existing rules by clicking the Add, Edit, or Delete buttons. Parentheses (single, double, triple, and quadruple) are available for use in your filter code add them by selecting them from the lists before and after your rules. You can move existing rules up or down within your filter code by selecting a rule and then clicking on the Up and Down buttons. 313 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Validating your filter code Keep in mind that as you configure your rules, the SQL filter is displayed at the bottom of the Builder dialog. When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate button to test the filter code sytnax. If the test returns no errors, click OK to save the configured SQL filter and to add the new Dynamic Group to your Device List. If the code returns errors, either make the needed changes at this time, then click OK. Additionally, you have the option to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time. You can then select the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select Properties to edit the group filter code. Converting your filter code You can convert a Dynamic Group created with the Dynamic Group Builder to the SQL dialog by clicking the Convert button. It is important to note that once you convert the Dynamic Group to the SQL dialog, you will not be able to edit the group in the Dynamic Group Builder again - you will only be able to make changes to the group from the SQL dialog. If you aren't an advanced SQL user, we recommend that you make a copy of the Dynamic Group so that you can keep a copy available for edit in the Dynamic Group Builder. To create a new Dynamic Group using the Advanced SQL dialog: 1 Enter the appropriate information into the following fields: 2 Group name. Enter a name for the dynamic group. This name appears on the device list. Description. (Optional) Enter a statement that describes the dynamic group. SQL Filter. Enter the SQL query statement that retrieves the list you want from the database. For the dynamic group to appear in your device list, the first line must be 'SELECT DISTINCT nDeviceID'. Click OK to save and add the Dynamic Group to your Device List. Validating your filter code When you are satisfied with the filter code that is displayed, click the Validate button to test the filter. If it runs as you expect, click OK to save the configured SQL filter and to add the new Dynamic Group to your Device List. If the code does not run as you expect, but you would still like to save the filter code so that you may edit it at a later time, click OK. You can then select the Dynamic Group from the Device List and right-click, then select Properties to edit the group filter code. If you do not know how to formulate SQL queries, you can use the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder, or cut and paste filter entries from existing dynamic groups, then edit them to read data from other tables. WhatsUp Gold is pre-configured with dynamic group examples, which you can see in the Devices view, under Device Groups. For more information on these groups, see Using Dynamic Groups. 314 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide In addition to the pre-configured dynamic groups, we have provided several sample filters for you to create some very interesting dynamic groups. Note: You can learn more about the database structure by downloading the database schema file on the WhatsUp Gold support page (http://www.whatsupgold.com/wugtechsupport). Using the Dynamic Group Rule Editor This is the second dialog of the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder. Use this dialog to create or edit rules for use in the SQL filter for the new group. Select the desired rule components from the list and enter in a variable in the empty field. This is a list of rule types available for use with the WhatsUp Gold Dynamic Group Builder. String rules Active monitor. Checksthe Active Monitors configured for a device found at Device Properties > Active Monitors. Device attribute. Checks for a device Attribute name that matches the criteria entered in Attribute value. Device attributes are configured on the Device Properties > Attributes dialog. Display name. Checks the Display name field found at Device Properties > General. IP address. Checks the IP address field found at Device Properties > General. Also checks any additional network interface in the Additional Network Interfaces dialog. Host name. Checks the Host name field found at Device Properties > General. Also checks any additional network interface in the Additional Network Interfaces dialog. Device type. Checks the Device type field found at Device Properties > General. SNMP OID. Checks the SNMP OID field found at Device Properties > Credentials. You can choose from six search criteria for the string rule types: contains does not contain is is not starts with 315 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide ends with After choosing a search criteria, you enter a variable to complete the string rule. An example string rule could read, "Match the following rule where: Device type contains Windows," where "Device type" is the rule type, "contains" is the search criteria, and "Windows" is the variable. This string rule would search for all device types on the network that contain the word "Windows." "Yes/No" rules Has an SNMP credential. Checks the SNMP v1/v2/v3 credentials field found at Device Properties > Credentials to see if devices have SNMP credentials. Has a Windows credential. Checks the Windows credentials field found at Device Properties > Credentials to see if devices have Windows credentials. Note: Does not apply to Passive Monitors that use credentials. You have two search criteria to choose from for Yes/No rules: Yes No You do not have to enter a variable for Yes/No rules, because the variable exists in the rule type itself. For example, if you're searching for devices that do not have SNMP credentials, the variable is the SNMP credential. The criteria is whether a device has an SNMP credential (No). An example yes/no rule could read, "Match the following rule where: Has a Windows credential, Yes," where "Has a Windows credential" is the variable and "Yes" is the search criteria. This rule would search for devices that have Windows credentials. "IP address is within" rules You can create two types of IP addresses within rules: the range a subnet The range. To create a Dynamic Group consisting of devices within a certain range of IP addresses, you can create a rule that searches for devices with addresses that fall between two IP addresses, a lower number address, and a higher number address. For example, you could create a rule that reads, "Match the following rule where: IP address is within the range 192.160.1.1. and 192.165.25.255." The rule would search for all devices with IP addresses that fall between the two addresses and create a new Dynamic Group with these devices. 316 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide A subnet. To create a Dynamic Group consisting of devices within a certain subnet, you can create a rule that searches for devices on a specific IP address' subnet. You will be required to know an IP address and a subnet mask. You can either the subnet mask or the prefix length of that subnet in the Mask field. Using the A subnet option requires that you have some knowledge of CIDR notation. The "IP address is within" rules do not support IPv6 addresses. A full rule should read something like, "Match the following rule where: IP address starts with 192.6." Click OK to add the rule to the Dynamic Group Builder dialog. MIB Walker Advanced Parameters Use this dialog to configure the advanced parameters for the SNMP MIB Walker network tool. Enter the appropriate information in the following fields: Timeout. Enter a value for the timeout (in seconds). Retries. Enter a value for the number of retries on the search. Output type. Select the format for which you want the MIB object information displayed. There are three display formats: 317 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Tree. Lists the MIB object in a tree structure format. This format is most useful in showing the OID hierarchy. List - Numeric OIDs. Lists the objects in a tabular format showing OIDs in a row numeric format. This format is especially helpful if you do not have the MIB file for the device objects. It provides the raw OID information that you can use in Custom Performance Monitors and Active Script Performance Monitors. Also, you can click the individual OID digits to display more or less MIB object information. For example, in the dialog below, if you click the left-most digit "1" in the OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1.0, all of the available sub-nodes display. If you click the right-most digit "1", only the subnodes of this digit display. As you click OID digits, the digits further to the left expand the sub-node information of the respective digits. 318 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide As you click OID digits further to the right, the sub-node information expands for the respective digit and therefore more granular sub-node information. 319 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide List - Labels. Lists the objects in a tabular format with user friendly labels. If the MIB for the object is not loaded, labels will default to numeric OIDs. Click an OID label name to expand the sub-nodes and view more information. Maximum number of lines displayed. Select the number of lines you want to view when the MIB file is searched/traversed. If you want to display all of the contents of the MIB file, select Unlimited. Note: This value controls the number of lines the SNMP MIB Walker will render onscreen, not the number of lines in the MIB file it will process. Click OK to save the advanced parameters. Note: After you click OK to return to the SNMP MIB Walker main page, click Walk to see changes that you made in the Advanced dialog take affect. 320 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Add/Edit WMI Performance Counter Use this dialog to add a WMI performance counter to the WhatsUp Gold Web Performance Monitor. This counter will be displayed on the graph within the Web Performance Monitor. To add a WMI performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor: 1 In the Add WMI Performance Counter dialog, enter the appropriate information into the following fields: Descriptive Name. Enter a name for the performance counter. This name is displayed in the legend below the Web Performance Monitor's graph. Tip: It is a good idea to leave the name field blank. Typically, when you select a counter (below) a default display name for the counter is supplied and will display itself in the name field. Tip: If you are graphing items from more than one device, it is helpful to include the name of the device with the counter name, for example, "ServerXYZ: Processor Utilization." Counter type/Instance. Select a counter by clicking the browse (...) button. After you select a counter, the Counter type and Instance fields will populate with the type and instance of the counter you select. Color. Select a color for the counter by clicking the browse (...) button. This color is used in the Web Performance Monitor graph for this specific counter. If you are graphing multiple counters, this color differentiates it from the other counters. Scale. Use this to change the magnitude of the graphed values. For example, a value of 100 with a scale of 0.1 will display as 10. A value of 2912 on a scale of 0.01 will display as 29.12. The raw polled value is multiplied by the scale to determine the actual graphed value. The default scale is 1.0. Tip: Scaling is useful when displaying multiple values on the same graph that have significantly different magnitudes. 2 Click OK to save changes. Select WMI Performance Counter for WMI monitor Through this dialog, select the WMI Performance Counter that you want to use in the WMI monitor you are creating/editing. As you navigate through the performance counters on the computer you are browsing, information about what that counter or group of counters consists of appears at the bottom of this dialog. Select counters from computer. This box shows the computer that you are currently browsing. If you want to view counters on another computer, click the browse button next to this box to access the Select Computer dialog. 321 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Performance counter. The counters available on the current system. Performance instance. The instance names for the counter selected in the Performance counter list. Current value. Select this option to display the current value of the counter selected in the Performance counter and Performance instance lists. Selecting a Performance Counter You can select the WMI Performance Counter you want to use in the WMI performance monitors you create or edit. As you navigate through the performance counters on the computer you are browsing, information about what that counter or group of counters consists of appears at the bottom of the dialog. Computer name. This box shows the computer that you are currently browsing. If you want to view counters on another computer, click the Browse (...) button next to this box to select a computer (on page 891). Performance object. Select a performance object from the box. Performance counters. The counters available on the current system. Select the counter and view information about that counter in the box below the list. Performance instances. The instance names for the counter selected in the Performance counter list. Click OK to select the performance counter for use in the monitor. Add/Edit SNMP Performance Counter Use this dialog to add (or edit an existing counter) an SNMP performance counter to the WhatsUp Gold Web Performance Monitor. This counter will be displayed on the graph within the Web Performance Monitor. To add a SNMP performance counter to the Web Performance Monitor: 1 In the Add SNMP Performance Counter dialog, enter the appropriate information into the following fields: Computer Name. The name of the device connected to the Web Performance Monitor. This field is automatically populated for you. Descriptive Name. Enter a name for the performance counter. This name is displayed in the legend below the Web Performance Monitor's graph. Tip: It is a good idea to leave the name field blank. Typically, when you select a counter (below) a default display name for the counter is supplied and will display itself in the name field. Tip: If you are graphing items from more than one device, it is helpful to include the name of the device with the counter name, for example, "ServerXYZ: Processor Utilization." 322 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide OID/Instance. Select a SNMP counter by clicking the browse (...) button. After you select a counter, the OID and Instance fields will populate with the type and instance of the counter you select. Color. Select a color for the counter by clicking the browse (...) button. This color is used in the Web Performance Monitor graph for this specific counter. If you are graphing multiple counters, this color differentiates it from the other counters. Scale. Use this to change the magnitude of the graphed values. For example, a value of 100 with a scale of 0.1 will display as 10. A value of 2912 on a scale of 0.01 will display as 29.12. The raw polled value is multiplied by the scale to determine the actual graphed value. The default scale is 1.0. Tip: Scaling is useful when displaying multiple values on the same graph that have significantly different magnitudes. 2 Click OK to save changes. APC UPS Active Monitor This monitor watches your American Power Conversion Uninterruptible Power Supply (APC UPS) device and alerts you when selected thresholds are met or exceeded, output states are reached, and/or abnormal conditions are met. For example, an alert can be sent when the UPS battery capacity is below 20%, when the battery temperature is high, when the battery is in bypass mode due to a battery overload state, and many other UPS alert conditions. Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Name. Enter a name for the active monitor. This name is displayed in the Active Monitor Library. Description. Enter a short description for the monitor. This name is displayed next to the monitor name in the Active Monitor Library. Thresholds. Select the threshold(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the thresholds. By default, all of the thresholds are selected for use in the monitor. By default, the following output states are selected for use in the monitor: Battery Status Battery Capacity Battery Runtime Output Load Tip: Select a threshold, then click Configure to set its individual threshold settings. 323 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Monitor the following output states. Select the output state(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the output states. By default, the following output states are selected for use in the monitor: Abnormal Condition Present AVR Boost Active AVR Trim Active Bad Output Voltage Batteries Discharged Battery Charger Failure Battery Communication Lost Graceful Shutdown Initiated Graceful Shutdown Issued by Downstream Device Graceful Shutdown Issued by Upstream Device High Battery Temperature In Bypass due to Fan Failure In Bypass due to Internal Fault In Bypass due to Supply Failure Low Battery Low Battery/On Battery Manual Bypass No Batteries Attached On On Battery On Line Overload Rebooting Replace Battery Runtime Calibration Self Test In Progress Serial Communication Established Sleeping on a Timer Sleeping until Utility Power Returns Smart Boost or Smart Trim Fault 324 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Software Bypass Synchronized command is in progress Tip: Use the list's vertical scroll bar to browse the output states. Monitor the following abnormal conditions. Select the abnormal condition(s) on which you want to be alerted. Refer to the APC UPS documentation for more information about the abnormal conditions. By default, all of the abnormal conditions are selected for use in the monitor. Backfeed Protection Relay Battery Failure Battery Voltage High Bypass Contactor Stuck in Bypass Condition Bypass Contactor Stuck in On-Line Condition Bypass not in Range, Either Frequency or Voltage Extended Run Frame Fault IIC Inter-Module Communication Failure In Bypass due to an Internal Fault In Bypass due to an Overload In Maintenance Bypass Input Circuit Braker Tripped Open Load (kVA) Alarm Threshold Violation Main Intelligence Module Failure No Batteries Installed No Working Power Modules Output Voltage out of Range Power Module Failure Redundancy Below Alarm Threshold Redundancy Lost Redundant Intelligence Module Failure Redundant Intelligent Module in Control Runtime Below Alarm Threshold Site Wiring Fault System Level Fan Failure UPS Not Synchronized 325 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide UPS Specific Fault Detected Tip: Use the list's vertical scroll bar to browse the abnormal conditions. Tip: Click Advanced to set the SNMP timeout and number of retries. Click OK to save changes. Diagnostic Tool This tool diagnoses problems within your database by running a diagnostic scan. To use the Diagnostic Tool: 1 2 To begin the scan, click the Diagnostic button. After you have looked over and noted any problems, click Close. To print the report, click the printer icon in the upper right corner of the window. Re-enabling the Telnet protocol handler The Telnet protocol handler is disabled by default in Microsoft Internet Explorer 7. In order to use the Telnet tool in WhatsUp Gold, you need to re-enable the Telnet protocol. To re-enable the Telnet protocol: 1 2 3 Click Start > Run. The Run dialog box opens. In the Open box, enter: Regedit, then click OK. The Registry Editor opens. Go to the following key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\FeatureControl 4 Under the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\FeatureControl, create a new key named FEATURE_DISABLE_TELNET_PROTOCOL. 5 Add a DWORD value named iexplore.exe and set the value to 0 (decimal). 6 Close the Registry Editor and restart Microsoft Internet Explorer. The Telnet protocol is enabled. Selecting a Performance Monitor Type Use the picklist to select one of the following performance monitor types; after selecting the monitor type, click OK. Active Script Performance Monitor (on page 250) APC UPS Performance Monitor (on page 263) SNMP Performance Monitor (on page 249) 326 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide SSH Performance Monitor (on page 250) WMI Performance Monitor (on page 254) Add Custom Link Enter Display Name and Hyperlink, then click OK to create the custom link. The following percent variables are valid in the Hyperlink field: %Device.Address %Device.HostName %Device.Attribute.X (where X is the specific attribute name.) For example, you could use telnet//%Device.Address or http://%Device.HostName/%Device.Attribute.Attribute1 Add a Device Attribute Enter Attribute Name and Attribute Value, then click OK to save the device attribute. Bulk Field Change - Action Policy How to get here Select the Apply this Action Policy option to be able to select an action policy to use on the selected devices. The pull-down menu shows all action policies defined in the Action Policies dialog. Click the Browse button to access this dialog to create or edit an action policy. Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor How to get here Use this dialog to add or remove an active monitor from multiple devices at once. Operation. Select Add or Remove. If you select Remove, only the selected devices with the active monitor you select below is modified. Active monitor type. Select an active monitor type to add to or remove from the selected devices. Use Bulk Field Change > Active Monitor Properties to make modifications to the active monitor settings on the devices, or modify each device manually after monitors are added. 327 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Bulk Field Change - Active Monitor Properties Use this dialog to make configuration changes to active monitors on multiple devices. Important: If a selected device does not currently have the active monitor associated to it, no modifications will be made to that device. Only devices that have the active monitor will be changed. Active monitors found in selected devices. Select an active monitor from this pulldown menu. This list is populated with all active monitors found on the selected devices. Enable polling. Select On, Off, or No Change. On turns polling on for the selected active monitor, Off suspends polling on the monitor, and No Change makes no modification to the monitor. Use independent poll frequency. If you want to have WhatsUp Gold poll the active monitor at a non-default interval, select Yes from the list-box. Select No to return the interval to the application-wide default. Set poll frequency to. Select a time (in seconds) you want WhatsUp Gold to wait between polls on the selected active monitor. Action policy. Select an action policy to add to the selected active monitor for each selected device. The list is populated with all policies in the Action Library. Select None to remove existing action policies from the active monitor on the selected devices. Click the browse (...) button to access the library to view or modify the action policies. Argument. Enter an argument for the active monitor, or select None to remove arguments from the active monitor on the selected devices. Operation. Select an operation from the drop down menus. Custom Value. Enter a custom value for the active monitor. Comment. Enter a comment for the active monitor, or select None to remove comments from the active monitor on the selected devices. Bulk Field Change - Attribute How to get here Select a task from the Operation pull-down menu: Add/Update or Remove. In the Attribute name box, enter a name for the attribute you are adding to the selected devices. In the Attribute value box, enter the text for the attribute itself. 328 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Bulk Field Change - Credentials How to get here Select the credentials you want to associate with the selected devices from the pull-down menus. Credentials are configured in the Credentials Library. You can associate credentials manually on the Device Properties - Credentials dialog. Bulk Field Change - Device Type How to get here Select a device type from the pull-down menu. The menu is populated by entries in the Device Types dialog. The Device Types dialog can be accessed directly by clicking the Browse button next to the Device Type box. When you change your device type in this manner, only the display icon and custom menus are changed to the new type. Monitors and other settings are not affected by changing the device type. Bulk Field Change - Down Dependency How to get here When this option is selected, WhatsUp Gold will only poll the selected devices if the active monitor(s) of the device selected from the pull-down list has failed. This is referred to as a Down Dependency. Bulk Field Change - Maintenance Mode How to get here Select the Force device(s) into maintenance mode now option to place all selected devices in this mode. When in maintenance mode, the devices Active Monitors will not be polled, and actions will not be triggered. To resume polling and actions, take the device out of maintenance mode. 329 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Bulk Field Change - Notes Select an operation from the Operation pull-down menu (append, prepend, replace), then enter the text for that note that you want to add to the selected devices. Text is entered in the Notes dialog as a string. The append and prepend functions add new text to either the beginning or the end of the existing string of text. Append. Notes are added to the end of the line. Prepend. Notes are added to the front of the line. Replace. Replaces the current notes with the note entered on this dialog. Note: The Bulk Field Change deliberately doesn't make any changes to the text you enter, but rather stores exactly what you specify. We have designed it this way so that you have the flexibility to make your own changes, such as including a line break. Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor How to get here Note: The Bulk Field Change for passive monitors is available from the WhatsUp Gold web interface only. Use this dialog to add or remove passive monitors from multiple devices. Operation. Select Add or Remove. Selecting Remove only deletes the passive monitor you select below from selected devices originally configured with that specific passive monitor. Passive monitor type. Select a passive monitor type to add to, or remove from, the selected devices. Click the browse (...) button to bring up the Passive Monitor Library. Passive monitor. Select a passive monitor to add to, or remove from, the selected devices. Use Bulk Field Change > Passive Monitor Properties to modify to devices' passive monitor properties. 330 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Bulk Field Change - Passive Monitor Properties Use this dialog to make configuration changes to passive monitors on multiple devices. Note: If a selected device does not currently have the passive monitor associated to it, no modifications will be made to that device. Only devices that have the passive monitor will be changed. Passive monitor types found in selected devices. Select a passive monitor type from this pull-down menu. This list is populated with all passive monitor types found on the selected devices. Passive monitor. Select a passive monitor from this pull-down menu. Operation. Select Add action or Remove action. If you select Remove action, only the selected devices with the action you select below is modified. Actions. Select an action to add to or remove from the selected devices. Bulk Field Change - Performance Monitor How to get here Select the performance monitor you want to configure for the selected devices, then select how often (in minutes) you want to collect data in the Data collection interval (mins) field. Select All to have WhatsUp Gold collect data on all instances of that type on the selected devices, select None to stop collecting data for all instance of that type on the selected devices. For Interface, Active collects data from interfaces up at the exact time of the poll; Custom Active collects data from all custom active interfaces. Default for Ping polls the default interface you select in Device Properties > General. CPU. CPU Utilization data displayed in the CPU Utilization Report. Disk. Disk Utilization data displayed in the Disk Utilization Report. Interface. SNMP Interface data displayed in the Interface Report. Memory. Memory utilization data displayed in the Memory Utilization Report. Ping. Ping availability data displayed in the Group Ping Availability Report. You can select individual data type instances for each device at Device Properties > Device Properties - Performance Monitors. Bulk Field Change - Polling Interval How to get here The polling interval controls how often the selected devices are polled by WhatsUp Gold. Enter the number of seconds in the Polling interval box you want WhatsUp Gold to wait between polls. 331 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Bulk Field Change - Up Dependency How to get here Poll only if [any one or every one] of the selected active monitors are 'Up' on device: Select this option to have WhatsUp Gold only poll the selected device if the active monitor(s), for the selected device, are successful (in the up state). This is referred to as an Up Dependency. Device box. Enter the device name or IP address or click browse (...) to select from a list of devices to poll when active monitors are up for the selected device. All active monitors. Select this option to have all active monitors, associated with the selected device, polled for up dependency status. Specific active monitors. Select this option to have specific active monitors, associated with the selected device, polled for up dependency status. Select the active monitor types you want to poll in the Monitor Name list. Hub Transport Server Role thresholds The following table lists the threshold settings available for the Hub Transport Server category: Threshold Description Value Aggregate Delivery Queue The Aggregate Delivery Queue Default: 3000 messages holds the aggregate value of all of the messages queued for delivery in all of the queues associated with the Hub Transport Server. Active Remote Delivery Queue The Active Remote Delivery queue holds messages that are being delivered to a remote server using SMTP. Default: 250 messages Active Mailbox Delivery Queue The mailbox delivery queue holds messages that are being delivered to a mailbox server by using encrypted Exchange RPC. Default: 250 messages Submission Queue A persistent queue that is used by the categorizer to gather all messages that have to be resolved, routed, and processed by Transport agents Default: 100 Active Non-SMTP Delivery Queue The Active Non-SMTP Delivery queue holds messages that are being delivered to a remote server, using a protocol other than SMTP. Default: 100 Retry Mailbox Delivery Queue The Retry Mailbox Delivery Queue holds messages with a status of Default: 100 332 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Threshold Description Value Retry that are being delivered using encrypted Exchange RPC. Messages are given a status of retry when the server cannot connect to the next hop. Retry Non-SMTP Delivery Queue The Retry Mailbox Delivery Queue holds messages with a status of Retry that are being delivered using a protocol other than SMTP. Default: 100 Retry Remote Delivery Queue The Retry Mailbox Delivery Queue holds messages with a status of Retry that are being delivered using SMTP. Default: 100 Unreachable Queue The Unreachable queue is a persistent queue that contains messages that cannot be routed to their destinations. Default: 100 Largest Delivery Queue The Largest Delivery queue identifies the largest of all of the delivery queues on the Exchange server. Default: 200 Poison Queue The poison message queue is a special queue that is used to isolate messages that are detected to be potentially harmful to the Exchange 2007 system after a server failure. Default: 0 Outlook Web Access Server Role thresholds The following table describes the thresholds associated with the Outlook Web Access Server category: Threshold Description Value Average Response Time Sets the threshold for the average time in milliseconds that elapses between the beginning and end of an OEH or ASPX request. Default: 100 milliseconds Average Search Time Sets the threshold for the average elapsed time waiting for a search to complete. Default: 100 milliseconds 333 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Mailbox Server Role thresholds The following table lists the threshold settings available for the Mailbox Server category: Threshold Description Value RPC request currently executing within the information store process must be less than: Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 70 number of executing Remote Procedure Calls (RPC) in the Information Store process. RPC Averaged Latency must not exceed: Sets the maximum threshold for Default: 25 average latency of the Remote Procedure Calls (RPC) in milliseconds RPC Number of Slow Packets Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 3 must be less than: Remote Procedure Call (RPC) packets within the past 1024 packets with latencies longer than 2 seconds. Messages Queued for Submission (Mailbox) must be less than: Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 50 number of submitted messages in the Mailbox that have not yet been processed by the transport layer. Messages Queued for Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 20 Submission (Public) must be number of submitted messages by less than: that have not yet been processed by the transport layer. Replication Receive Queue Size must be less than: Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 100 number of replication messages waiting to be processed. Slow Findrow Rate must not Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 10 exceed: rate at which the slower FindRow needs to be used in the mailbox store. A higher value indicates that applications are searching mailboxes, directly affecting server performance. Number of search tasks created per second must be less than: Sets the maximum threshold for the Default: 10 number of search tasks created each second. Average Document Indexing Sets the maximum threshold in Default: 30 Time must be less than: seconds for the length of time it takes to index documents. This value is reported in milliseconds and converted to seconds for this comparison. 334 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Selecting or Creating an Action Use this Wizard to setup an action to be executed when the specified state change occurs. New actions created through the wizard are added to the Action Library. After the action has been added to the library, it can be assigned to any device, active monitor, or action policy in your database. Setting Advanced Properties for a HTTP Content Monitor You can configure the user agent and custom headers for the HTTP Content Monitor. Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. User agent The user agent string identifies which web browser is making an HTTP request. You can use this to imitate your web site being visited by various browsers. Select a browser from the list. The user agent from the latest version of the browser is populated for the browser you select. You can use this agent string, or enter a different user agent string for the version of the browser that you want WhatsUp Gold to check. Custom headers Enter any specific headers for which you want the monitor to check. Enter a header as Field:Value. You can enter up to three custom headers. Note: Errors can result when using invalid custom headers or when modifying headers that do not allow modification, such as the HTTP Host header. You can test custom headers by clicking Request URL contents on the New/Edit HTTP Content Monitor dialog. If there is a problem with the header, an error message displays the problem. For example, "An error occurred with the requested website. Error: The 'Host' header cannot be modified directly. Parameter name: name." In this example, a user entered Host:myhost.com as a custom header. However, the Host header cannot be modified and an error generated as a result. Click OK to save changes. 335 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Setting Advanced Properties for an Email Active Monitor You can configure the advanced properties for the Email Monitor. Type or select the appropriate information in the following fields. SMTP Advanced Properties SMTP server requires authentication. Select this option if your SMTP server requires authentication. Note: The Email Monitor supports CRAM-MD5, LOGIN and PLAIN authentication methods. The authentication method is not configurable. It is negotiated with the SMTP server automatically using the strongest mutually supported authentication method. Username. Type the username to be used with SMTP authentication. Password. Type the password of the username to be used with authentication. Use an encrypted connection (SSL/TLS). If your SMTP server supports encrypting data over a TLS connection (formerly known as SSL), select this option to encrypt SMTP traffic. Note: For SMTP connections, WhatsUp Gold only supports explicit SSL sessions negotiated using the STARTTLS command. Timeout. Type the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a response from the SMTP server for each command WhatsUp Gold issued. If this time limit is exceeded, the monitor fails. Incoming server (IMAP or POP3) advanced properties Note: WhatsUp Gold supports only clear text authentication method for retrieving mail. To protect your username and password while retrieving mail, you must use one of the SSL encryption methods. Port. Type the port on which your POP3 or IMAP server is running. Use an encrypted connection. Select this option to connect to a POP3 or IMAP server in an encrypted mode. Select one of the following encryption methods: Use implicit SSL. Select this option to login to your POP3 or IMAP server in an encrypted mode. Use SSL with STLS. Select this option to login to your POP3 or IMAP server in an unencrypted mode, and then switch to a TLS connection by sending STARTTLS or STLS command to the server. 336 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Important: When connecting using STARTTLS, the connection is encrypted before any authentication information is sent or any mail is retrieved. Timeout. Type the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a response from the IMAP/POP3 server for each command WhatsUp Gold issued. If this time limit is exceeded, the monitor fails. Note: If your IMAP server is configured to move the test message sent by the monitor to a folder other than the Inbox, the monitor fails. WhatsUp Gold only detects messages in the Inbox folder on an IMAP server. Click OK to save changes. Configure CPU Threshold Enter the percentage of CPU capacity that, when exceeded, causes the monitor to fail. 337 Home In This Chapter Understanding and using dashboards .....................................................339 Types of dashboards .......................................................................................352 Using Favorites ..................................................................................................358 Dashboard reports ...........................................................................................362 338 Understanding and using dashboards In This Chapter Learning about dashboards .........................................................................339 Overview of dashboard report categories ..............................................340 Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view ..................................342 Searching for dashboard reports ................................................................ 345 Working with dashboard views ...................................................................345 Changing dashboard content......................................................................348 Using the dashboard report menu ............................................................348 Configuring a dashboard report .................................................................349 Moving dashboard reports within a dashboard view .........................350 Navigating dashboard views ........................................................................351 Learning about dashboards The WhatsUp Gold Home dashboard is the first screen you see after logging in to the web interface. This is your personal, customizable Home portal, or dashboard. Dashboards in WhatsUp Gold are user-specific, and are configurable to include dashboard reports (on page 342) specific to users' needs. Dashboards contain multiple views, displayed as tabs, that let you organize groupings of dashboard reports according to the type of information they display. You can click on different view tabs within a dashboard to display different views within the same dashboard. When you begin customizing your dashboard views, consider the types of information you need to view most often, the devices to which you need to pay closest attention, and the level of detail you want to monitor through a particular dashboard view. You should also take into consideration the type of dashboard, and the types of dashboard reports you can add to a particular dashboard type. Types of dashboards The Home dashboard can display both Home- and Device-level dashboard reports. You can place any dashboard report on a Home dashboard. You can mix and match summary, group, and device-specific data in this type of dashboard. 339 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Changes that you make to a dashboard view affect only your user account. If you decide to completely change all of the dashboard views under your account, your user account is the only account affected by these changes. For more information, see Managing dashboard views (on page 868). Device Status dashboards display only Device-level dashboard reports. Only dashboard reports specific to a single device can be placed on a device dashboard. When you switch to a different device in context, the reports displayed show data for the newly selected device. For more information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342). The Top 10 dashboard displays Top 10 reports for your network devices. Overview of dashboard report categories WhatsUp Gold offers a collection of dashboard reports to display in a variety of ways on a dashboard and provide useful network information at a glance. These smaller reports show similar information to that found in the full reports. Because of their smaller size, multiple reports can be placed in a dashboard view, making it possible to view multiple reports simultaneously. Dashboard reports are broken down into categories according to the type of information they display: Alert Center. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device thresholds and threshold summary information. CPU Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device and network CPU levels. Custom Performance Monitors. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to your custom performance monitors. Disk Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device and network disk capacity levels. ELM. ELM dashboard reports display event summary and event alarm information. To view these reports, you must have WhatsUp Event Log Management. Flow Monitor. Flow Monitor dashboard reports display data from Flow Monitor and can be used within Flow Monitor report views and WhatsUp Gold dashboard views. General. These dashboard reports display information on your WhatsUp Gold settings and diagnostics, database size, as well as device-specific and user-configured details. Interface Errors and Discards. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device interface data errors and data discards. Interface Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device and network interfaces. Inventory. These dashboard reports provide a break-down of network devices and their settings, including Actions, monitors, and policies. 340 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Memory Utilization. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device and network memory levels. Performance (Historic and Last Poll). These dashboard reports display information gathered from WMI and SNMP Performance Monitors regarding your network devices' CPU, disk, interface, and memory utilization; and ping latency and availability. Ping Availability and Response Time. These dashboard reports display information that pertains to device ping availability, response time, and packet loss. Problem Areas. These are trouble-shooting dashboard reports that allow you to investigate network issues. Remote/Central (included in the WhatsUp Gold Distributed, and MSP Editions). These include a variety of dashboard reports for the Remote Sites that you are monitoring with the WhatsUp Gold Central Site. Split Second Graphs Split Second Graphs (included in the WhatsUp Gold Premium, Distributed, and MSP Editions). These are real-time graphs that display information on SNMP and WMI performance counters. These reports allow you to include the realtime information available on the Web Performance Monitor (on page 141) network tool and the Web Task Manager (on page 143) network tool in any dashboard view. Threshold. These dashboard reports display information on your network CPU, disk, interface, and memory utilization, and ping function; at or above a specific threshold. Top 10. These dashboard reports display the top devices on your network according to their CPU, disk, interface, and memory utilization, and ping function. Virtualization. These dashboard reports display information about vCenter servers, virtual hosts and their associated virtual machines. You can see details about the virtual host or vCenter server, a list of the virtual machines, as well as CPU, disk, interface, and memory utilization for virtual machines. Wireless (included in the WhatsUp Gold Premium, Distributed, and MSP Editions). These dashboard reports display information about Wireless Access Point (WAP) devices and the devices connected to the WAPs, transmit and receive errors, and syslog messages. 341 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Dashboard reports are listed multiple times in the Add Content pane. For example, the Disk Utilization dashboard report is listed under the Disk Utilization, Threshold, Top 10, and Performance categories. Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view You can customize a dashboard by adding additional reports to the dashboard views. Click Add Content to add additional reports to the dashboard view. The reports available to add to the current dashboard vary, depending on the dashboard view type. Home dashboard views can include any available dashboard report, while you can only add reports which apply to a single device to a Device Status dashboard view. Reports are grouped into categories based on their function to make finding the right report easier. Report types include tabular, pie charts, line charts, gauges, and others, depending on the type of data displayed. When you select a report in the list, a report preview displays. 342 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To add reports to a dashboard view: 1 Open the dashboard and select the dashboard view where you want the report to appear. 2 In the title bar of the dashboard pane, click Add Content. The Add Content pane appears. 3 Select the category of report you want to add by clicking the related folder. The reports in that category display. 4 Click the report you want to add. A preview of the report displays. 343 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 5 Click the Next and Prev buttons to cycle through the next and previous reports within the category. 6 Click Add. 7 Continue selecting and adding reports until you have added all of the reports. You can add up to 15 reports to a single view. 8 When you have finished adding reports, click Close to close the report dialog. 9 Click I'm Done to return to the dashboard view. The newly added reports appear in the dashboard view. To configure a report in your dashboard, click Menu > Configure in the title bar of the report. To remove a report from a dashboard view, click Menu > Close. 344 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Searching for dashboard reports Use the dashboard report search feature to locate specific reports that you want to add to a dashboard view. To search for reports: 1 From the Home, Top 10, or Device Status dashboard, click Add Content. The Add Content pane appears. 2 Type all or part of the report name in the box at the top of the Add Content pane. 3 Click the Search button. The matching reports appear in the pane. 345 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Working with dashboard views WhatsUp Gold comes with a several pre-configured dashboard views. You can create your own dashboard views to use in addition to the pre-configured views. You can create as many as you feel necessary to organize your system for efficient reporting. To manage views for multiple users, see Managing dashboard views (on page 868). To switch to a different dashboard view, click another view tab in the dashboard. To add a new dashboard view, click the + in the row of tabs to open the New Dashboard View. To delete a view, click and drag the associated tab. The Delete tab appears to the right of the tab row. Drag the view tab you want to delete over the Delete tab. The view is removed. 346 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Click Edit View to edit the settings for the current dashboard view. Click Add Content to open the Add Content pane and select additional reports to add to the current view. To change the order of the dashboard view tabs, click and drag a tab to a new location. To create a new dashboard view: 1 From the dashboard where you want to add the new view, click +. The New Dashboard View dialog appears. 2 Enter the appropriate information in the following fields: View name. Type a relevant name for the new view. This name is used to identify a view in the dashboard, so select a name that is meaningful and helps you to distinguish it from other views. Start with. Select the existing dashboard view type on which to base the new view, or select An empty view to create a new custom view. Number of columns. Enter a value for the number of columns you wish to have in the new dashboard view (1 -4). Keep in mind, the more columns you include, the smaller the data displayed inside a dashboard. Note: This option appears only when you start with an empty view. Column widths. Enter a width for each of the dashboard view columns. You are prompted for a value for each column you selected in the previous step. Note: This option appears only when you start with an empty view. 3 Click OK to save changes. 347 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To edit a dashboard view: 1 Click Edit View in the toolbar. The Edit Dashboard View dialog appears. 2 Enter the appropriate information in the following fields: 3 View name. The dashboard title as it appears on the dashboard view tab and in the Manage Dashboard Views dialog. Number of columns. The number of columns in the dashboard. Column width. The width of each column in the dashboard (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Changing dashboard content Dashboard reports are smaller versions of the monitor reports listed on the Monitoring tab. The dashboard reports are displayed within WhatsUp Gold dashboard views. For more information, see Understanding and using dashboards (on page 339). To add a report, click Add Content on the WhatsUp Gold toolbar to bring up the Add Content pane. From this pane, you can select multiple dashboard reports from multiple categories. A preview for the dashboard report displays when you select it. For more information see, Adding dashboard reports to a Device Status dashboard (on page 354). To remove a report, click Menu > Configure for that dashboard report and then select Close. Keep in mind that when you remove a report, any customizations you have made to it are lost. To move a dashboard report, click the report title bar and drag it to a new space in the dashboard view. To change the settings for a dashboard report, click Menu > Configure in the title bar of that report. Using the dashboard report menu Each dashboard report has a menu on the right side of its title bar. From the Dashboard Report Menu, you can access help for a specific dashboard report, go to the configuration dialog for a report, or close the report. Closing a report removes it from the dashboard view. Keep in mind that after you remove a dashboard report from a dashboard, all customization to the dashboard report is lost. 348 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Configuring a dashboard report Dashboard reports can be customized to fit your specific needs. From a dashboard report menu, select Configure to open the configuration dialog. On this dialog, you can: Change the report title Select a device or device group for the report Set the height and width of the report Specify the width of certain report columns 349 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Moving dashboard reports within a dashboard view WhatsUp Gold supports drag-and-drop within the web interface. You can move a dashboard report from one column of a dashboard view to another, or position a dashboard report above or below another dashboard report, by clicking the report title bar and dragging it to another area of the dashboard view. The new dashboard configuration is saved, including after you log out from the web interface or when you move between dashboard views. To move a dashboard report: 1 With the mouse pointer in the title bar of the report you want to move, click and hold the left mouse button. 2 Drag the pointer to the desired location. A blue box highlights the area where the report will appear. 3 Release the mouse button to place the report in the new page location. The report appears in the new location. 350 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Navigating dashboard views Navigate from one dashboard view to another by clicking the dashboard view tabs. You can also use the WhatsUp Gold toolbar to add content to a dashboard view, edit your dashboard and dashboard views, export and schedule report emails, and access the WhatsUp Gold help system. The WhatsUp Gold Toolbar Use the WhatsUp Gold toolbar to perform the following activities: Add Content. Open the Add Content pane and add reports to your dashboard view. Edit View. Edit your current dashboard view settings. Export. Export the currently displayed data to a file. Email. Email or schedule reports. For more information, see Scheduling Reports (on page 625). Help. View online help topics for the window you are currently viewing. 351 Types of dashboards In This Chapter About types of dashboards...........................................................................352 Home Dashboard .............................................................................................353 Device Status dashboard ...............................................................................354 Top 10 Dashboard ............................................................................................356 About types of dashboards The WhatsUp Gold web interface includes three types of dashboards: Home (on page 353) Device Status (on page 354) Top 10 (on page 356) Each of the dashboard types supports multiple user-defined views. Up to 15 small reports known as dashboard reports can display within each view. These dashboard reports show content ranging from Current Interface and CPU Utilization to Syslog messages. As these reports are configurable on a per user basis, users can add content that is most relevant to their roles. 352 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Home Dashboard The WhatsUp Gold Home Dashboard is the first screen that you see after you complete the initial setup of WhatsUp Gold and log in to the web interface. Referred to as Home, this universal dashboard is designed to display the network information that you need most visible. The Home Dashboard can display both Home- and Device-level dashboard reports. You can place any dashboard report on a Home dashboard; mixing and matching summary, group, and device-specific data. The content of this Dashboard varies for each user. Changes that you make to a dashboard view only affect your user account. This Dashboard should contain the information about your network that is most important to you. This Dashboard comes with some stock content such as Devices with Down Active Monitors and Top 10 Devices by Ping Response Time, although these reports can and should be replaced by the reports that are most relevant to your needs. The Home Dashboard includes these starter views: Active Management Getting Started Passive Management Performance Management Each dashboard view includes several default dashboard reports that you can decide to keep, alter, or remove. You can also add other dashboard reports to these views. For more information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342). 353 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide You can create your own dashboard views for the Home dashboard through the Manage Dashboard Views (on page 868) dialog. Device Status dashboard The Device Status dashboard is used to view information about a specific device. You can only add single device dashboard reports to the Device Status dashboard. The Device Status dashboard presents relevant information about the health and performance of a single monitored device. Throughout the web interface you will see links to . All of these links point to the Device Status dashboard devices, such as for that device. If there is a potential problem with a monitored device, the Device Status dashboard is a good place to look for more information on the device status. The Device Status dashboard includes several default dashboard views: Disk/CPU/Memory General Router/Switch/Interface Virtual Current Utilization 354 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Virtualization Wireless There are many different types of devices and a variety of features and services that can be monitored. The dashboard views let you select a view that is most appropriate for the individual device. Each time the report is visited, the last view selected for a device displays. The Disk/CPU/Memory View is the most appropriate view for a Windows or UNIX host that supports the Host Resources MIB for performance monitoring. The Router/Switch/Interface View is the most appropriate view for a manageable Switch or Router that is capable of reporting Interface or Bandwidth utilization. The device name and icon display at the top of the Device Status report. To change the focus of the report to another device without leaving the report, select a new device from the device context in the dashboard title bar. For more information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard (on page 342). 355 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Top 10 Dashboard The WhatsUp Gold Top 10 dashboard displays Top 10 reports for your network devices. The Top 10 dashboard shows devices, at a glance, that may be potential problems and to provide information on the current health of your network devices. It is pre-configured to include reports that display data on the top network devices by: Interface Errors Ping Response Time Interface Discards Disk Utilization Interface Utilization CPU Utilization Interface Traffic Memory Utilization You can add any of the Top 10 reports (on page 561) to the Top 10 dashboard. Unlike the Home and Device dashboards, the Top 10 dashboard is designed with only the General dashboard view. You can customize the general view in the same way you can other dashboard views by removing the default dashboard reports and/or adding other Top 10 and Threshold dashboard reports. Add the reports you want to see here by clicking Add Content. For more information, see Adding dashboard reports to a dashboard view (on page 342). 356 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Change options for individual reports by clicking Menu > Configure for each report. Add additional views by clicking the +. Remove views by dragging them to the trash. For more information, see Working with dashboard views (on page 345). The Top 10 dashboard also displays threshold reports. These reports let you set a threshold to filter out items that do not match a specified criteria. For example, the Interface Utilization Threshold report could have been used (in the example above) instead of the Interface Top 10 report, to filter out the interfaces that are not above 50% utilization. Using this approach, only interfaces with significant usage would be shown. Thresholds Report percentages are displayed in colors that represent the utilization thresholds: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Above 80% Green. 80% or less 357 Using Favorites In This Chapter Using the Favorites toolbar...........................................................................612 Adding Favorites...............................................................................................612 Editing Favorites ...............................................................................................614 Using the Favorites toolbar WhatsUp Gold Favorites let you create your own customized toolbar by adding the WhatsUp Gold options you use most often to a single tab. You can edit and organize your favorites the way that best fits your needs. For more information, see Adding Favorites (on page 358). Access WhatsUp Gold Favorites by clicking the Home tab. Adding Favorites To add a favorite: 1 2 Click the Home tab. Click the + (Add Favorites) to the right of the Favorites group. The Add to Favorites dialog appears. 3 From the dialog, select the tab containing the option you want to add. The buttons available on that tab appear in the pane. 358 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 4 Select the box to the left of each button you want to add to the Favorites group. A running total appears in the lower left of the pane as you select additional buttons to add. You can have up to 12 buttons in your Favorites group. 5 Continue clicking tabs and selecting buttons until you have added as many as you want to add. 6 Click Add to save your changes and add the selected buttons to your Favorites. The selected buttons appear in your Favorites toolbar. 359 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Editing Favorites To remove buttons from your Favorites toolbar: 1 From the Home tab, click Edit Favorites. The Edit Favorites dialog appears. 2 Click the X at the upper right of each button you want to remove from the toolbar. 3 When you have deleted all of the buttons from the Favorites group that you want to remove, click Save. The buttons are removed from your Favorites toolbar. Note: If you delete all of the buttons from the Favorites group, the WhatsUp Gold default Favorites appear in the group when you save. 360 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To change the order of your Favorites: 1 From the Home tab, click Edit Favorites. The Edit Favorites dialog appears. 2 From within the Edit Favorites dialog, click and drag the buttons to the order you prefer. 3 When the buttons are in the preferred order, click Save. The dialog closes and the toolbar updates with the new button order. 361 Dashboard reports In This Chapter CPU Utilization reports ...................................................................................363 Custom Performance Monitor reports......................................................369 Disk Utilization reports ...................................................................................374 Flow Monitor reports ......................................................................................382 General reports..................................................................................................407 Interface Errors and Discards reports ........................................................423 Interface Utilization reports ..........................................................................431 Inventory reports ..............................................................................................441 Memory Utilization reports ...........................................................................445 Performance-Historic reports .......................................................................451 Performance-Last Poll reports .....................................................................469 Ping Availability and Response Time reports .........................................481 Problem Areas reports ....................................................................................489 Problem Areas Specific Device ....................................................................501 Remote/Central reports .................................................................................507 Split Second Graph reports ...........................................................................536 Threshold reports .............................................................................................552 Top 10 reports....................................................................................................561 Virtualization reports.......................................................................................570 Wireless reports.................................................................................................577 ELM reports .........................................................................................................585 Dashboard Report - Remote Site ................................................................ 587 Creating and modifying user accounts ....................................................587 Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports ......................................589 362 CPU Utilization reports In This Chapter CPU Utilization dashboard reports.............................................................363 CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 364 CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU)..................................365 Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU) ...............................................365 Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device) .............................................366 Top 10: CPU Utilization ...................................................................................367 CPU Utilization dashboard reports CPU Utilization dashboard reports Type Last Polled Values (single device) Home Shows the CPU utilization(s) for a specific device at the time of the last poll. Description Last Polled Values (specific Home Shows the CPU utilization for a specific CPU at the time of the last CPU) poll. Over 80% Utilization* Home Lists all network devices with a CPU utilization greater than 80%. Over 90% Utilization Home Lists all network devices with a CPU utilization greater than 90%. Top 10 by Utilization* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current CPU utilization percentage. Top 20 by Utilization Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current CPU utilization percentage. Last 4 hours (single device) Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (single device) Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (single device) Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (single device) Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last 30 days. Last 4 hours (specific CPU) Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (specific CPU) Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (specific CPU) Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one device over the last 7 days. 363 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide CPU Utilization dashboard reports Type Description Last 30 days (specific CPU) Home Details CPU utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one device of the last 30 days. *Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays multiple area graphs that detail the CPU utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor device CPUs to watch for trends, spikes, or drops in CPU utilization. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images will refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size will depend on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your Web server. Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. 364 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the CPU utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes on one of their CPUs. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that larger images refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your web server. Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. 365 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's CPU utilization at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view a device's CPU status quickly, even from across the room. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available CPU space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the CPU percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the CPU percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the CPU percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the CPU percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the CPU size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. CPU to graph. Select the CPU that you want to monitor. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Click OK to save changes. 366 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current CPU utilization percentages for all CPUs on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor the CPU(s) of an important device to watch for spikes in CPU utilization. The report shows: Description. The particular CPU. CPU Load. The percentage of the CPU currently in use. The colors displayed in the CPU Load column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button. To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display the values. If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types. (on page 610) Click OK to save changes. 3 Top 10: CPU Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their current CPU utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current CPU load. Report percentages are displayed in colors that represent the CPU utilization thresholds: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Above 80% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. CPU. The device CPU description. CPU Load. The percentage of CPU currently in use. 367 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 368 Custom Performance Monitor reports In This Chapter Custom Performance Monitor dashboard reports ...............................369 Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single Device) 370 Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific Monitor) 371 Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device) .372 Custom Performance Monitor Top 10 (Specific Monitor) ..................372 Threshold: Custom Performance Monitor ...............................................373 Custom Performance Monitor dashboard reports Custom Performance Monitor dashboard reports Type Last Polled Values (single device) Home Details information on custom performance monitor(s) for a single device at the time of the last poll. Last Polled Value (specific monitor) Home Details information on a specific custom performance monitor at the time of the last poll. Top 10 with threshold* Home Lists the top 10 devices by a custom performance monitor threshold. Top 20 with threshold Home Lists the top 20 devices by a custom performance monitor threshold. Top 10 by specific monitors* Home Lists the top 10 devices by a specific custom performance monitor. Top 20 by specific monitors Home Lists the top 20 devices by a specific custom performance monitor. Last 4 hours (single device) Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (single device) Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (single device) Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (single device) Device Details custom performance monitors for a device over the last 30 days. Last 4 hours (specific monitor) Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (specific monitor) Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 8 hours. Description 369 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Custom Performance Monitor dashboard reports Type Last 7 days (specific monitor) Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (specific monitor) Home Details a specific custom performance monitor over the last 30 days. Description *Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report can display multiple graphs that detail custom performance monitors for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's performance monitor(s) to watch for trends, spikes, or drops. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your web server. Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. 370 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. 3 Click OK to save changes. Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific Monitor) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details a custom performance monitor for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor important devices and their custom performance monitors. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Custom aspect to graph. Select the aspect from the list. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that these larger images refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your web server. 3 Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. 371 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays any custom performance monitors configured for a device and their last poll values. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor important performance monitors and keep up with their latest poll values. Name. The name of the performance monitor as listed in the Performance Monitor Library. Poll Time. The time the last poll took place. Time Delta. The time between the last two polls. Value. The value of the last poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. Custom Performance Monitor Top 10 (Specific Monitor) This home-level dashboard report displays top devices in a group based on their association with a custom WMI or SNMP performance monitor. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their custom performance monitor values. Custom performance monitor. The custom performance monitor you chose to watch in this dashboard report. For group. The group you selected to display in the report. Device. The device associated with the custom performance monitor. Clicking on the device opens its Device Status dashboard. Value. The value returned from the custom performance monitor. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Performance monitor. The custom performance monitor you want to monitor in this report. This list is populated with any custom performance monitors you have configured in the Performance Monitor Library. If you have not configured any custom performance monitors, the list is empty. 372 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. Threshold: Custom Performance Monitor This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on a selected custom WMI or SNMP performance monitor. The top of the report displays the name of the selected custom performance monitor and to which device group the report applies. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The monitored network device. Value. The value returned from the custom performance monitor. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2. Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Performance monitor. Choose a performance monitor from the drop-down menu. If there are no performance monitors listed in the drop-down menu, you must first configure a custom WMI or SNMP performance monitor from the Performance Monitor Library. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria from the separate list. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. 3. Click OK to save the changes. 373 Disk Utilization reports In This Chapter Disk Utilization dashboard reports.............................................................374 Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 375 Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) ................................ 376 Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)..................................376 Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk) ...................................377 Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device) ..............................378 Threshold: Disk Utilization ...........................................................................379 Threshold: Disk Free Space ...........................................................................379 Top 10: Disk Utilization ...................................................................................380 Disk Utilization dashboard reports Disk Utilization dashboard reports Type Last Polled Values (single device) Device Shows the disk utilization for all disks for a specific device at the time of the last poll. Description Last Polled Values (specific Home Shows the disk utilization for a specific disk on one device at the disk) time of the last poll. All Disks Over 80%* Home Lists all network devices with disk utilization greater than 80%. All Disks Over 90% Home Lists all network devices with disk utilization greater than 90%. Top 10 by Utilization* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current disk utilization percentages. Top 20 by Utilization Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current disk utilization percentages. Top 10 by Free Space* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current free disk space. Top 20 by Free Space Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current free disk space. Last 4 hours (single device) Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (single device) Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (single device) Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (single device) Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last 30 days. 374 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Disk Utilization dashboard reports Type Last 4 hours (specific disk utilization) Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (specific disk utilization) Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (specific disk utilization) Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (specific disk utilization) Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device over the last 30 days. Last 4 hours (specific disk free space) Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (specific disk free space) Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (specific disk free space) Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (specific disk free space) Home Details free space for a specific disk for one device over the last 30 days. Description *Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report can display multiple area graphs that detail the disk utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's disk(s) to watch for trends, spikes, or drops in its disk utilization. To configure this dashboard report: 1 2 On the dashboard report menu, click Configure. Enter the appropriate information: Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). 375 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. 3 Click OK to save changes. Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk free space in GB for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes on their disk. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. 2 Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes on their disk. 376 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels. Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of disk utilization for a device at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view disk status quickly, even from across the room. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available disk space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the disk percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the disk percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the disk percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the disk percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less 377 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the disk size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Choose a device by clicking on the Browse (...) button. Disk to graph. Select a disk to graph for devices with more than one disk. Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph. 3 Click OK to save changes. Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current disk utilization percentages for all disks on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor an important device's disk(s) to watch for spikes in disk space. The colors displayed in the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The particular disk. Size Used. The size of disk in use at the time of the last poll. Total Size. The total size of the disk. Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the disk in use at the time of the last poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button. To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display the values. 378 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types (on page 610). Click OK to save changes. Threshold: Disk Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of disk utilization. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their disk utilization by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Disk. The description of the drive. Percent Full. The amount of utilized disk space on that device. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter the or select appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the list. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). 3 Click OK to save changes. Threshold: Disk Free Space This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of available free disk space. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current disk capacity by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% 379 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Disk. The device's drive description. Size. The size of the disk in MB. Free space. The amount of free space on the disk in MB. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the drop down menu. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. Top 10: Disk Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of utilized disk space. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current disk load by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Disk. The drive description. Percent Full. The percentage of the disk currently utilized. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 380 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 3 Enter or select appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 381 Flow Monitor reports In This Chapter General Flow Monitor dashboard reports ...............................................382 Interface Troubleshooting dashboard reports ......................................385 Interface Traffic dashboard reports ...........................................................393 Interface Details dashboard reports ..........................................................395 General Flow Monitor dashboard reports General Flow Monitor dashboard reports Type Description Source List Home Displays all enabled Flow Monitor sources. Database Size Home Displays summary information about the Flow Monitor database. Archive Database Size Home Displays summary information about the Flow Monitor archive database. Source Home Displays detailed information for a selected Flow Monitor source. Interface Home Displays detailed information for a selected Flow Monitor interface. Flow: Archive Database Size This dashboard report displays summary information about the Flow Monitor archive database. Database Edition. The Flow Monitor database edition; can be Express, Standard, or Enterprise. Express - SQL Server 2005 Express Edition Standard - SQL Server 2005 Standard Edition Enterprise - SQL Server 2005 Enterprise Edition Current Size. The amount of archive database space currently in use. Max Size. The maximum size of the archive database. Unused Space. The amount of archive database space currently not in use. Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is used, N/A appears in this column because the dbase size is not limited. 382 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Percent Used. The percentage of database space currently in use. Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is used, N/A appears in this column because the dbase size is not limited. For more information Configuring this dashboard report Flow: Database Size This dashboard report displays summary information about the Flow Monitor database. Database Edition. The Flow Monitor database edition; can be Express, Standard, or Enterprise. Express - SQL Server 2005 Express Edition Standard - SQL Server 2005 Standard Edition Enterprise - SQL Server 2005 Enterprise Edition Current Size. The amount of database space currently in use. Max Size. The maximum size of the database. Unused Space. The amount of database space currently not in use. Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is used, N/A appears in this column because the database size is not limited. Percent Used. The percentage of database space currently in use. Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. When the full Microsoft SQL Server database is used, N/A appears in this column because the database size is not limited. For more information Configuring this dashboard report Flow: Flow Interface This dashboard report displays detailed information for a selected Flow Monitor source. The data displayed in this dashboard report is current to the last half-hour. 383 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The Interface Traffic report for the last half-hour is displayed at the top of the interface's details. Last active. The last time traffic transmitted over the interface. Interface type. They type of interface; for example, Ethernet CSMA/CD. In speed. The speed (in bytes) at which data is flowing to the interface. Out speed. The speed (in bytes) at which data is flowing from the interface. Status. The status of the interface; either Up, Down, or Unknown. Click the Interface name at the top of the report to view its Flow Monitor Interface Details report. For more information Configuring this dashboard report Flow: Flow Source This dashboard report displays detailed information for a selected Flow Monitor source. The data displayed in this dashboard report is current to the last half-hour. IP address. The source router's IP address. NetFlow version. The version of NetFlow supported by the router. Packets received. The number of packets received by the router over the last halfhour. Packets lost. The number of packets lost by the router over the last half-hour. Reliability. The percentage of packets received by the router of the last half-hour. Flow rate. The number of flows per second (fps) occurring over the router for the last half-hour. Last active. The last time traffic transmitted over the router. Flow traffic status. Whether Flow Monitor is receiving traffic from the router; either receiving, or not receiving. A list of the source interfaces are listed at the bottom of the dashboard report. Click an Interface name to view the Flow Monitor Interface Details report for that interface. 384 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For more information Configuring this dashboard report Flow: Source List This dashboard report lists all of the enabled Flow sources. Click an interface to drill down into reports specific to the interface. Flow Sources. Routers and interfaces enabled for Flow data collection are listed in this column. Routers are listed by IP address and display name; interfaces are listed below routers. The sources listed in this dashboard report are configured on the Flow Sources dialog. Note: Interfaces can be hidden; if you don't see an interface listed on this dashboard report, check to see if it has been hidden via the Flow Interface dialog. In Traffic. Interface inbound traffic is reported as a percentage of usage according to the interface's speed, and as the number of inbound bytes per second. Out Traffic. Interface outbound traffic is reported as a percentage of usage according to the interface's speed, and as the number of outbound bytes per second. The report displays the number of overall flows per minute for each router. Note: The traffic data displayed in this dashboard report is for the last half-hour. For more information Configuring this dashboard report Interface Troubleshooting dashboard reports Interface Troubleshooting dashboard reports Type Description Top Senders with Most Conversation Partners Home Displays the senders with the most conversation partners in the selected direction on the selected interface Top Receivers with the most conversation partners Home Displays the devices receiving the most traffic from the highest number of other devices in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Senders with the Most Failed Connections Home Displays the devices that initiated the highest number of unsuccessful TCP connection attempts, or SYN packets, in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Receivers with the Most Failed Connections Home Displays the devices to which the greatest number of other devices have failed to connect. This dashboard report shows only connection attempts, or SYN packets, sent in the selected 385 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Troubleshooting dashboard reports Type Description direction on the selected interface. ICMP Types Home Displays a summary graph of the top Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) errors occurring on the selected interface during the time period selected for the Interface Details report. Packet Size Distribution Home Displays a bar chart where each bar represents the percentage of packets that fall within a given size range in bytes. Flow Monitor: Top Senders with Most Conversation Partners This dashboard report displays the senders with the most conversation partners in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected interface. A conversation is a connection between two devices that are transmitting information to one another over a single port. Conversation partner data is useful in determining the devices on and off the network that are sending the most information to other devices and/or Web sites. Also, a device with too many conversation partners could be using unauthorized peer-to-peer applications. By default, devices are listed by hostname, however you can configure this report to list the devices by IP address by selecting Display IP Address instead of Hostname on the report configuration dialog. Sender. Displays the host name of the top sender with the most conversation partners. Number of Partners. Displays the number of conversation partners with which the sender has connected. Percent of Top n. Displays the percentage ranking of the item within the top n items of the category. Tip: You can hover over a host name to display popup information about the host name's IP address. If you right-click on the host-name, a filter will be created that uses the host as the filter criteria and the Interface Details dashboard will reload with this filter applied. 386 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For more information About interface traffic directions Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it enters. Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Internal interface Inbound The devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface sending information to the most conversation partners/outside devices. Outbound The outside devices sending information to the most conversation partners/devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface. Inbound/ Outbound The devices sending the most information across the selected internal interface. External interface Inbound The devices connected to the selected external interface sending information to the most conversation partners/ devices on an internal LAN segment. Outbound The devices on internal LAN segments sending information to the most conversation partners/devices connected to the selected external interface. Inbound/ The devices sending the most information across the selected 387 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Outbound external interface. Linking to Flow Monitor reports from WhatsUp Gold Configuring this dashboard report Flow Monitor: Top Senders This dashboard report shows the devices generating the most traffic traveling in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected interface. You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources other than bandwidth. By default, devices are listed by hostname, however you can configure this report to list the devices by IP address by selecting Display IP Address instead of Hostname on the report configuration dialog. Sender. Displays the hosts that are the top senders on the interface. You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used to sort the top "n" items. Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. 388 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit. Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the interface. Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category, specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each column in the report. Tip: You can hover over a host name to display popup information about the host name's IP address. If you right-click on the host-name, a filter will be created that uses the host as the filter criteria and the Interface Details dashboard will reload with this filter applied. Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity. 389 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For more information About interface traffic directions Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it enters. Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Internal interface Inbound The top senders among devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface that are communicating with outside devices. Outbound The top senders among outside devices that are communicating with devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top senders among all devices that are transmitting traffic across the selected internal interface. External interface Inbound The top senders among devices connected to the selected external interface that are communicating with devices on an internal LAN segment. Outbound The top senders among devices on internal LAN segments that are communicating with devices connected to the selected external interface. Inbound/ The top senders among all devices that are transmitting traffic 390 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Outbound across the selected external interface. Flow Monitor: Top Senders with Most Failed Connections This dashboard report displays the devices that initiated the highest number of unsuccessful TCP connection attempts, or SYN packets, in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected interface. Essentially, the listed host has tried to establish a TCP connection to another device but has not succeeded. Devices listed in this report may be conducting port scanning--a practice used by hackers to find potential intrusion points on a network. By default, devices are listed by hostname, however you can configure this report to list the devices by IP address by selecting Display IP Address instead of Hostname on the report configuration dialog. Sender. Displays the host name of the top sender with the most failed connections. Connection Attempts. Displays the number of failed connection attempts. Percent of Top n. Displays the percentage ranking of the item with the top n items of the category. Tip: You can hover over a hostname to display popup information about the host name's IP address. If you right-click the hostname, a filter is created that uses the host as the filter criteria and the Interface Details dashboard reloads with this filter applied. Note: WhatsUp Gold Flow Monitor can only find failed connections on sources that are not sending sampled data. 391 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For more information About interface traffic directions Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it enters. Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Internal interface Inbound The devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface the most failed attempts to send information to outside devices. Outbound The outside devices with the most failed attempts to send information to devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface. Inbound/ Outbound The devices with the most failed communication attempts across the selected internal interface. External interface Inbound The devices connected to the selected external interface with the most failed attempts to send information to devices on an internal LAN segment. Outbound The devices on internal LAN segments with the most failed attempts to send information to devices connected to the selected external interface. Inbound/ The devices with the most failed communication attempts 392 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Outbound across the selected external interface. Interface Traffic dashboard reports Interface Traffic dashboard reports Type Description Interface Traffic Home Displays the incoming and outgoing traffic transmitted over the selected interface for the chosen time period. Incoming Interface Traffic Home Displays the percentage of the total inbound traffic on an interface that is leaving through each of the output interfaces. Outgoing Interface Traffic Home Displays the percentage of the total outbound traffic through an interface, that entered through each of the input interfaces. Incoming Interface Utilization Home Displays a graph of the selected interface's incoming traffic as a percentage of available bandwidth for the chosen time period. Outgoing Interface Utilization Home Displays a graph of the outgoing utilization on selected interface for the chosen time period. Flow: Incoming Interface Traffic The Incoming Interface Traffic dashboard report displays the percentage of the total inbound traffic on an interface that is leaving through each of the output interfaces. Occasionally a misconfiguration can cause a device to send traffic back through the interface where it was received. In Flow Monitor, this is called Bounce traffic. Flow Monitor alerts you to this abnormal traffic pattern by displaying a flag next to the interface(s) where the error is occurring. Below the chart, a table is provided that includes the number of bytes, packets and flows for each output interface, as well as the percentage of the total inbound traffic leaving through that interface. 393 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Flow: Incoming Interface Utilization This dashboard report displays a graph of the selected interface's incoming traffic as a percentage of available bandwidth for the chosen time period. Tip: If you experience an unusually low interface utilization, this could be because you have Flow Monitor collecting on a router which is not the network bottleneck. Changing the interface speed on the Flow Sources dialog will give a more accurate reading of its utilization. Flow: Interface Traffic This dashboard report shows the incoming and outgoing traffic transmitted over the selected interface for the chosen time period. Interface traffic is graphed in bytes over time. The 95th percentile for both inbound and outbound interface traffic is graphed for the chosen time period. You can easily lower the time graph scale on the configuration dialog to see the lower level traffic that is more difficult to see at the default scale setting. You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources other than bandwidth. Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity. Click the interface name at the top of this dashboard report to view the Flow Monitor Interface Overview report for the selected interface. 394 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Flow: Outgoing Interface Traffic The Outgoing Interface Traffic dashboard report displays the percentage of the total outbound traffic through an interface, that entered through each of the input interfaces. Occasionally a misconfiguration can cause a device to receive traffic it has just sent. Flow Monitor alerts you to this abnormal traffic pattern by displaying a flag next to the interface(s) where the error is occurring. Below the chart, a table is provided that includes the number of bytes, packets and flows for each input interface, as well as the percentage of the total outbound traffic that is coming into that interface. Flow: Outgoing Interface Utilization This Flow Monitor dashboard report displays a graph of the outgoing utilization on selected interface for the chosen time period. Outbound interface utilization is graphed by percentage over time. Tip: If you experience an unusually low interface utilization, this could be because you have Flow Monitor collecting on a router which is not the network bottleneck. Changing the interface speed on the Flow Sources dialog will give a more accurate reading of its utilization. 395 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Details dashboard reports Interface Details dashboard reports Type Description Top Protocols Home Displays the transport layer protocols (TCP, UDP, ICMP, etc.) used the most, traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Applications Home Displays the applications used by devices generating the most traffic traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Senders Home Displays the devices generating the most traffic traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Receivers Home Displays the devices receiving the most traffic traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Sender/Receiver Domains Home Displays the top domains whose devices are generating traffic/to which traffic is routed over the selected interface in the selected direction. Top Sender/Receiver Countries Home Displays the geographic locations of the devices sending/receiving the most traffic traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Sender/Receiver Groups Home Displays the sender/receiver groups generating the most traffic traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Sender/Receiver TLD Home Displays the top level domains (the last portion of an Internet domain name, such as .com, .edu, or .us) whose devices are generating traffic/to which traffic is routed over the selected interface in the selected direction. Top Types of Service Home Displays the top Quality of Service (QoS) types that are generating the most traffic traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top Conversations Home Displays the conversations between devices generating the most traffic traveling in the selected direction on the selected interface. Top NBAR Applications - Flow Details Home Displays the top applications as identified using Cisco's NBAR classification engine. Top Ports Home Displays the top ports to which traffic is routed on the selected interface in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce). 396 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Flow Monitor: Top Sender Domains This dashboard report displays the top domains whose devices are generating traffic that is routed over the selected interface in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce). The traffic displayed for each domain is the sum of the traffic generated by each device on that domain. Note: The domains listed in this dashboard report are obtained from the last two parts of a host name. Domain data is useful in determining where the persons on a network are spending the most time. If you see a domain that isn't network-friendly, you can drill down by adding a filter for the domain and detect the device or devices visiting the suspect Web location. You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources other than bandwidth. Receiver. Displays the hosts that are the top receivers on the interface. Sender Domain. Displays the top sender domain. You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used to sort the top "n" items. Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit. 397 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the interface. Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category, specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each column in the report. Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity. For more information About interface traffic directions Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it enters. Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Internal interface Inbound The top domains used by devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface to send information to outside devices. Outbound The top domains used by outside devices to send information to the devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top domains used by all devices transferring information across the selected internal interface. 398 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... External interface Inbound The top domains used by devices connected to the selected external interface to send information to devices on an internal LAN segment. Outbound The top domains used by devices on internal LAN segments to send information to devices connected to the selected external interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top domains used by all devices sending information across the selected external interface. Linking to Flow Monitor reports from WhatsUp Gold Configuring this dashboard report Flow Monitor: Top Sender Groups This dashboard report shows the sender groups generating the most traffic traveling in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected interface. Sending Group data is useful in determining which groups on the network are using the most bandwidth by sending the most information. Groups are user defined sets of hosts that allow customized reporting and are configured via the Flow Groups dialog. (Configure > Flow Groups). 399 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources other than bandwidth. Sender Group. The group name, used to represent a user defined set of hosts. You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used to sort the top "n" items. Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit. Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the interface. Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category, specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each column in the report. Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity. 400 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For more information About interface traffic directions Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it enters. Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Internal interface Inbound The top groups used by devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface to communicate with outside devices. Outbound The top groups used by outside devices to communicate with devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top groups used by all devices transmitting traffic across the selected internal interface. External interface Inbound The top groups used by devices connected to the selected external interface to communicate with devices on an internal LAN segment. Outbound The top groups used by devices on internal LAN segments to communicate with devices connected to the selected external interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top groups used by all devices transmitting traffic across the selected external interface. 401 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Flow Monitor: Top Sender TLD This dashboard report displays the top level domains (the last portion of an Internet domain name, such as .com, .edu, or .us) whose devices are generating traffic that is routed over the selected interface in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce). The traffic displayed for each TLD is the sum of the traffic generated by each device on that TLD. In most cases, the TLD for a device is the same as the country that is listed in the Top Sender and Receiver Countries dashboard reports. However, in the case of the TLD, the country is where the domain name was obtained, and not necessarily where the host is located. Sender TLD traffic is reported by type in bytes and as a percentage of the top x results from the current interface for the selected time period. Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity. For more information About interface traffic directions Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it enters. Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Internal interface Inbound Outbound The top domain types used by devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface that are receiving traffic from outside devices. The top domain types used by outside devices that are receiving traffic from devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface. 402 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Inbound/ Outbound External interface Inbound The top domain types used by all devices transferring traffic across the selected internal interface. The top domain types used by devices connected to the selected external interface that are receiving traffic from devices on an internal LAN segment. Outbound The top domain types used by devices on internal LAN segments that are receiving traffic from devices connected to the selected external interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top domain types used by all devices transmitting traffic across the selected external interface. Flow: Top Types of Service This dashboard report displays the top Type of Services (ToS) based on traffic traveling in the selected direction (Inbound, Outbound, Inbound and Outbound, or Bounce) on the selected interface. ToS are used by routers to prioritize the traffic that is transmitted over a router. For instance, VoIP data may be given a higher ToS than general network use to ensure that the quality of the VoIP audio is not degraded by high network utilization. 403 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide You can choose to display and sort sender traffic by bytes, packets, or flows using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. Providing alternate sorting methods allows you to monitor and identify hosts that are the largest consumers of interface resources other than bandwidth. Type of Service. Displays the ToS differentiated services code point (DSCP). You can select one of the following units to display and sort the specific items in the report using the Display and sort by option on the report configuration dialog. The selected option will appear as the first column header in the report and will be used to sort the top "n" items. Bytes. Displays the total number of bytes transmitted for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Packets. Displays the total number of packets for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Flows. Displays the total number of flows for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Rate. Displays the average bit rate, packet rate or flow rate, in multiples of the selected unit (e.g. Kbps, Mbps, or Gbps) for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Utilization. Displays the percentage of the total available bandwidth used by the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Note: Utilization is displayed as N/A if a speed is not specified for the interface, or if you have selected to display packets or flows in the report. If you are displaying bytes, you can set the interface speed on the Flow Interface dialog. To navigate to the Flow Interface dialog, rightclick on the interface and then click Configure > Source > Edit. Percentage. Displays the percentage of the total traffic for the specific item in the report category for the selected date range. Others (row title). The optional Others row title displays a summation of all of the unspecified items of the report category. The unspecified items are those items not specifically displayed in the top "n" items. The Others row provides a comparison between the specified items, or top "n" items selected for display, and the rest of the traffic on the interface. When displayed, the Others row will provide perspective as to the relative size of the specified items in comparison to the total traffic on the interface. Totals (row title). Displays the total of all of the items in the report category, specified and unspecified (Others). This row shows the interface totals for each column in the report. Note: For the purposes of this report, Flow Monitor defines ToS as the first 6 bits of a Type of Service (ToS) byte, or the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). 404 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Tip: You can hover over information in the Bytes column to display popup information with average data speed as a percentage of the total interface capacity. For more information About interface traffic directions Note: For illustration purposes, the descriptions and diagrams in the table below assume that traffic is passing from an internal interface to an external interface or vice versa. In reality, traffic may pass from an internal interface to another internal interface, an external interface to another external interface, or traffic may be routed out the same interface it enters. Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Internal interface Inbound The top types of service used by devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface to communicate with outside devices. Outbound The top types of service used by outside devices to communicate with devices on the LAN segment connected to the selected internal interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top types of service used by all devices transmitting traffic across the selected internal interface. External interface Inbound The top types of service used by devices connected to the selected external interface to communicate with devices on an internal LAN segment. 405 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Traffic Direction Report displays... Outbound The top types of service used by devices on internal LAN segments to communicate with devices connected to the selected external interface. Inbound/ Outbound The top types of service by all devices transmitting traffic across the selected external interface. 406 General reports In This Chapter General dashboard reports ...........................................................................407 General: Custom Links ....................................................................................408 General: Database Size ...................................................................................409 General: Database Table Usage ...................................................................410 General: Device Active Monitor States .....................................................411 General: Device Attributes ............................................................................411 General: Device Custom Links......................................................................412 General: Device Dependencies ...................................................................412 General: Device Notes.....................................................................................412 General: Device Performance Monitor Summary .................................413 General: SNMP Details ....................................................................................413 General: Device Status ....................................................................................414 General: Device Toolbar .................................................................................415 General: Free Form Text/HTML ....................................................................415 General: Group Status .....................................................................................416 General: Interface Details...............................................................................417 General: Map View ...........................................................................................418 General: Monitors Applied ............................................................................419 General: Search Knowledge Base ...............................................................419 General: Summary Counts.............................................................................420 General: Web User Activity Log ...................................................................420 General dashboard reports General dashboard reports Type Device Notes Device Displays device notes configured in Device Properties > Notes. Device Attributes Device Displays device attributes configured in Device Properties > Attributes. Device SNMP Details Device Displays device SNMP details. Device Status Device Displays device details, active monitors, attributes, and the device Description 407 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide General dashboard reports Type Description groups to which a device belongs. Device Toolbar Device Displays device details configured in Device Propterties > General. Device Custom Links Device Displays any custom links assigned to a device in Device Properties > Custom Links. Device Dependencies Device Shows the state of a device and any devices that are up or down dependent on that device. Monitors Applied Home Displays a list of any Active, Passive, or Performance monitors assigned to the selected device. Device Active Monitor States Device Lists all of a device's Active Monitors and their current state. Device Performance Monitor Summary Device Displays a polling summary for the device currently in context. Map View Home Displays a smaller version of a network map. Group Status Home Displays a summary for the selected device group. Database Size Home Displays a graphical representation of the WhatsUp Gold database at the time of the last poll. Database Table Usage Home Displays a graphical representation of the WhatsUp Gold top five database tables. If Flow Monitor is installed, Flow Monitor or Flow Monitor Archive database views can be configured to display in the dashboard report. Custom Links Home Displays any custom links that you add to the dashboard report. Free Form Text/HTML Home Displays any free form text or HTML code that you add to the dashboard report. Web User Activity Log Home Displays a log of when a user logs on or off the web interface, and the actions taken while logged on. Interface Details (specific interface) Home Displays SNMP information reported by a specific network interface. User Orientation Home Displays information regarding the new the new web interface, dashboard, and dashboard reports. Search Knowledge Base Home Allows you to search the WhatsUp Gold Knowledge Base. 408 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide General: Custom Links This universal dashboard report lets you add http links to a dashboard for easy access. For example, use this dashboard report to add a link to your company's home page to easily access this page from the WhatsUp web interface. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Click Add to add a new custom link to the dashboard report. Select an existing link and click Edit to change an existing link. Select an existing link and click Remove to remove a link from the list. Move an existing link up or down the list by first selecting it, and then clicking Up or Down. Click OK to save changes. General: Database Size This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of the database size at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view your database size at a glance. The graph uses color to show the current status: Red. Above 75% Yellow. Between 50% and 75% Green. 50% or less Under the graph, the database size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. 409 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available database space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the database percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the database percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the database percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the database percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Click OK to save changes. General: Database Table Usage This home-level dashboard report provides bar graphs of the top five WhatsUp Gold database tables' usage. The remaining database table space usage is graphed in the Other category. If Flow Monitor is installed, Flow Monitor or Flow Monitor Archive database views can be configured to display the number of records for each record type in the dashboard report. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view the top five database table sizes and manage the database size as it grows. Note: Graphs will only show for Microsoft SQL Server Express Editions, as other editions of Microsoft SQL Server have no size limitations. Tip: You can use the Alert Center to set database threshold alerts for WhatsUp Gold and Flow Monitor. For more information, see Configuring a WhatsUp Health threshold (on page 795). 410 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Select Database. Select the WhatsUp Gold, Flow Monitor, or Flow Monitor Archive database to display in the report. Click OK to save changes. 3 General: Device Active Monitor States This device-level dashboard report lists all of a device's Active Monitors and their current state. Adding this report to a Device Status dashboard will update you on the health of a crucial device's Active Monitors, as well as list what Active Monitors are currently configured for the device. If you only want to see down Active Monitors, see Problem Areas: Down Active Monitors Problem Areas Specific Device: Down Active Monitors (on page 501). Monitor. The type of Active Monitor. State. The state of the Monitor after the last poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Click Browse (...) to add a device. Click OK to save changes. General: Device Attributes This device-level dashboard report displays device attributes that are configured/added to a device in Device Properties > Attributes. By adding this dashboard report to a device dashboard, you can keep important identification information visible. For example, you can include the location of a device, to whom a workstation belongs, or other identification indicators. Tip: Clicking the device icon brings up its Device Status Report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. 411 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide General: Device Custom Links This dashboard report displays a customizable list of web links in a dashboard view. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter a title for the dashboard report in the Report name field. 3 Make any changes to the report: 4 Click Add to add a new URL to the list. Click Edit to change the settings for a URL. Click Remove to delete a URL from the list. Click OK to save changes. General: Device Dependencies This device-level dashboard report shows the state of a device and any devices that are up or down dependent upon it. In addition, the states of these dependent devices are listed along with any down Active Monitors. This dashboard report contains the following fields: Dependencies for: The selected device's name or IP address. The selected device is Up dependent on: any device(s) the selected device is Up dependent on. If none are listed, the selected device is not Up dependent on any other device(s). The selected device is Down dependent on: any device(s) the selected device is Down dependent on. If none are listed, the selected device is not Down dependent on any other device(s). For more information on setting dependencies, please see the Dependencies Overview and Setting Dependencies. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. 3 Click OK to save changes. 412 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide General: Device Notes This device-level dashboard report displays device notes configured in Device Propterties > Notes. You may want to add this dashboard report to the dashboard of a device to help differentiate it from other devices you are monitoring, or to keep up with important reminders for a specific device. Tip: Clicking on the device icon opens its Device Status Report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Click browse (...) to select the device this report applies to. Click OK to save changes. General: Device Performance Monitor Summary This device-level dashboard report summarizes all Performance Monitors configured for a single device. The dashboard report includes the following fields: Performance Monitor Type. The type of Performance Monitor, for example, CPU Utilization. Polling Collection. What the application is polling, for example, "All," "Default," or "Active Interfaces." Polling Interval. How often the Performance Monitor is being polled. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Column 1 width. Enter a width for column 1 in pixels. Click OK to save the changes. 413 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide General: SNMP Details This device-level dashboard report displays a device's SNMP details. You can use this dashboard report to display a variety of device-specific SNMP details to assist in monitoring important devices. For example, you can use it to monitor how long a device has been up and to pin-point its down time. Click on the device to bring up its Device Status Report. Property. The OID label. Value. The information returned from the poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report's pane. Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the browse (...) button. Click Add to add another OID to the SNMP value list from the MIB Browser. Select an existing OID, then click Edit to make a change. Select an existing OID, then click Remove to delete it from the list. Move an OID up or down the list by selecting it and clicking either Move Up or Move Down. Click OK to save changes. 3 General: Device Status The Device Status dashboard report displays a snapshot of a specific device. You can change the device-in-context, but the dashboard reports within the Device Status Dashboard remain the same. The Device Status dashboard report displays the following information for a device: Display name. The name that displays in WhatsUp Gold for the device. Device type. The type of device. Host name. The host name for the device. Address. The address of the device. Active Monitors. A list of any active monitors applied to the device and their current state. Attributes. Any additional information about the device. Group membership. The WhatsUp Gold groups to which the device belongs. 414 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Click Browse (...) to select a device. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. General: Device Toolbar This device-level dashboard report displays a device's details configured in Device Propterties > General. You may want to add this dashboard report to a device's dashboard to help differentiate it from other devices you are monitoring. Tip: Clicking on the device icon brings up its Device Status Report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Click browse (...) to select the device this report applies to. 3 Click OK to save changes. General: Free Form Text/HTML This universal level dashboard report allows you to write any HTML text for display within a dashboard view. Displaying this dashboard report offers you the ability to keep important information in view. This free-form dashboard report supports: Any HTML text Standard HTML formatting - bold, italic, and underline Tables and <br> tags To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 415 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Type a title for the report. Free form text/HTML. Type your HTML code or text in this box. 3 Click OK to save changes. General: Group Status This home-level dashboard report displays a summary for the selected device group by the current count of its: Monitored devices Up devices Note: All active monitors on a device must be up to be shown in the Up devices list. Down devices Note: All active monitors on a device must be down to be shown in the Down devices list. Devices with down active monitors Enabled active monitors Devices with up active monitors Down active monitors Up interfaces Down interfaces Unacknowledged devices Actions fired in the last 4 hours Note: The Group Status dashboard report only reports on the first child of any group. It does not show recursive report data for devices in sub-groups. Note: When you click a link to the reports, the devices included in the full report are all devices that have exhibited the status behavior during the selected date and time periods of the report. The dashboard report, however, only displays the number of devices that are currently exhibiting the selected status. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 416 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report's pane. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. General: Interface Details This General Dashboard report displays SNMP information reported by a specific interface. To gather this data, you must have the SNMP Credentials (on page 75) configured for the device in it's Device Properties. Device Information The top section of the Dashboard report shows the current state of the device, as well as the display name and device type. Click the device name to go to that device's Device Status (on page 354) report. Interface Information The lower section of the Dashboard report is the information reported by SNMP: Interface name. The name and IP address of the interface. Click the interface name to access the Interface Utilization (on page 641) report for this interface. Type. The type code of the interface as defined in the MIB file for the interface. Index. The SNMP index of the interface. Description. Usually the interface or port name on the device. Polling Information Status. The current status of the device as reported through SNMP. Click the status code to access the Router/Switch/Interface view of the Device Status report. 1 - up 2 - down 3 - testing 4 - unknown 5 - dormant 6 - notPresent 7 - lowerLayerDown Last poll time. The date and time of the last successful poll. Last poll time interval. The time (in seconds) between the last two successful polls. 417 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Received octets Rx speed. The maximum bandwidth (in Mbps) that the interface allows for received octets.. Last rx octets. The bandwidth (in Kbps) used by the interface during the last polling period for received octets. Rx octets total. The total number of octets received (in KB) during the last polling cycle. Rx utilization. The percent of the total bandwidth used by the interface for received octets during the last polling cycle. Transmitted octets Tx speed. The maximum bandwidth (in Mbps) that the interface allows for transmitted octets. Last tx octets. The bandwidth (in Kbps) used by the interface during the last polling period for transmitted octets. Tx octets total. The total number of octets transmitted (in KB) during the last polling cycle. Tx utilization. The percent of the total bandwidth used by the interface for transmitted octets during the last polling cycle. Configuration Use the Configure Interface Details page to select an interface on a specific device. You can also change the title of the Dashboard report by entering a new name in the Report name box. General: Map View This dashboard report displays a smaller version of a network map. Clicking a device in the map takes you to the Device Status dashboard for that device. Clicking the device group name at the bottom of the map dashboard report takes you to the Devices list. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the browse (...) button. Width. Enter a width for the map boundary box in pixels. Height. Enter a height for the map boundary box in pixels. 418 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide You can select these optional items: Draw device type icons. This includes device type icons in the map. Devices are represented by dots when this option is not selected. Show unconnected links. This displays links unconnected links in the map. Show dependency arrows. This displays arrows that indicating up and down dependencies on group devices in the map. Clip device labels. This removes device labels from the map. Wrap device labels. This wraps device labels in the map. 3 Click OK to save changes. General: Monitors Applied This home or device-level dashboard report displays any Active, Passive, or Performance monitors configured for and assigned to the selected device. The report body displays: A listing of monitors by type and name. Tip: Click the Reports link next to a monitor name to view a list of any associated full reports. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the browse (...) button. Click OK to save changes. General: Search Knowledge Base This home-level dashboard report allows you to search the WhatsUp Gold Knowledge Base. To perform a Knowledge Base search from this dashboard report: 1 2 Enter an alphanumeric phrase in the field provided. Click Search. A new WhatsUp Gold Knowledge Base web page that contains the results of the search appears. 419 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Click OK to save changes. 3 General: Summary Counts This general dashboard report gives a summary of a group by the total number of: Monitored devices Up devices Down devices Devices with down Active Monitors Devices in Maintenance Active Monitors Down Active Monitors Up interfaces Down interfaces Actions fired in the last 4 hours Each entry in the report contains the following information: Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network. Total number of. The device status types. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Click OK to save changes. 420 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide General: Web User Activity Log This home-level dashboard report displays a log of when a user logs on or off the web interface, and the actions taken while logged on. All messages found in this Log are also written to the Windows Event log. Web user. The specific WhatsUp Web user to which the message pertains. Date. The date of the message. Category. The type of message. Possible categories and example details: Devices. Indicates a change to a device or device group, for example, "'Created device' %1" Action. Indicates changes made to action types, for example, "Modified action type '%1'" Device Properties. Indicates changes made to device properties, for example, "Removed passive monitor type '%1' from '%2'" Active Monitor. Indicates changes made to active monitor types, for example, "Modified active monitor type '%1'" Action. Indicates changes made to action types, for example, "Deleted action type '%1'" Action Policy. Indicates changes made to action policies, for example, "Created action policy type '%1'" System. Indicates changes to the overall system, for example, "Modified 'ip security settings'" Bulk Field Change operations. Indicates that a bulk field change successfully executed, for example, "'Maintenance bulk field changes' for %1" Login. A record of user logins and logouts, for example, "Logged in" User. Indicates changes made to user accounts, for example, "Deleted user '%1'" Credentials. Indicates changes made to credentials, for example, "Changed credentials '%1'" Passive Monitor. Indicates changes made to passive monitors, for example, "Modified passive monitor type '%1'" Performance Monitor. Indicates changes made to performance monitors, for example, "Modified performance monitor type '%1'" Dashboards. Indicates changes made to dashboards, for example, "Modified dashboard 'General'" Flow. (available with Flow Monitor only) Indicates changes made to Flow Interface Details, for example, "Modified Flow dashboard report: 'General'" Details. The details of the activity. 421 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Date range. Select a date range for the dashboard report from the drop-down menu. Maximum rows to return. Enter a number for the number of rows displayed in the dashboard report. Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Details column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 422 Interface Errors and Discards reports In This Chapter Interface Errors and Discards dashboard reports .................................423 Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device) ..........................425 Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ...................425 Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device) ...............................427 Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ........................427 Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device) .429 Interface Errors and Discards: Top X by Number of Discards ...........429 Interface Errors and Discards:Top X by Number of Errors..................430 Interface Errors and Discards dashboard reports Interface Errors and Discards dashboard reports Type Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (single device) Home Shows the interface errors and discards for the selected device / network interfaces at the time of the last poll. Device Top 10 by Number of Errors Home Lists the top 10 device interfaces with packet errors for inbound and outbound data during a selected time period. Top 10 by Number of Discards Home Lists the top 10 device interfaces with packet discards for inbound and outbound data during a selected time period. Top 20 by Number of Errors Home Lists the top 20 device interfaces with packet errors for inbound and outbound data during a selected time period. Top 20 by Number of Discards Home Lists the top 20 device interfaces with packet discards for inbound and outbound data during a selected time period. Interface Errors - Last 4 Hours (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for / inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device Device during the last 4 hours. Interface Errors - Last 8 Hours (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for / inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device Device during the last 8 hours. Interface Errors - Last 7 Days (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for / inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device Device during the last 7 days. Description 423 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Errors and Discards dashboard reports Type Description Interface Errors - Last 30 Days (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for / inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device Device during the last 30 days. Interface Discards - Last 4 Hours (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device / Device during the last 4 hours. Interface Discards - Last 8 Hours (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device / Device during the last 8 hours. Interface Discards - Last 7 Days (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device / Device during the last 7 days. Interface Discards - Last 30 Days (single device) Home Displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device / Device during the last 30 days. Interface Errors - Last 4 Hours (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 4 hours. Interface Errors - Last 8 Hours (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 8 hours. Interface Errors - Last 7 Days (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 7 days. Interface Errors - Last 30 Days (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 30 days. Interface Discards - Last 4 Hours (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 4 hours. Interface Discards - Last 8 Hours (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 8 hours. Interface Discards - Last 7 Days (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 7 days. Interface Discards - Last 30 Days (specific interface) Home Displays a graph that details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific interface on a device during the last 30 days. 424 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing problems. To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Discards Last X hours/days - Specific Interface (on page 425) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface discards, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface discard values that are of real concern. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 425 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of interface utilization discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet discard problems. To display more than one interface, use the Interface Discards (last X hours/days - Single Device (on page 425) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 426 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for inbound and outbound data packets for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems. To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Errors (Last X hours/days - Specific Interface) (on page 427) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 427 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of interface utilization errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems. To display more than one interface, use the Interface Errors (last X hours/days - Single Device) (on page 427) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels. Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 428 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report provides details for the number of interface transmit (outbound) and receive (inbound) errors, and transmit and receive discards for the specified device. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot devices that are experiencing interface errors and discard problems. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The selected device interface. Transmit Errors. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface with errors. Receive Errors. The number of packets received through the device interface with errors. Transmit Discards. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface that were discarded. Receive Discards. The number of packets received through the device interface that were discarded. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Column 1 width. The width of the column in the dashboard in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Interface Errors and Discards: Top X by Number of Discards This home-level dashboard report displays the top device interfaces with packet discards for inbound and outbound data during a selected time period. Device. The network device name. Interface. The interface description. Transmit. The number of discarded packets transmitted from each interface. Receive. The number of discarded packets received from each interface. Total. Provides the number of packets discarded for each interface. 429 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select all devices or a specific device group for the dashboard report. Select Every device or clear Every device if you want to select a specific device group, then click the browse (...) button to select the device group you want to include in this dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Interface Errors and Discards:Top X by Number of Errors This home-level dashboard report displays the top device interfaces with packet errors for inbound and outbound data during a selected time period. Device. The network device name. Interface. The interface description. Transmit. The number of packets transmitted from each interface. Receive. The number of packets received from each interface. Total. Provides the number of packet errors for each interface. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select all devices or a specific device group for the dashboard report. Select Every device or clear Every device if you want to select a specific device group, then click the browse (...) button to select the device group you want to include in this dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 430 Interface Utilization reports In This Chapter Interface Utilization dashboard reports ...................................................431 Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single Device) 432 Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic) ......................................433 Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) ......................434 Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization)435 Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface) ................436 Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device)......................437 Threshold: Interface Utilization ...................................................................437 Top 10 by Interface Utilization.....................................................................438 Top 10 by Interface Traffic .............................................................................439 Threshold: Interface Traffic ...........................................................................439 Interface Utilization dashboard reports Interface Utilization dashboard reports Type Last Polled Interface (single device) Device Shows the interface utilization for all network interfaces at the time of the last poll. Last Polled Interface (specific interface) Home Shows the interface utilization for a specific network interface at the time of the last poll. All Interfaces over 80% Bandwidth Utilization* Home Lists all network interfaces with a utilization greater than 80%. All Interfaces over 90% Bandwidth Utilization Home Lists all network interfaces with a utilization greater than 90%. Top 10 with Traffic Threshold* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current interface traffic. Top 10 by Bandwidth Utilization* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current interface utilization. Top 20 by Bandwidth Utilization Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current interface utilization. Top 10 by Traffic* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current interface traffic. Top 20 by Traffic Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current interface traffic. Last 4 hours (single device) Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. Description 431 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Utilization dashboard reports Type Last 8 hours (single device) Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the last 8 hours. Description Last 7 days (single device) Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (single device) Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the last 30 days. Last 4 hours (specific interface utilization) Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (specific interface utilization) Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (specific interface utilization) Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (specific interface utilization) Home Details utilization for a specific interface for one device over the last 30 days. Last 4 hours (specific traffic interface) Home Details traffic for a specific interface for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (specific traffic interface) Home Details traffic for a specific interface for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (specific traffic Home Details traffic for specific interface for one device over the last 7 interface) days. Last 30 days (specific traffic interface) Home Details traffic for a specific interface for one device over the last 30 days. Interface Traffic - Last 4 Hours (single device) Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last four hours. Interface Traffic - Last 8 hours (single device) Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last eight hours. Interface Traffic - Last 7 days (single device) Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last seven days. Interface Traffic - Last 30 days (single device) Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last 30 days. *Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface traffic for a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. 432 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide You can control the number of graphs appearing in the dashboard by changing the Maximum number of graphs to draw setting. Some devices have numerous interfaces, and displaying all of them can be too resource-intensive for WhatsUp Gold. Displayed interfaces are selected based on the order they are received from the database when the number of interfaces present exceeds the Maximum number of graphs to draw setting. Note: The Interface Traffic report updates the units of measure displayed based on the traffic received over the interface. Units are determined per interface, however, and both outgoing and incoming traffic are evaluated to determine the unit of measure displayed. The smallest unit of measure is used in the report. For example, if the incoming traffic is measured in Kbps, but the outgoing traffic is measured in bps, then the dashboard report uses bps as the unit of measure for the graph for that interface. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 433 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the number of packets transmitted and received by a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the interface utilization percentages for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. To display a single interface, use the Interface Utilization (Last 4 Hours - Specific Interface) (on page 435) dashboard report. 434 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface utilization percentage during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. To display more than one interface, use the Interface Utilization (All Interfaces) (on page 434) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. 435 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. 3 Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of an interface utilization at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view an interface status quickly, even from across the room. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available interface space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the interface percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the interface percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the interface percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the interface percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the interface size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. 436 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device for the report by clicking on the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph. Click OK to save changes. Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current interface utilization percentages for all interfaces on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor an important device's interface(s) to keep up with the number of packets they are currently transmitting and receiving. The colors in the second Transmit and Received columns coincide with the WhatsUp Threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The particular interface. Speed. The interface speed. Transmit (kbps). The number of packets transmitted in kbps. Receive (kbps). The number of packets received in kbps. Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted. Receive. The percentage of packets received. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Click OK to save changes. 437 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Threshold: Interface Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of transmitted and received packets. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their interface utilization by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted by a device. Receive. The percentage of packets received by a device. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the list. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Top 10 by Interface Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their interface utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial interfaces and their current utilization by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less 438 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Interface. The interface description. Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted from each interface. Receive. The percentage of packets received from each interface. To configure this dashboard report: 1 Select Configure from the dashboard report menu. 2 Enter the appropriate information. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Top 10 by Interface Traffic This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their current interface traffic as a total of packets transmitted and received. Device. The network device. Interface. The device's interface description. Transmit. The number of packets transmitted from each interface. Receive. The number of packets received from each interface. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. 439 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Threshold: Interface Traffic This home-level dashboard report displays interface traffic information for a specified device group based on the number of packets both sent and received. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current interface traffic rates by glancing at the numbers in the transmit and receive columns for each device. Device. The network device. Interface. The interface description. Transmit. The number of packets sent. Receive. The number of packets received. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the list. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 440 Inventory reports In This Chapter Inventory dashboard reports .......................................................................441 Inventory: Total Actions Applied by Type ...............................................441 Inventory: Active Monitors Applied by Type ..........................................442 Inventory: Total Devices by Type ................................................................ 442 Inventory: Devices with Specific Attribute ..............................................443 Inventory: Total Passive Monitors by Type ..............................................443 Inventory: Total Performance Monitors by Type ..................................444 Inventory dashboard reports Inventory dashboard reports Type Description Total Devices by Type Home Lists all monitored network devices by type and number. Total Active Monitors by Type Home Lists all Active Monitors on the network by type and number. Total Passive Monitors by Type Home Lists all Passive Monitors on the network by type and number. Total Performance Monitors by Type Home Lists all Performance Monitors on the network by type and number. Total Actions Applied by Type Home Lists all Actions on the network by type and number. Total Devices with Specific Home Lists all devices with a specific attribute. Attributes Inventory: Total Actions Applied by Type This home-level dashboard report gives a summary of actions on the network by type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you notice a particularly useful or successful action isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of action to other crucial devices on the network. You can also remove less successful actions. Action Type. The type of action. Percentage. The percentage accounted for on the network by that specific type of action. Count. The total number of that specific type of action on the network. 441 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. Inventory: Active Monitors Applied by Type This home-level dashboard report gives a summary of active monitors on the network by type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you see that a typically useful or successful active monitor isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of monitor to other crucial devices on the network. Inversely, you can decrease less successful monitors. Active Monitor. The type of active monitor. Percentage. The percentage accounted for on the network by that specific type of active monitor. Count. The total number of that specific type of active monitor on the network. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. 3 Inventory: Total Devices by Type This home-level dashboard report lists network devices by type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the type of devices currently in use on your network. Device Type. The type of device. Percentage. The percentage accounted for of the total by a particular type of device. Count. The total number of that particular type of device. Total. The total number of devices on the network. 442 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. 3 Inventory: Devices with Specific Attribute This home-level dashboard report displays information on devices with specific attributes. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the type of devices currently in use on your network. Attribute Name. Contact, Description, or Location Percentage. The percentage accounted for of the total by an attribute. Count. The total number of a specific attribute for a specific device. Total. The total number of the attribute. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Column 1 width. Enter a width for the Attribute column (in pixels). Attribute Name. Select Contact, Description, or Location. Click OK to save changes. Inventory: Total Passive Monitors by Type This universal-level dashboard report gives a summary of passive monitors on the network by type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you notice a particularly useful or successful action isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of action to other crucial devices on the network. You can also remove less successful actions. Passive Monitor Type. The type of passive monitor. Percentage. The percentage accounted for on the network by that specific type of passive monitor. Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network. 443 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. 3 Inventory: Total Performance Monitors by Type This home-level dashboard report gives a summary of performance monitors on the network by type. This can be useful for gathering statistical information as well as general knowledge about the type of monitoring currently in use for your network. If you notice a particularly useful or successful action isn't used extensively, you can apply more of this type of action to other crucial devices on the network. You can also remove less successful actions. Performance Monitor Type. The type of performance monitor. Polls Per Min. The total number of polls per minute by performance monitor type. Count. The total number of a particular performance monitor on the network. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. 444 Memory Utilization reports In This Chapter Memory Utilization dashboard reports ....................................................445 Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) .......................446 Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect) ....................446 Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect) .................................447 Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device).....................................448 Threshold: Memory Utilization ....................................................................449 Top 10: Memory Utilization...........................................................................450 Memory Utilization dashboard reports Memory Utilization dashboard reports Type Last Polled Values (single device) Device Shows the memory utilization for all device memory at the time of the last poll. Description Last Polled Value (specific Home Shows the memory utilization for a specific network device at the aspect) time of the last poll. Over 80% Utilization* Home Lists all network devices with a memory utilization greater than 80%. Over 90% Utilization Home Lists all network devices with a memory utilization greater than 90% Top 10 by Utilization* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current memory utilization. Top 20 by Utilization Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current memory utilization. Last 4 hours (single device) Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (single device) Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (single device) Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (single device) Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the last 30 days. Last 4 hours (specific aspect) Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (specific aspect) Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over the last 8 hours. 445 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Memory Utilization dashboard reports Type Last 7 days (specific aspect) Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (specific aspect) Home Details utilization of a specific memory type for one device over the last 30 days. Description *Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the memory utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes in memory. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 446 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the memory utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes in memory. To display more than one memory, use the Memory Utilization (All Memories) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 447 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of device memory utilization at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view device memory status quickly. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available memory space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the memory percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the memory percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the memory percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the memory percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the memory size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the Browse (...) button. Memory aspect to graph. For devices with more than one memory aspect, select a memory aspect to graph. Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph. Click OK to save changes. 448 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current memory utilization percentages for all memories on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor an important device's memory(s) to watch for spikes in memory utilization. The colors displayed in the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The particular memory. Size Used. The size of memory in use at the time of the last poll. Total Size. The total size of the memory. Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the memory in use at the time of the last poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button. To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display the values. If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types (on page 610). Click OK to save changes. Threshold: Memory Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their memory utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current memory capacity by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less 449 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory. Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the list. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels). 3 Click OK to save changes. Top 10: Memory Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their memory utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current memory load by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory. Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory. To configure this dashboard report: 1 2 Select Configure from the dashboard report menu. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 450 Performance-Historic reports In This Chapter Performance-Historic dashboard reports ................................................451 CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 453 CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU)..................................454 Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single Device) 455 Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific Monitor) 455 Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) ................................ 456 Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device)................................ 457 Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk)..................................458 Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device) ..........................458 Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ...................460 Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device) ...............................460 Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) ........................462 Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single Device) 463 Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic) ......................................464 Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) ......................464 Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization)465 Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) .......................466 Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect) ....................467 Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device) .............................467 Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device) .....................468 Performance-Historic dashboard reports Performance - Historic dashboard reports Type Description Custom Performance Monitor Values (last 4 hours - single device) Device Details custom Performance Monitor values for one device over the last 4 hours. Interface Utilization (last 4 hours - single device) Device Details all interface utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. 451 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Performance - Historic dashboard reports Type Description CPU Utilization (last 4 hours - single device) Device Details all CPU utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. Memory Utilization (last 4 hours - single device) Device Details all memory utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. Disk Utilization (last 4 hours - single device) Device Details all disk utilization percentages for one device over the last 4 hours. Ping Response Time (last 4 hours - single device) Device Details all ping response times for device interfaces over the last 4 hours. Ping Availability (last 4 hours - single device) Device Details all ping availability for a device interfaces over the last 4 hours. Interface Traffic (last 4 hours - specific interface) Home Details interface traffic for a specific device interface over the last 4 hours. Custom Performance Monitor Values (last 4 hours - specific monitor) Home Details a device's specific custom Performance Monitor values over the last 4 hours. Interface Utilization (last 4 hours - specific interface) Home Details utilization percentages for a specific interface for one device over the last 4 hours. CPU Utilization (last 4 hours - specific CPU) Home Details utilization percentages for a specific CPU for one device over the last 4 hours. Disk Utilization (last 4 hours - specific disk) Home Details utilization percentages for a specific disk for one device over the last 4 hours. Disk Free Space - Last 4 Hours (specific disk) Home Details the percentage of available disk space over the last four hours for one disk on one device. Memory Utilization - Last 4 Hours (specific aspect) Device Details utilization percentages for a specific memory type for one device over the last 4 hours. Interface Traffic - Last 4 Hours (single device) Device Details traffic for all interfaces for one device over the last four hours. Interface Errors - Last 4 Hours (single device) Device Details the percentage of interface errors for outbound and inbound traffic on one device over the last four hours. 452 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Performance - Historic dashboard reports Type Description Interface Discards - Last 4 hours (single device) Device Details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound traffic for all interfaces on a specific device. over the last four hours. Interface Errors - last 4 hours (specific interface) Device Details the percentage of interface errors for outbound and inbound traffic on one device interface over the last four hours. Interface Discards - Last 4 hours (specific interface) Device Details the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound traffic for one interface on a specific device over the last four hours. CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays multiple area graphs that detail the CPU utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor device CPUs to watch for trends, spikes, or drops in CPU utilization. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images will refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size will depend on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your Web server. Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. 453 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. CPU Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific CPU) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the CPU utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes on one of their CPUs. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that larger images refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your web server. Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. 454 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report can display multiple graphs that detail custom performance monitors for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's performance monitor(s) to watch for trends, spikes, or drops. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the Web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: Large graph images can be used, but be aware that these larger images refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your web server. 3 Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. 455 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Custom Performance Monitor Values Last X hours/days (Specific Monitor) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details a custom performance monitor for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor important devices and their custom performance monitors. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Custom aspect to graph. Select the aspect from the list. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph to display the data in the report. Select from the following: Bar, Line, Area, Spline, or Stepline. Trend Type. Select the type of trend line you want to see on the report. This line shows the average value of data for the duration the graph is displayed in the web browser. Choose None, Line, or Curve. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Select 3D or 2D to change the dimensions of the lines/bars in your charts. Width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the graph portion of this dashboard report. The default is 500 pixels. Note: You can use large graph images, but be aware that these larger images refresh at slower speeds. The optimum size depends on the speed of your network connection from your browser to your web server. 3 Height. Specify how tall, in pixels, the graph or chart should appear. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. 456 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Disk Free Space Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk free space in GB for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes on their disk. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 2 Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report can display multiple area graphs that detail the disk utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to monitor a device's disk(s) to watch for trends, spikes, or drops in its disk utilization. To configure this dashboard report: 1 On the dashboard report menu, click Configure. 2 Enter the appropriate information: Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. 457 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to graph the maximum. Click OK to save changes. Disk Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Disk) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the disk utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes on their disk. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. 3 Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels. Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 458 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface discards for inbound and outbound packet data for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing problems. To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Discards Last X hours/days - Specific Interface (on page 425) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface discards, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface discard values that are of real concern. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 459 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Discards Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of interface utilization discards for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet discard problems. To display more than one interface, use the Interface Discards (last X hours/days - Single Device (on page 425) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 460 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the percentage of interface errors for inbound and outbound data packets for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems. To display a single interface, use the Performance: Interface Errors (Last X hours/days - Specific Interface) (on page 427) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 461 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Errors Last X hours/days (Specific Interface) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the percentage of interface utilization errors for inbound and outbound packet data for a specific device interface during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot interfaces experiencing packet error problems. To display more than one interface, use the Interface Errors (last X hours/days - Single Device) (on page 427) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report in pixels. Height. Enter a height for the report in pixels. Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Tip: WhatsUp Gold ships with Auto Scale selected for the Vertical Axis Scaling. Depending on your network characteristics, Auto Scale may cause graphs to have extreme peaks on the graph. After you configure a graph, you may want to watch your network performance for a period of time to determine the typical number of interface errors, then set the Vertical Axis Scaling to a fixed scale with a min and max scale that is tuned for your network. This will help you better identify the interface error values that are of real concern. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 462 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Utilization: Interface Traffic Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface traffic for a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. You can control the number of graphs appearing in the dashboard by changing the Maximum number of graphs to draw setting. Some devices have numerous interfaces, and displaying all of them can be too resource-intensive for WhatsUp Gold. Displayed interfaces are selected based on the order they are received from the database when the number of interfaces present exceeds the Maximum number of graphs to draw setting. Note: The Interface Traffic report updates the units of measure displayed based on the traffic received over the interface. Units are determined per interface, however, and both outgoing and incoming traffic are evaluated to determine the unit of measure displayed. The smallest unit of measure is used in the report. For example, if the incoming traffic is measured in Kbps, but the outgoing traffic is measured in bps, then the dashboard report uses bps as the unit of measure for the graph for that interface. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 463 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Interface Utilization (Specific Interface Traffic) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the number of packets transmitted and received by a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. 3 Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays graphs that detail the interface utilization percentages for all interfaces on a device during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. To display a single interface, use the Interface Utilization (Last 4 Hours - Specific Interface) (on page 435) dashboard report. 464 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Maximum number of graphs to draw. Enter the maximum number of interface utilization graphs you want to display. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 Interface Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Interface Utilization) This device-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the interface utilization percentage during a selected time period. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily monitor interfaces experiencing problems. To display more than one interface, use the Interface Utilization (All Interfaces) (on page 434) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. 465 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. 3 Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the memory utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes in memory. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 466 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Memory Utilization Last X hours/days (Specific Aspect) This home-level dashboard report displays a line graph that details the memory utilization percentage for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing spikes in memory. To display more than one memory, use the Memory Utilization (All Memories) dashboard report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 3 Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the ping availability percentages for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing ping problems. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. 467 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. 3 Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Click OK to save changes. Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the ping response times for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing ping response delays. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. 3 Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. Click OK to save changes. 468 Performance-Last Poll reports In This Chapter Performance-Last Poll dashboard reports ...............................................469 Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device) .............................................470 Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU) ...............................................471 Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device) .471 Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Specific Monitor)472 Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device) ..............................473 Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk) ...................................474 Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device) .475 Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device) ......................475 Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface) ................476 Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device).....................................477 Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect) .................................478 Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface) 479 Performance-Last Poll dashboard reports Performance - Last Poll dashboard reports Custom Performance Monitor Values (single device) Type Description Device Shows the values for all custom Performance Monitors for a single device at the time of the last poll. Interface Utilization (single Device Shows the interface utilization for all device interfaces for a single device) device at the time of the last poll. CPU Utilization (single device) Device Shows the CPU utilization for all CPUs for a single device at the time of the last poll. Memory Utilization (single Device Shows the memory utilization for all memory types for a single device) device at the time of the last poll. Disk Utilization (single device) Device Shows the disk utilization for all of disks for a single device at the time of the last poll. Custom Performance Monitor Values (specific monitor) Home Shows the values for a specific device custom Performance Monitor. Interface Utilization (specific interface) Home Shows the utilization of a specific device interface at the time of the last poll. 469 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Performance - Last Poll dashboard reports Type CPU Utilization (specific CPU) Home Shows the utilization of a specific device CPU at the time of the last poll. Memory Utilization (specific aspect) Home Shows the utilization of a specific device memory type at the time of the last poll. Disk Utilization (specific disk) Home Shows the utilization of a specific device disk at the time of the last poll. Ping Response Time (specific interface) Home Shows the ping response time of a specific device interface at the time of the last poll. Interface Errors and Discards (single device) Device Shows the number of interface errors on all interfaces for inbound and outbound traffic for a single device. Description Last Polled CPU Utilization (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current CPU utilization percentages for all CPUs on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor the CPU(s) of an important device to watch for spikes in CPU utilization. The report shows: Description. The particular CPU. CPU Load. The percentage of the CPU currently in use. The colors displayed in the CPU Load column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button. To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display the values. If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types. (on page 610) Click OK to save changes. 470 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Last Polled CPU Utilization (Specific CPU) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's CPU utilization at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view a device's CPU status quickly, even from across the room. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available CPU space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the CPU percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the CPU percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the CPU percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the CPU percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the CPU size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. CPU to graph. Select the CPU that you want to monitor. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. 3 Click OK to save changes. Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays any custom performance monitors configured for a device and their last poll values. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor important performance monitors and keep up with their latest poll values. Name. The name of the performance monitor as listed in the Performance Monitor Library. 471 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Poll Time. The time the last poll took place. Time Delta. The time between the last two polls. Value. The value of the last poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. Last Polled Custom Performance Monitor Values (Specific Monitor) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device custom performance monitor at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view the performance status of a device quickly. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays the custom performance monitor value. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the custom performance monitor value. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the custom performance monitor value. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the custom performance monitor value. Text. A numerical representation of the custom performance monitor value. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Note:If you do not select the Define custom min and max values option on the report configuration dialog, the text value will be displayed in black. Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 472 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Custom aspect to graph. Select the custom performance monitor configured for the device to display in the report. If you have not yet, you must configure a custom performance monitor for this device. First configure the monitor in the Performance Monitor Library, and then add it to the device in Device Properties. Define custom min and max values. Selecting this option allows you to choose from all of the graph types listed above. Not selecting this option only allows you to use the text graph. Minimum value. Enter the minimum value to graph. Maximum value. Enter the maximum value to graph. Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph. Note: If you choose the gauge graph, selecting the Define custom min and max values allows you to reverse the high and low values on the gauge. For example, you could have the 100% available memory as green on the gauge instead of red which would signify a problem. 3 Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Disk Utilization: Last Polled Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current disk utilization percentages for all disks on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor an important device's disk(s) to watch for spikes in disk space. The colors displayed in the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The particular disk. Size Used. The size of disk in use at the time of the last poll. Total Size. The total size of the disk. Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the disk in use at the time of the last poll. 473 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button. To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display the values. If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types (on page 610). Click OK to save changes. 3 Disk Utilization Last Polled Value (Specific Disk) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of disk utilization for a device at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view disk status quickly, even from across the room. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available disk space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the disk percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the disk percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the disk percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the disk percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the disk size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 474 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Choose a device by clicking on the Browse (...) button. Disk to graph. Select a disk to graph for devices with more than one disk. Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph. 3 Click OK to save changes. Interface Errors and Discards - Last Polled Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report provides details for the number of interface transmit (outbound) and receive (inbound) errors, and transmit and receive discards for the specified device. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor and troubleshoot devices that are experiencing interface errors and discard problems. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The selected device interface. Transmit Errors. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface with errors. Receive Errors. The number of packets received through the device interface with errors. Transmit Discards. The number of packets transmitted through the device interface that were discarded. Receive Discards. The number of packets received through the device interface that were discarded. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Column 1 width. The width of the column in the dashboard in pixels. Click OK to save changes. 475 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Last Polled Interface Utilization Values (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current interface utilization percentages for all interfaces on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor an important device's interface(s) to keep up with the number of packets they are currently transmitting and receiving. The colors in the second Transmit and Received columns coincide with the WhatsUp Threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The particular interface. Speed. The interface speed. Transmit (kbps). The number of packets transmitted in kbps. Receive (kbps). The number of packets received in kbps. Transmit. The percentage of packets transmitted. Receive. The percentage of packets received. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Click OK to save changes. Last Polled Interface Utilization Value (Specific Interface) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of an interface utilization at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view an interface status quickly, even from across the room. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available interface space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the interface percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the interface percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the interface percentage used. 476 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Text. A numerical representation of the interface percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the interface size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device for the report by clicking on the Browse (...) button. Interface to graph (available in some dialogs). For devices that have more than one interface, select an interface to graph. Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph. 3 Click OK to save changes. Last Polled Memory Utilization (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays current memory utilization percentages for all memories on a selected device. Displaying this dashboard report in a device dashboard allows you to monitor an important device's memory(s) to watch for spikes in memory utilization. The colors displayed in the Percent Used column coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Description. The particular memory. Size Used. The size of memory in use at the time of the last poll. Total Size. The total size of the memory. Percentage Used. The percentage of the total size of the memory in use at the time of the last poll. 477 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the browse (...) button. To view a graphical representation of the report data, select Use a graph to display the values. If you select the above option, select the Graph type with which report data will be displayed. To learn about the various types of graphs available, please see Graph Types (on page 610). Click OK to save changes. 3 Last Polled Memory Utilization (Specific Aspect) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of device memory utilization at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to view device memory status quickly. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available memory space in green, and used space in red. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the memory percentage used. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the memory percentage used. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the memory percentage used. Text. A numerical representation of the memory percentage used. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). Under each type of graph, the memory size is listed in MBs, along with the percentages for used and free space. 478 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device for the report by clicking the Browse (...) button. Memory aspect to graph. For devices with more than one memory aspect, select a memory aspect to graph. Graph type. Choose the type and size of the graph. Click OK to save changes. Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's ping response time. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view device ping response time status quickly. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available ping response time in green. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the the ping response time. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the ping response time. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the ping response time. Text. A numerical representation of the ping response time. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). To configure this dashboard report: 1 On the dashboard report menu, click Configure. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields: Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface. Select the interface that you want to monitor. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. 479 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Maximum ping response time. Enter a value (in milliseconds) for the maximum ping response time. Click OK to save changes. 480 Ping Availability and Response Time reports In This Chapter Ping Availability and Response Time dashboard reports ..................481 Threshold: Ping Availability ..........................................................................482 Threshold: Ping Packet Loss .........................................................................483 Threshold: Ping Response Time ..................................................................484 Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device) .............................484 Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device) .....................485 Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface) 486 Top 10: Ping Availability .................................................................................486 Top 10: Ping Packet Loss ................................................................................487 Top 10: Ping Response Time.........................................................................488 Ping Availability and Response Time dashboard reports Ping Availability and Response Time dashboard reports Type Description Last 4 hours (single device Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific response time) device over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (single device Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific response time) device over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (single device response time) Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (single device Device Shows the ping response time for all interfaces for a specific response time) device over the last 30 days. Last 4 hours (single device Device Shows the ping availability for all interfaces for a specific device availability) over the last 4 hours. Last 8 hours (single device Device Shows the ping availability for all interfaces for a specific device availability) over the last 8 hours. Last 7 days (single device availability) Device Shows the ping availability for interfaces for a specific device over the last 7 days. Last 30 days (single device Device Shows the ping availability for all interfaces for a specific device availability) over the last 30 days. Last Polled Response Time Home Shows the last ping response time of a specific device interface at (specific interface) the time of the last poll. 481 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Ping Availability and Response Time dashboard reports Type Description Top 10 by Ping Response Time* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current ping response time. Top 20 by Ping Response Time Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current ping response time. Top 10 by Ping Packet Loss* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on current ping packet loss. Top 20 by Ping Packet Loss Home Lists the top 20 devices based on current ping packet loss. Top 10 by Ping Availability* Home Lists the top 10 devices based on their current ping availability. Top 20 by Ping Availability Home Lists the top 20 devices based on their current ping availability. Devices with Ping Response Time over 100 msec Home Lists all devices with a ping response time greater than 100 msec. Devices with Ping Response Time over 500 msec Home Lists all devices with a ping response time greater than 500 msec. Devices with Ping Packet Loss over 50% Home Lists all devices with a ping packet loss greater than 50%. Devices with Ping Packet Loss over 75% Home Lists all devices with a ping packet loss greater than 75%. Devices with Ping Availability over 50%* Home Lists all devices with a ping availability greater than 50%. Devices with Ping Availability over 75% Device Lists all devices with a ping availability greater than 75%. *Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. Threshold: Ping Availability This home-level dashboard report displays ping availability information for a specific device. A graph displays in the dashboard, charting the device response time to pings (in msec) over the amount of time defined by the specific report type. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Percent Available. The total availability percentage for the device. 482 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the list. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels). 3 Click OK to save changes. Threshold: Ping Packet Loss This home-level dashboard report displays packet loss information and percentages for devices in a specific group, based on the latest poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their ping packet loss by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Sent. The number of packets sent from the device. Lost. The total number of packets lost from the device % Lost. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost. Note: All of the data listed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. 483 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the drop down menu. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Threshold: Ping Response Time This home-level dashboard report displays ping response times for devices in a specific device group. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current ping response times by glancing at the Max and Avg columns for each device. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Max (ms). The maximum response time in milliseconds. Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Choose a device group for monitoring. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol from the list. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Description column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Ping Availability Last X hours/days (Single Device) This device-level dashboard report displays an area graph that details the ping availability percentages for a device during a selected time period. Displaying this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you keep an eye on important or problem devices that have been experiencing ping problems. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 484 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. The default is 4 hours. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. 3 Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Click OK to save changes. Ping Response Time Last X hours/days (Single Device) This home-level dashboard report displays ping availability information for devices in a specific group. This dashboard report charts device response time to pings (in msec) over the length of time defined by the specific report. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Date range. Select a date range from the drop-down menu. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Trend type. Select the type of trend you would like the report to use. Dimensions. Select the dimension in which you would like the graph to display. Width. Enter a width for the report (in pixels). Height. Enter a height for the report (in pixels). Vertical Axis Scaling. Select either auto or fixed scale. Min. Enter a number for the lowest point on the Y-axis. Max. Enter a number for the highest point on the Y-axis. Graph the maximum. Select this option to display a graph of the maximum value over the selected time period. 485 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Click OK to save changes. Performance: Last Polled Ping Response Time (Specific Interface) This home-level dashboard report provides graphical illustration of a device's ping response time. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard will allow you to view device ping response time status quickly. There are five types of graphs to choose from: Pie. A 3-D pie graph that displays available ping response time in green. Gauge. A semi-circle graph (much like a car speedometer) with a pointer that indicates the the ping response time. Horizontal bar. A horizontal bar graph (much like a ruler) with a pointer that indicates the ping response time. Vertical bar. A vertical bar graph (much like a thermometer) with a pointer that indicates the ping response time. Text. A numerical representation of the ping response time. The percentage is displayed in colors that coincide with the WhatsUp threshold colors: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Along with the various types of graphs to choose from, you can also pick the display size of the graph (small, medium, or large). To configure this dashboard report: 1 On the dashboard report menu, click Configure. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields: 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Select a device by clicking the Browse (...) button. Interface. Select the interface that you want to monitor. Graph type. Select the type of graph you would like the report to display. Maximum ping response time. Enter a value (in milliseconds) for the maximum ping response time. Click OK to save changes. 486 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Top 10: Ping Availability This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their ping availability percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices by glancing at each device's current ping availability percentage level. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Polled Min. Amount of total time (in minutes) that passed during the time period selected in the Ping Availability (on page 650) report. Unavailable. Amount of total time (in minutes) that the device was unavailable in the group. Percent Available. The total availability percentage for the device. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Top 10: Ping Packet Loss This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their ping packet loss percentages at the time of the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices by glancing at the colors associated with each packet loss percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Sent. The number of packets sent. Lost. The number of packets lost. % Loss. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost. 487 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: All of the data listed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Top count. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Click OK to save changes. Top 10: Ping Response Time This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group based on their ping response times. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current ping response times by glancing at each device's Max and Avg columns. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). 3 Click OK to save changes. 488 Problem Areas reports In This Chapter Problem Areas dashboard reports .............................................................489 Problem Areas: Actions Fired in the Last X Hours .................................490 Problem Areas: All Completely Down Devices ......................................491 Problem Areas: All Down Interfaces ..........................................................491 Problem Areas: Device Group Mini Status...............................................492 Problem Areas: Devices with Down Active Monitors ..........................493 Problem Areas: Devices with Down Critical Monitors .........................494 Problem Areas: General Error Log ..............................................................494 General: Summary Counts.............................................................................495 Problem Areas: Tail of Action Activity Log ..............................................495 Problem Areas: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log .................................496 Problem Areas: Tail of SNMP Trap Log......................................................496 Problem Areas: Tail of State Change Log .................................................497 Problem Areas: Tail of Syslog .......................................................................498 Problem Areas: Tail of Windows Event Log.............................................499 Problem Areas: Unacknowledged Devices .............................................499 Problem Areas: Web Alarms .........................................................................500 Problem Areas dashboard reports Problem Areas dashboard reports Type Description Devices with Down Active Monitors Device Displays down Active Monitors for a device. All Down Interfaces Device Displays down interfaces for a device. Tail of State Change Log Device Displays the tail of the State Change Log for a specified device. Tail of Syslog Device Displays the tail of the Syslog full report for a specified device. Tail of Windows Event Log Device Displays the tail of the Windows Event Log for a specified device. Tail of SNMP Trap Log Device Displays the tail of the SNMP Trap Log for a specified device. Tail of Action Activity Log* Device Displays the tail of the Action Activity Log for a specified device. Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log Device Displays the tail of the Passive Monitor Error Log for a specified device. 489 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Problem Areas dashboard reports Type Web Alarms Device Displays any web alarms fired for a specified device. All Completely Down Devices Home Displays down devices for a specified device group. All Down Interfaces Home Displays down interfaces for a specified device group. Devices with Down Active Monitors Home Displays devices with down Active Monitors within a specified device group. Unacknowledged Devices Home Displays unacknowledged devices within a specified device group. Tail of State Change Log Home Displays a tail of the State Change Log for your network. Summary Counts* Home Displays a summary of a specified device group. Tail of Syslog Home Displays the tail of the Syslog full report for your network. Description Tail of Windows Event Log Home Displays the tail of the Windows Event Log for your network. Tail of SNMP Trap Log Home Displays the tail of the SNMP Trap Log for your network. Tail of Action Activity Log* Home Displays the tail of the Action Activity Log for your network. Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log Home Displays the tail of the Passive Monitor Error Log for your network. Device Group Mini Status Home Lists all devices in a device group and displays their status by color. Web Alarms Home Shows a snap shot of the most recent web alarms fired on your network. General Error Log Home Displays the tail of the General Error Log for your network. Actions Fired in the Last 4 Hours Home Displays all devices that have fired an action in the last four hours. *Available as Remote Dashboard Reports in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. Problem Areas: Actions Fired in the Last X Hours This dashboard report displays devices that have fired an action over a selected period of time. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard can give you a snapshot of the health and success of actions on your network. Date. The date the action was fired. Click a date to bring up the Action Log. Source. The device from which the action was fired. Click a device to bring up the Device Status Report. Action Name. The name of the action as listed in the Active Monitor Library. Trigger. The trigger for the action, either Up or Down. Click a trigger to bring up the State Change Timeline. 490 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices. Last hours. Enter the number of hours from which you would like information displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Maximum rows to return. Enter a value for the number of rows of data displayed within the report. Click OK to save changes. 3 Problem Areas: All Completely Down Devices This dashboard report displays down devices for a specified group. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard helps you monitor your network status by displaying which devices are down. Device. The network device. Status. The status of the device after the last poll. You can maximize your available monitor space by limiting the number of rows displayed in the report or shortening the width of the Status column. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. 491 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Problem Areas: All Down Interfaces This dashboard report displays down interfaces for a specified group. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to monitor network status by displaying all interfaces that are down. Device. The network device. Status. The status of the interface after the last poll. You can maximize your available monitor space by limiting the number of rows displayed in the report or shortening the width of the Status column. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: Device Group Mini Status This dashboard report lists all devices in a group and displays their status by color, allowing you to quickly scan and observe the statuses of devices in a group. Displaying multiple mini status reports within a dashboard view allows you to watch more than one group on your network at once, and can help you monitor important or problem areas more efficiently. You can also optionally display active monitors associated with the devices in a selected group, which is helpful in identifying which services on your network are down. To help maximize the available viewing area on your monitor, you can change the size of each mini status report. Even if the font size is too small to read at first glance, you can use the mouse over text to find out the identity of a device. The static rows of the mini status also aid in device recognition, as devices always stay in the same row regardless of their current state. Status icon colors are the same as the WhatsUp Gold state colors: Green is Up Red is Down Gray is Unknown To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 492 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the browse (...) button. To select every device on the network, select Every device. Every device. Select this option to display every device in the system. However, only devices that you have permissions to view display. Style. Select the style and size in which you would like the mini status displayed. Normal. Displays device and active monitor status with icons. High Contrast. Displays device and active monitor status with bright colors. Show Active Monitors. Select this option to display the active monitors associated with the group devices. Active Monitors per Row. Select the number of active monitors displayed per row. Active Monitors Cell Width. Enter a cell width in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: Devices with Down Active Monitors This dashboard report displays devices with down active monitors for a select group. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard view helps you watch your network status by showing you which devices are down, and the status of active monitors. Device. The network device. Status. The status of the device active monitor after the last poll. To help maximize the available viewing area on your monitor, you can limit the number of rows displayed in the report or shortening the width of the Status column. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 in pixels. Click OK to save changes. 493 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Problem Areas: Devices with Down Critical Monitors This home-level dashboard report displays devices with down critical monitors for a specified device group. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard allows you to easily keep-up with your network's status by showing you which devices are down, and the status of critical monitors. Device. The network device. Status. The status of device's critical monitor after the last poll. You can maximize your screen real-estate by limiting the number of rows displayed in the report or shortening the width of the Status column. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for column 2 (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: General Error Log This dashboard report displays any error received by WhatsUp Gold. Displaying this dashboard report within a dashboard view helps you keep tabs on all of your network errors. This dashboard report includes the following fields: Date. The date the error took place. Category. The type of error. Source. Where the error originated. Details. The details of the error. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 4 width. Enter a width for column 4 (in pixels). 494 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Click OK to save changes. General: Summary Counts This general dashboard report gives a summary of a group by the total number of: Monitored devices Up devices Down devices Devices with down Active Monitors Devices in Maintenance Active Monitors Down Active Monitors Up interfaces Down interfaces Actions fired in the last 4 hours Each entry in the report contains the following information: Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network. Total number of. The device status types. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Click OK to save changes. 3 Problem Areas: Tail of Action Activity Log This dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) of the Action Log. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard lets you see the success rate of actions fired. This enables you to monitor important devices easily and to quickly address any issues. The dashboard report is linked to the full Action Log, which shows all of the actions that WhatsUp Gold has attempted to fire based on the configuration of the action. Date. The date the action was fired. Click a date to bring up the Action Log. Source. The source of the action. Click a source to bring up the Device Status report. Action Name. The name of the Action. Trigger. The trigger for the action (either Up or Down). Click a trigger to open the State Change Timeline. 495 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Column 3 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log This universal problem areas dashboard report shows any passive monitor errors that have occurred for the specified devices. Date. The date the error occurred. Device. The network device. Category. The category code of the error. Possible values include Con. Established (Connection Established), Con. Failed (Connection Failed), or Auth Error (Authorization Error). Details. Text that describes the error that was received. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. To select every device on the network, select Every device. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records to display in the dashboard report. Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Details column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 496 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Problem Areas: Tail of SNMP Trap Log This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the SNMP Trap Log. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard displays system-wide SNMP traps. For more information, the dashboard report is linked to the full SNMP Trap Log, which provides a history of SNMP traps that have occurred during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report. Date. The date and time the trap occurred. Device. The device from which the trap was sent. SNMP Trap Type. The type of trap. Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit. Note:In order for entries to be added to this report, the SNMP Trap listener must be enabled, and either a SNMP trap passive monitor must be added to a device or unsolicited SNMP traps must be accepted. For more information, see Enabling the SNMP Trap Listener (on page 873). To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Source column in pixels. Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: Tail of State Change Log This dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) of the State Change Timeline. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard can help you visualize the monitor health for a device and also decrease the monitoring of crucial devices. For more information, see the full State Change Timeline, which is linked to this dashboard report. The State Change Log shows a time line of when each monitor changed from one state to another during the displayed time period. Start time. The date and time of the state change. Click a time to bring up the State Change Timeline for a single device. Device. The device on which the action is configured. Click a device to bring up the Device Status report. Monitor. The active monitor by type. Click an active monitor to bring up the Active Monitor Availability report for that monitor. 497 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide State. The state of the condition at the time of the poll. Click a state to bring up the State Change Timeline for that device. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Monitor column (column 3) in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: Tail of Syslog This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the Syslog Entries Report. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard grants visual access to Syslog log entries for the system. For more information, this dashboard report is linked to the Syslog Entries report, which shows Syslog events logged for the system during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report. Note:In order for entries to be added to this report, the Syslog listener must be enabled, and either a Syslog passive monitor must be added to a device or unsolicited messages must be accepted. For more information, see Enabling the Syslog listener (on page 875). Date. The date and time the Syslog entry was received by WhatsUp Gold. Device. The device for which the message was configured. Syslog Type. The type of message. Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column in pixels. Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. 498 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Problem Areas: Tail of Windows Event Log This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the Windows Event Log. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard displays system-wide Windows events. For more information, this dashboard report is linked to the Windows Event Log, which shows Windows events logged during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report. Note: In order for entries to be added to this report, the Windows Event Log listener must be enabled. For more information on the Windows Event Log listener, see Enabling the Windows Event Log Listener (on page 874). Date. The date and time the event was received by WhatsUp Gold. Device. The device or program that originated the entry. WinEvent Type. The type of Windows Event. Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed with the event message. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column in pixels. Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: Unacknowledged Devices This home-level dashboard report displays unacknowledged devices in a specific group. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard alerts you of unacknowledged devices in a group at a glance, allowing you to quickly resolve issues. Device. The network device. Device Type. The type of device. Unacknowledged For. The amount of time the device has gone unacknowledged. In Maintenance. Either Yes or No. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 499 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 3 width. Enter a width for column 3 (in pixels). 3 Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas: Web Alarms This dashboard report shows a snapshot of the most recent web alarms fired on your network. Add this dashboard report to a highly visible dashboard so that recent issues can be noted and addressed if needed. Date. The date the alarm was fired. Click on a date to bring up the Web Alarms Report. Source. The source of the alarm, such as a device or active monitor. Click on a source to bring up the Device Status report. The icon next to the display name of the item shows the current state of that item. Message. The message produced by the web alarm. Trigger. This is the state that caused the web alarm to trigger. Click on a trigger to bring up the State Change Timeline. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Source column in pixels. Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Message column in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. 500 Problem Areas Specific Device In This Chapter Problem Areas Specific Device: Down Active Monitors .....................501 Problem Areas Specific Device: Device Down Interfaces ...................501 Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Action Activity Log ...............502 Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log ..503 Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of SNMP Trap Log ......................503 Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of State Change Log..................504 Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Syslog ........................................505 Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Windows Event Log .............505 Problem Areas Specific Device: Web Alarms ..........................................506 Problem Areas Specific Device: Down Active Monitors This device-level dashboard report displays the down active monitors for a device and their current state. The Down Active Monitors dashboard report displays the following information for a device: Monitor. The type of Active Monitor. State. The state of the Monitor after the last poll. Adding this report to a Device Status dashboard keeps you updated on the health of the active monitors for an important device. If no active monitors appear in the report, none are currently down. To see all Active Monitors on a device regardless of down state, see General: Device Active Monitors (on page 411). To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Click Browse (...) to select a device. 3 Click OK to save changes. 501 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Problem Areas Specific Device: Device Down Interfaces This dashboard report displays down interfaces for a specific device. Interface. The network interface. Status. The status of the interface after the last poll. Adding this dashboard report to a dashboard lets you quickly view the status of a particular device by showing you what interfaces are down on a device. To help maximize the available viewing area on your monitor, limit the number of rows displayed in the report or decrease the width of the Status column. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Status column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Action Activity Log This device-level dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) from the Action Log for a specified device. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard grants visual access to the success rate of actions fired for a particular device. Crucial devices can be monitored easily, and problems can be dealt with swiftly. For more information, the dashboard report is linked to the full Action Log, which shows all of the actions that WhatsUp Gold has attempted to fire on the device, based on the configuration of the action. Date. The date the action was fired. Click on a date to bring up the Action Log. Source. The source of the action. Click on a source to bring up the Device Status report. Trigger. The action's trigger. Either Up or Down. Click on a trigger to bring up the State Change Timeline. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 502 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 3 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Top count. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Passive Monitor Error Log This dashboard report shows any performance monitor error logs that have occurred for a specified device. Date. The date the error occurred. Category. The category code of the error. Either Con. Established (Connection Established), Con. Failed (Connection Failed), or Auth Error (Authorization Error.) Details. Text that describes the error that was received. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Click Browse (...) to select a device. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Details column. 3 Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of SNMP Trap Log This device-level dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the SNMP Trap Log for a specified device. Placing this report report in a device report grants visual access to SNMP traps for a particular device. For more information, the report report is linked to the full SNMP Trap Log, which provides a history of SNMP traps that have occurred for a device during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report. Date. The date and time the trap occurred. Device. The device where the trap originated. SNMP Trap Type. The type of trap. Payload. the vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit. 503 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: In order for entries to be added to this report, the SNMP Trap listener must be enabled and an SNMP Trap passive monitor must be added to the device. For more information, see Enabling the SNMP Trap Listener (on page 873). To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of rows you would like displayed in the report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column (in pixels). Column 4 width. Enter a width for the Payload column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of State Change Log This device-level dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) from the State Change Timeline for a specified device. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard can visualize a device's monitor health and help ease the task monitoring crucial devices. For more information, the dashboard report is linked to the full State Change Log, which shows a time line of when each monitor on a device changed from one state to another during the displayed time period. Start time. The date and time of the state change. Click on a time to bring up the Device List. Device. The device the action is configured on. Click on a device to bring up the Device Status dashboard. Monitor. The active monitor by type. State. The state of the condition at the time of the poll. Click on a state to bring up the State Change Timeline. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Top count. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the Device column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. 504 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Syslog This device-level dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) from the Syslog Entries Report for a specified device. Placing this dashboard report in a device dashboard grants visual access to Syslog log entries for a particular device. For more information, this dashboard report has been linked to the Syslog Entries report, which shows Syslog events logged for the selected device during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report. Note:In order for entries to be added to this report, the Syslog listener must be enabled, and a Syslog passive monitor must be added to a device. For more information, see Enabling the Syslog Listener (on page 875). Date. The date and time the Syslog entry was received by WhatsUp Gold. Syslog Type. The type of message. Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed within a packet or other transmission unit. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Device. Click browse (...) to select a device. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas Specific Device: Tail of Windows Event Log This dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the Windows Event Log for a specific device. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard displays system-wide Windows events. For more information, this dashboard report is linked to the Windows Event Log, which shows Windows events logged during the time period displayed at the bottom of the report. Note: In order for entries to be added to this report, the Windows Event Log listener must be enabled. For more information on the Windows Event Log listener, see Enabling the Windows Event Log Listener (on page 874). Date. The date and time the event was received by WhatsUp Gold. WinEvent Type. The type of Windows Event. 505 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Payload. The vital data (such as the event name, the IP address that the event came from, date of the event, etc.) that is passed with the event message. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. Device. Click browse (...) to select a device. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Problem Areas Specific Device: Web Alarms This dashboard report shows a snapshot of the most recent web alarms fired on a particular device. The following fields appear in this dashboard report: Date. The date the alarm was fired. Click a date to bring up the Web Alarms Report. Message. The message produced by the web alarm. Trigger. This is the state that caused the web alarm to trigger. Click a trigger to bring up the State Change Timeline. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the report. Device. Browse for the device to display web alarms for. Maximum rows to return. Enter the number of records you would like displayed in the dashboard report. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. 506 Remote/Central reports In This Chapter Remote/Central dashboard reports ...........................................................508 Remote Reports: Remote Group List .........................................................508 Remote Reports: Remote Sites ....................................................................509 Remote Reports: Remote Sites Overview ................................................510 Remote Reports: Tail of Remote Site Log dashboard report ............511 Remote Reports: Active Monitor States....................................................512 Remote Reports: Device Status ...................................................................512 Remote Reports: Monitor Status .................................................................513 Remote Reports: Summary Counts ............................................................513 Remote Reports: Tail of Action Activity Log dashboard report .......514 Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Response Time .......................................515 Remote Report: Top 10 Ping Response Time over 1ms ......................516 Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Packet Loss...............................................517 Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping by Packet Loss over 50% .....................518 Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization............................................519 Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization over 80% dashboard report 520 Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization dashboard report521 Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization over 80% dashboard report 522 Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization dashboard report .............523 Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization over 80% dashboard report524 Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Free Space dashboard report ............525 Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Free Space Over 1024 MB dashboard report 526 Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface Utilization dashboard report ....527 Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface Utilization Over 80% dashboard report 528 Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface Traffic Utilization Over 80% dashboard report 529 Remote Reports: Top 10 Interface with Traffic Over 50 Kbps dashboard report 530 Remote Reports: Top 10 Custom Performance Monitor dashboard report 531 Remote Reports: Top 10 Custom Performance Monitor with Threshold dashboard report 507 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide .................................................................................................................................532 Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Availability dashboard report ...........533 Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Availability Over 50% ...........................534 Remote/Central dashboard reports Remote/Central dashboard reports Type Description (Only available in distributed editions) Summary Counts (Remote) Home Provides a summary for a remote site by the total number of its monitored devices, up devices, down devices, devices with down active monitors, devices in maintenance, active monitors, down active monitors, up interfaces, down interfaces, actions fired in the last four hours. Active Monitor States (Remote) Home Displays Active Monitor states for a remote site at the time of the last refresh. Tail of Action Activity Log (Remote) Home Provides the tail (last 10 records) of the Action Log for a device group on a remote site. Device Status (Remote) Home Displays a status summary for devices on a remote site at the time of the last refresh. Monitor Status (Remote) Home Displays a status summary for monitors on a remote site at the time of the last refresh. Remote Site List Home Lists all sites configured for use in WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. Tail of Remote Site Log Home Provides the tail (last 10 records) of the Remote Site Log. Remote Site Overview Home Displays an overview of information on a remote site configured for use in your WhatsUp Gold Distribute Solution. Group List (Remote) Home Lists all subgroups in a remote site's My Network Group and their status at the time of the last refresh. Remote Reports: Remote Group List This remote reports dashboard report lists all groups configured in a remote server's WhatsUp Gold My Network group and their status at the last refresh time. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. 508 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide The report displays the following information: Remote server. The remote server selected for the report. Last run. Group name. The name of the remote server's My Network group. Display name. The names of all subgroups configured on the selected remote server. Status. The status of the groups at the time of the last run. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. 3 Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Remote Sites This Remote Report dashboard report lists all sites configured for use with WhatsUp Gold Remote and Central Site Editions. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports (on page 589). This report displays the following information: Display Name. The Remote Site's display name. Local device. The device associated with the Remote Site. This device is often the computer that is running the WhatsUp software to monitor a Remote Site. Last connect time. The last time WhatsUp Gold connected to the Remote Site. Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Column 3 width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the Last connect time column. Column 4 width. Enter a width (in pixels) for the Last refresh time column. Click OK to save changes. 509 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Remote Reports: Remote Sites Overview This remote reports dashboard report displays an overview of information on a Remote Site configured for use in your WhatsUp Gold Distributed Solution. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports (on page 589). The name of the Remote Site is displayed in the upper-left side of the report. The Last snapshot is the time information gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to display in this dashboard report. The dashboard report displays the following information about the Remote Site: Http address. The Http address specified for the site at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Last connect time. The last time WhatsUp Gold connected to the Remote Site. Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to display updated data. # of devices. The number of devices on the Remote Site. # of monitors. The number of monitors configured for the devices on the Remote Site. # of queries. The number of queries running on the Remote Site. Display name. The Remote Site device's display name. Device type. The Remote Site device's type. Host name. The Remote Site device's host name. Address. The Remote Site device's address. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report's pane. 510 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Local device. Allows users, with rights, the ability to select a local device to associate the Remote Site with. Click the browse (...) button to select a device. This device is often the computer that is running the WhatsUp software on a Remote Site. Associating a local device allows you to view the device status from the Remote Site, keeping you informed about the connection status with the Remote Site. It also provides easy access to the Network Tools for the local device you selected. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Tail of Remote Site Log dashboard report This home-level Remote Reports dashboard report displays the tail (last 10 records) of the Remote Site Log. The report displays information for both a WhatsUp Gold Client and a Server, depending on which version of WhatsUp Gold you are running. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Date. The date the error took place. Type. The type of the error message received. Message. The error message received. Remote Site. The Remote Site on which the failed connection took place. Note: The Remote site column is only displayed when you are running the Server Distributed version of WhatsUp Gold. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. 511 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 3 Column 1 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Active Monitor States This remote report dashboard report lists all Active Monitors assigned to devices on the selected Remote Site. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. The table included in the dashboard report lists each device by display name, and the state of all Active Monitors assigned to each device. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Remote active monitor type. Select a remote active monitor type for the report. The default is All active monitor types. Internal monitor state. Select an internal monitor state (All states, Up, Maintenance, Down, Unknown) for the report. Click OK to save changes. 3 Remote Reports: Device Status This remote dashboard report provides a status summary of all monitored devices on a Remote Site according to the last refresh time. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Display name. The display name for the monitored device. Devices up. The number of monitored devices on the Remote Site in the Up state at the last connect time. Devices down. The number of monitored devices on the Remote Site in the Down state at the last connect time. 512 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide In maintenance. The number of monitored devices on the Remote Site in the maintenance at the last connect time. Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to display updated data. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Monitor Status This remote dashboard report provides a status summary of all monitors configured for the monitored devices on a Remote Site according to the last refresh time. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Display name. The monitored device's display name. Monitors up. The total number of monitors on the Remote Site in the Up state at the last connect time. Monitors down. The total number of monitors on the Remote Site in the Down state at the last connect time. Last refresh time. The last time data gathered from the Remote Site was refreshed to display updated data. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. 3 Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Summary Counts This remote reports dashboard report provides a summary for a Remote Site by the total number of: Monitored devices Up devices Down devices Devices with down Active Monitors 513 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Devices in Maintenance Active Monitors Down Active Monitors Up interfaces Down interfaces Actions fired in the last 4 hours For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains these pieces of information: Count. The total number of that specific type of passive monitor on the network. Total number of. The device status types. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. 3 Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Tail of Action Activity Log dashboard report This remote reports dashboard report shows the tail (last 10 records) of the Action Log for a device group on a Remote Site. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard grants visual access to the success rate of actions fired for a particular device group on a Remote Site. Crucial devices can be monitored easily, and problems can be dealt with swiftly. For more information, the dashboard report is linked to the full Action Log, which shows all of the actions that WhatsUp Gold has attempted to fire on the group, based on the configuration of the action. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. The dashboard report displays the following information about the Remote Site: Date. The date the action was fired. Click on a date to bring up the Action Log. Source. The source of the action. Click on a source to bring up the Device Status report. Action Name. The name of the Action. Trigger. The trigger for the action. Either Up or Down. Click on a trigger to open the State Change Timeline. 514 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the hostname report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Column 3 width. Enter a width for the Payload column in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Response Time This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group from a Remote Site, based on their ping response times. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current ping response times by glancing at each device's Max and Avg columns. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 515 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. 3 Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Remote Report: Top 10 Ping Response Time over 1ms This home-level dashboard report displays ping response times by threshold for devices in a specific device group on a Remote Site. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current ping response times by glancing at devices with ping response times over 1ms. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Max (ms). The maximum response time in milliseconds. Avg (ms). The average response time in milliseconds. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. 516 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol (under, equals, over) from the drop down menu. Note: Though the default threshold is 1ms, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you should change the report title accordingly. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). 3 Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping Packet Loss This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site, based on their ping packet loss percentages at the last poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices by glancing at the colors associated with each packet loss percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Sent. The number of packets sent. Lost. The number of packets lost. % Loss. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost. Note: All of the data displayed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll. 517 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. 3 Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Ping by Packet Loss over 50% This home-level dashboard report displays packet loss information and percentages for devices in a specific group from a Remote Site based on the latest poll. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their ping packet loss by glancing at each device's ping packet loss over 50%. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Interface. The network interface. Sent. The number of packets sent from the device. Lost. The total number of packets lost from the device % Lost. The percentage of sent packets that have been lost. Note: All of the data displayed in this dashboard report is based on the latest poll. 518 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report displays the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and display when Include 'Others' is selected. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol (under, equals, over) from the list. Note: Though the default threshold is 50%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you should change the report title accordingly. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column (in pixels). 3 Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group from a Remote Site based on their current CPU utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current CPU load by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains these pieces of information. Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. 519 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide CPU. The device's CPU description. CPU Load. The percentage of CPU currently in use. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 CPU by Utilization over 80% dashboard report This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site, based on their current CPU utilization percentage thresholds. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current CPU load by glancing at at each device's current CPU utilization over 80%. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Description. The device description. CPU Load. The percentage of the CPU currently in use. 520 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol (under, equals, over) from the drop down menu. Note: Though the default threshold is 80%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you should change the report title accordingly. 3 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization dashboard report This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in group on a Remote Site, based on their memory utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current memory load by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. 521 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory. Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. 3 Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report displays the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and display when Include 'Others' is selected. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Memory by Utilization over 80% dashboard report This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site, based on their memory utilization percentages. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current memory capacity by glancing at each device's current memory utilization over 80%. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Memory. The memory type. For example, Physical Memory or Virtual Memory. Percent Used. The percentage of utilized memory. 522 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol (under, equals, over) from the list. Note: Though the default threshold is 80%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you should change the report title accordingly. 3 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization dashboard report This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices based on their percentage of utilized disk space on a Remote Site. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current disk load by glancing at the colors associated with each percentage level: Red. Above 90% Yellow. Between 80% and 90% Green. 80% or less Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. 523 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Disk. The device's drive description. Percent Full. The percentage of the disk currently utilized. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. 3 Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Utilization over 80% dashboard report This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site, based on their percentage of disk utilization. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their disk utilization by glancing at each device's current disk utilization over 80%. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Disk. The device's drive description. Percent Full. The amount of utilized disk space on that device. 524 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information in the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select Every device to select all devices regardless of their subgroups. Maximum number of Items to display. Enter the number of individual items within the category you want to display in the dashboard report. The report will display the top values based on the sort option selected in Display and Sort by. All other items in the category are included in the 'Others' category, and will be displayed when Include 'Others' is selected. Threshold. Enter a number for the threshold and select a threshold criteria symbol (under, equals, over) from the drop down menu. Note: Though the default threshold is 80%, you can change this threshold. If you do so, you should change the report title accordingly. 3 Column 2 width. Enter a width for the column in pixels. Click OK to save changes. Remote Reports: Top 10 Disk Free Space dashboard report This home-level dashboard report displays the top devices in a group on a Remote Site, based on their percentage of available free space on the Remote Site. Placing this dashboard report in a dashboard allows you to keep tabs on crucial devices and their current level of disk free space by glancing at the current disk percentage level for each device. For more information, see Using the Remote/Central dashboard reports. Each entry in the report contains the following information: Remote Site. The remote server for which the report is configured. Last snapshot. The time the "snapshot" displayed in this report was taken from the Remote Site. Device. The network device. Disk. The device's drive description. 525 Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold User Guide Size. The size of the disk in GB. Free space. The amount of free space on the disk in GB. To configure this dashboard report in WhatsUp Gold: 1 In the title bar of the dashboard report pane, select Menu > Configure. The Configure Report dialog appears. 2 Enter or select the appropriate information for the following fields. Report name. Enter a title for the dashboard report. This name appears in the title bar of the dashboard report pane. Remote site. Select a Remote Site for the report from the list. Note: The Remote Sites in this list are populated on the WhatsUp Gold console at Configure > Program Options > Central Site Configuration. Device Group. Select a device group by clicking the Browse (...) button. Select E